2013 GMC Terrain Owners

GMC Terrain/Terrain Denali Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 9/24/12 Black plate (1,1)
2013 GMC Terrain/Terrain Denali Owner Manual M
In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . 4-1 Climate Control Systems . . . . . . 8-1
Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . 1-4 Additional Storage Features . . . 4-2 Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Vehicle Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15 Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Performance and
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19 Instruments and Controls . . . . 5-1 Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . 9-1
Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 Driving Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Keys, Doors, and Warning Lights, Gauges, and Starting and Operating . . . . . . . 9-19
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-25
Keys and Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 Information Displays . . . . . . . . . . 5-21 Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 9-26
Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8 Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24 Drive Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-29
Vehicle Security. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12 Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 5-31 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-30
Exterior Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14 Universal Remote System . . . . 5-36 Ride Control Systems . . . . . . . . 9-32
Interior Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-35
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16 Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 Object Detection Systems . . . . 9-38
Roof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18 Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-48
Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-54
Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . 3-1 Lighting Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 Conversions and Add-Ons . . . 9-60
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . 7-1 Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 General Information . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11 Vehicle Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19 Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26
Child Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-27
Electrical System . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32
Wheels and Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-38
2013 GMC Terrain/Terrain Denali Owner Manual M
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-67 OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1

Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-70 OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1
Appearance Care . . . . . . . . . . . 10-73 OnStar Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2
OnStar Additional
Service and Maintenance . . . 11-1 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 11-1
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 11-2 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i-1
Special Application
Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-8
Additional Maintenance
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-9
Recommended Fluids,
Lubricants, and Parts . . . . . . 11-12
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . 11-15
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1
Vehicle Identification . . . . . . . . . 12-1
Vehicle Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
Customer Information . . . . . . . 13-1
Customer Information . . . . . . . . 13-2
Reporting Safety Defects . . . . 13-17
Vehicle Data Recording and
Privacy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-19
Introduction iii
Please refer to the purchase Canadian Vehicle Owners

documentation relating to your
specific vehicle to confirm each of Propriétaires Canadiens
the features found on your vehicle. A French language manual can be
For vehicles first sold in Canada, obtained from your dealer, at
substitute the name “General www.helminc.com, or from:
Motors of Canada Limited” for GMC
The names, logos, emblems, Motor Division wherever it appears On peut obtenir un exemplaire de
slogans, vehicle model names, and in this manual. ce guide en français auprès du
vehicle body designs appearing in concessionnaire ou à l'adresse
this manual including, but not limited Keep this manual in the vehicle for savant:
to, GM, the GM logo, GMC, the quick reference.
GMC Truck Emblem, TERRAIN, and Helm, Incorporated
DENALI are trademarks and/or Attention: Customer Service
service marks of General Motors 47911 Halyard Drive
LLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates, Plymouth, MI 48170
or licensors.
Using this Manual
This manual describes features that
may or may not be on your specific To quickly locate information about
vehicle either because they are the vehicle, use the Index in the
options that you did not purchase or back of the manual. It is an
due to changes subsequent to the alphabetical list of what is in the
printing of this owner manual. manual and the page number where
it can be found.
Litho in U.S.A.
©
Part No. 20960971 B Second Printing 2012 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.
iv Introduction
Danger, Warnings, and Vehicle Symbol Chart

Cautions Here are some additional symbols
that may be found on the vehicle
Warning messages found on vehicle and what they mean. For more
labels and in this manual describe information on the symbol, refer to
hazards and what to do to avoid or the Index.
reduce them. A circle with a slash through it is a
safety symbol which means “Do
9 : Airbag Readiness Light
Danger indicates a hazard with a
high level of risk which will result in Not,” “Do not do this,” or “Do not let # : Air Conditioning
serious injury or death. this happen.” ! : Antilock Brake System (ABS)
Warning or Caution indicates a $ : Brake System Warning Light
hazard that could result in injury or Symbols
death. The vehicle has components and " : Charging System
labels that use symbols instead of I : Cruise Control
{ WARNING text. Symbols are shown along with
the text describing the operation or
B : Engine Coolant Temperature
These mean there is something information relating to a specific O : Exterior Lamps
that could hurt you or other component, control, message, # : Fog Lamps
people. gauge, or indicator.
. : Fuel Gauge
M : This symbol is shown when
Notice: This means there is you need to see your owner manual + : Fuses
something that could result in for additional instructions or 3 : Headlamp High/Low-Beam
property or vehicle damage. This information. Changer
would not be covered by the *: This symbol is shown when j : LATCH System Child
vehicle's warranty. you need to see a service manual Restraints
for additional instructions or
information. *: Malfunction Indicator Lamp
Introduction v
: : Oil Pressure
J : OnStar®
} : Power
/ : Remote Vehicle Start
> : Safety Belt Reminders
% : Steering Wheel Controls
7 : Tire Pressure Monitor
d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak®
M : Windshield Washer Fluid
vi Introduction
2 NOTES
In Brief 1-1
In Brief Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10 Side Blind Zone

Steering Wheel Alert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11 Rear Vision
Instrument Panel Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11 Camera (RVC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12 Ultrasonic Parking Assist . . . . 1-18
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 1-12 Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18
Initial Drive Information Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13 Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19
Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . 1-4 Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14 Universal Remote System . . . 1-19
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 Performance and Maintenance
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . 1-4 Vehicle Features Traction Control
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . 1-15 System (TCS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19
Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16 StabiliTrak® System . . . . . . . . . 1-20
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6 Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . 1-16 Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . 1-20
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7 Driver Information Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . 1-20
Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8 Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16 Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) . . . . . 1-21
Heated Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 Forward Collision Alert (FCA) Driving for Better Fuel
Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 1-9 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17 Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10 Lane Departure Roadside Assistance
Passenger Sensing Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17 Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10 OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22
1-2 In Brief
Instrument Panel
In Brief 1-3
1. Air Vents on page 8‑5. 9. Safety Locks on page 2‑7. 16. Steering Wheel Controls on
2. Turn and Lane-Change Lever. 10. Infotainment on page 7‑1. page 5‑2.
See Turn and Lane-Change Navigation System (If 17. Ignition Positions on
Signals on page 6‑3. Equipped). See the page 9‑19.
Exterior Lamp Controls on infotainment manual. 18. Climate Control Systems on
page 6‑1. 11. Hood Release. See Hood on page 8‑1 (If Equipped).
Fog Lamps on page 6‑3. page 10‑4. Automatic Climate Control
3. Horn on page 5‑3. 12. Cruise Control on page 9‑35. System on page 8‑3 (If
Equipped).
4. Instrument Cluster on page 5‑7. Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
Button (If Equipped). See 19. Shift Lever. See Automatic
5. Windshield Wiper/Washer on Transmission on page 9‑26.
page 5‑3. Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System on page 9‑38. 20. Fuel Economy Mode on
Rear Window Wiper/Washer on page 9‑29 (If Equipped).
page 5‑4. Lane Departure Warning
(LDW) Button (If Equipped). 21. StabiliTrak® System on
6. Power Door Locks on page 2‑7. See Lane Departure Warning page 9‑34.
7. Touchscreen (If Equipped). (LDW) on page 9‑46. 22. Power Outlets on page 5‑5.
8. Forward Collision Alert (FCA) 13. Data Link Connector (DLC) 23. CD Player Slot. See the
Display (If Equipped). See (Out of View). See Malfunction infotainment manual.
Forward Collision Alert (FCA) Indicator Lamp on page 5‑12.
System on page 9‑38. 24. Driver Information Center (DIC)
14. Instrument Panel Illumination Buttons. See Driver Information
Lane Departure Warning (LDW) Control on page 6‑4. Center (DIC) on page 5‑21.
Indicator (If Equipped). See 15. Steering Wheel Adjustment on
Lane Departure Warning (LDW) 25. Hazard Warning Flashers on
page 5‑2. page 6‑3.
on page 9‑46.
1-4 In Brief
Initial Drive V : For vehicles with the power

liftgate, press and hold V until the
Information liftgate begins to move.
This section provides a brief
overview about some of the
7 : Press and release to initiate
vehicle locator. Press and hold for at
important features that may or may
least three seconds to sound the
not be on your specific vehicle.
panic alarm. Press 7 again to
For more detailed information, refer cancel the panic alarm.
to each of the features which can be
found later in this owner manual. See Keys on page 2‑1 and Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) System
Remote Keyless Entry Operation on page 2‑3.
Press this button to extend the key.
(RKE) System The key can be used for the ignition Remote Vehicle Start
The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) and all locks.
With this feature the engine can be
transmitter may work up to K: Press to unlock the driver door started from outside of the vehicle.
60 m (195 ft) away from the vehicle. or all doors.
For vehicles with the manual
Starting the Vehicle
liftgate, press K twice within 1. Press and release Q on the
5 seconds, to unlock the liftgate. Remote Keyless Entry
transmitter.
Q: Press to lock all doors.
Lock and unlock feedback can be
personalized.
In Brief 1-5
2. Immediately press and hold / See Remote Vehicle Start on

for at least two seconds or until page 2‑4.
the signal lamps flash.
The parking lamps will turn on
Door Locks
and remain on as long as the To lock or unlock the vehicle from
engine is running. The vehicle's the outside, press Q or K on the
doors will be locked. Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
3. The key must be inserted and transmitter.
turned to ON/RUN before
driving.
The engine will shut off after
10 minutes unless a time extension There are power door lock switches
is done or the key is inserted and on the front door panels.
turned to ON/RUN. Q: Press to lock the doors.
Canceling a Remote Start K: Press to unlock the doors.
To cancel a remote start, do one of See Door Locks on page 2‑6.
the following:
To manually unlock a door from
. Press / until the parking lamps inside the vehicle, pull once on the
turn off. door handle to unlock it, and a
There is a power door lock switch second time to open it.
. Turn on the hazard warning
flashers. on the instrument panel.
. Insert the key and turn it to ON/
RUN and then back to
LOCK/OFF.
1-6 In Brief
Power Liftgate Operation Windows
{ : Press for Safety Locks. See

Safety Locks on page 2‑7. On vehicles with a power liftgate, Press the front of the switch to lower
the vehicle must be in P (Park) to the window. Pull the switch up to
Liftgate use the power feature. The taillamps raise it.
Manual Liftgate Operation flash when the power liftgate Pushing or pulling the switch part of
moves. the way will open or close the
Unlock the vehicle before opening window as long as the switch is
Choose the power liftgate mode by
the liftgate. operated.
turning the dial on the switch to
To open the liftgate, press the touch either the 3/4 or MAX position. See Power Windows on page 2‑17.
pad under the liftgate handle and Press 8 to open or close the
lift up. liftgate.
Do not press the touch pad while See Liftgate on page 2‑8.
closing the liftgate. This may cause
the liftgate to be unlatched.
In Brief 1-7
Seat Adjustment See Power Seat Adjustment on See Power Seat Adjustment on
page 3‑4. page 3‑4.
Four-Way Power Seat
Eight-Way Power Seat Lumbar Adjustment
1. Seat Position Handle Eight-Way Power Seat Shown,

2. Height Adjustment Control To adjust a power seat, if equipped: Four-Way Similar
To adjust the seat, if equipped:
. Move the seat forward or If available, press and hold the front
rearward by sliding the control or rear of the switch to increase or
. Move the seat forward or forward or rearward. decrease lumbar support. Release
rearward using the handle under the switch when the seatback
the front of the seat cushion (1).
. Raise or lower the front part of
the seat cushion by moving the reaches the desired level of lumbar
See Seat Adjustment on support.
page 3‑3. front of the control up or down.
. Raise or lower the entire seat by See Lumbar Adjustment on
. Raise or lower the entire seat by page 3‑5.
moving the control (2) up moving the rear of the control up
or down. or down.
1-8 In Brief
Reclining Seatbacks To return the seatback to the upright

. Tilt the top of the control forward
position: to raise.
Manual Reclining Seatbacks
1. Lift the lever fully without See Reclining Seatbacks on
applying pressure to the page 3‑5.
seatback, and the seatback will
return to the upright position. Memory Features
2. Push and pull on the seatback to
make sure it is locked.
Power Reclining Seatbacks
To recline a manual seatback:

1. Lift the lever.
2. Move the seatback to the
desired position, and then If available, the “1,” “2,” and MEM
release the lever to lock the (Memory) buttons on the outboard
seatback in place. side of the driver seat are used to
manually save and recall the driver
3. Push and pull on the seatback to
To adjust a power seatback, seat and outside mirror positions.
if available: These manually stored positions are
. Tilt the top of the control referred to as Button Memory
rearward to recline. positions.
In Brief 1-9
The vehicle will also automatically Heated Seats Head Restraint

save driver seat and outside mirror
positions to the current driver
Adjustment
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Do not drive until the head restraints
transmitter when the ignition is for all occupants are installed and
turned off. These automatically adjusted properly.
stored positions are referred to as
To achieve a comfortable seating
RKE Memory positions.
position, change the seatback
See Memory Seats on page 3‑6 and recline angle as little as necessary
Vehicle Personalization on while keeping the seat and the head
page 5‑31. restraint height in the proper
position.
See Head Restraints on page 3‑2
Uplevel Climate Control System and Seat Adjustment on page 3‑3.
Shown, Base Similar
If available, the buttons are near the
climate controls. To operate, the
ignition must be in ON/RUN.
Press z or J to heat the driver or
passenger seat cushion and
seatback.
Indicator lights on the button show
the temperature setting.
See Heated Front Seats on
page 3‑8.
1-10 In Brief
Safety Belts Passenger Sensing is started. See Passenger Sensing

System on page 3‑26 for more
System information.
Mirror Adjustment
Exterior
United States
Refer to the following sections for

important information on how to use
safety belts properly: Canada
. Safety Belts on page 3‑11. The passenger sensing system will
. How to Wear Safety Belts turn off the right front passenger
Properly on page 3‑12. frontal airbag under certain To adjust the mirrors:
conditions. The driver airbag, seat‐ 1. Move the selector switch to L
. Lap-Shoulder Belt on page 3‑13. mounted side impact airbags, and (Left) or R (Right) to choose the
. Lower Anchors and Tethers for roof‐rail airbags are not affected by driver or passenger mirror.
Children (LATCH System) on the passenger sensing system.
page 3‑40. 2. Press the arrows on the control
The passenger airbag status pad to move each mirror in the
indicator will be visible on the desired direction.
overhead console when the vehicle
In Brief 1-11
3. Return the selector switch to the Steering Wheel Interior Lighting

middle position.
Adjustment Reading Lamps
See Power Mirrors on page 2‑14.
These lamps are located on the
Interior overhead console. These lamps
Adjustment come on automatically when any
door is opened.
Adjust the rearview mirror to clearly
view the area behind the vehicle. For manual operation, press the
button next to each lamp to turn it
Manual Rearview Mirror on or off.
For vehicles with a manual rearview Dome Lamps
mirror, push the tab forward for
daytime use and pull it rearward for There are front and rear dome
nighttime use to avoid the glare of lamps.
the headlamps from behind. See The dome lamp controls are located
Manual Rearview Mirror on To adjust the steering wheel: in the overhead console. To change
page 2‑16. the settings, press the following:
1. Pull the lever down.
Automatic Dimming Rearview
2. Move the steering wheel up
* : Turns the lamp off, even when
Mirror a door is open.
or down.
Vehicles with an automatic dimming
3. Pull or push the steering wheel
1 : The lamps come on
inside rearview mirror automatically automatically when a door is
closer or away from you.
reduce the glare of the headlamps opened.
from behind. The dimming feature 4. Pull the lever up to lock the
steering wheel in place.
+: Turns the dome lamps on.
comes on when the vehicle is
started. See Automatic Dimming The dome lamps can also be turned
Do not adjust the steering wheel
Rearview Mirror on page 2‑16. on and off by pressing the buttons
while driving.
next to the lamps.
1-12 In Brief
For more information on interior 5 : Turns on the headlamps, HI: Use for fast wipes.
lighting, See Instrument Panel together with the parking lamps, LO: Use for slow wipes.
Illumination Control on page 6‑4. sidemarker lamps, taillamps, license
plate lamps, and instrument panel INT: Move the lever up to INT for
Exterior Lighting lights. intermittent wipes, then turn the
3 INT band up for more frequent
See: wipes or down for less frequent
. Exterior Lamp Controls on wipes.
page 6‑1
. Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
on page 6‑2
. Fog Lamps on page 6‑3
The exterior lamp control is on the
turn signal lever. Windshield Wiper/Washer
O: Turn to operate the exterior OFF: Use to turn the wipers off.
lamps. 8 : For a single wipe, briefly move
O: Briefly turn to this position to the wiper lever down. For several
turn the automatic light control off or wipes, hold the wiper lever down.
on again. n L FRONT: Pull the windshield
AUTO: Turns the exterior lamps on wiper lever toward you to spray
and off automatically depending on windshield washer fluid and activate
the exterior light. The windshield wiper/washer lever the wipers.
is located on the right side of the
; : Turns on the parking lamps, steering column. With the ignition in
together with the sidemarker lamps, ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/
taillamps, license plate lamps, and START, move the windshield wiper
instrument panel lights. lever to select the wiper speed.
In Brief 1-13
Rear Window Wiper/Washer Climate Controls

The rear wiper controls are on the The vehicle's heating, cooling, defrosting, and ventilation can be controlled
end of the windshield wiper lever. with these systems.
Climate Control System
ON: Press the upper portion of the

button for continuous rear window
wipes.
OFF: The rear wiper turns off when
the button is returned to the middle
position.
INT: Press the lower portion of the
button to set a delay between 1. Fan Control 5. Front Defrost
wipes. 2. Air Delivery Mode Controls 6. Rear Window Defogger
m = REAR: Push the windshield 3. Temperature Control 7. Recirculation
wiper lever forward to spray washer
fluid on the rear window. 4. Outside Air 8. Air Conditioning
See Windshield Wiper/Washer on

page 5‑3 and Rear Window Wiper/
Washer on page 5‑4.
1-14 In Brief
Automatic Climate Control System Parking Brake
1. Fan Control 8. Driver and Passenger Heated To set the parking brake, hold the
Seats regular brake pedal down, then
2. AUTO (Automatic Operation) push the parking brake pedal down.
3. Air Delivery Mode Controls 9. Rear Window Defogger
If the ignition is on, the brake
4. Front Defrost 10. Air Conditioning system warning light will come on.
5. Recirculation See Climate Control Systems on See Brake System Warning Light on
page 8‑1 (If Equipped) or Automatic page 5‑15.
6. Temperature Control Climate Control System on page 8‑3 To release the parking brake, hold
7. Power (If Equipped). the regular brake pedal down, then
push down momentarily on the
parking brake pedal until you feel
the pedal release. Slowly pull your
foot up off the park brake pedal.
In Brief 1-15
See Parking Brake on page 9‑31. Fuel Economy Mode Vehicle Features
Vehicles with a 2.4L engine have a
Transmission Fuel Economy Mode. When Steering Wheel Controls
Electronic Range Select engaged, fuel economy mode can
(ERS) Mode improve the vehicle's fuel economy.
ERS or manual mode allows for the

selection of the range of gear
positions. Use this mode when
driving down hill or towing a trailer
to limit the top gear and vehicle
speed.
To use this feature:
1. Move the shift lever to
M (Manual Mode).
2. Press the plus/minus button on
the shift lever, to increase or Some audio steering wheel controls
decrease the gear range can be adjusted at the steering
Press the “eco” (economy) button by wheel.
available.
the shift lever to turn this feature on
See Manual Mode on page 9‑28 for or off. The “eco” light in the b / g : Press to interact with the
more information. instrument cluster will come on available Bluetooth or OnStar
when engaged, and a Driver systems.
Information Center (DIC) message
“ECO MODE ON” displays. See
Fuel Economy Mode on page 9‑29.
1-16 In Brief
>/i: Press to silence the Cruise Control SET/−: Move the thumbwheel down
vehicle speakers only. Press again toward SET/- to set a speed and
to turn the sound on. For vehicles activate cruise control, or to make
with OnStar or Bluetooth systems, the vehicle decelerate.
press to reject an incoming call, See Cruise Control on page 9‑35.
or end a current call.
_ SRC ^ : Press to select an audio Infotainment System
source. See the infotainment manual for
Toggle up or down to select the next information on the radio, audio
or previous favorite radio station, players, phone, navigation system,
CD, or MP3 track. and voice or speech recognition.
+ VOL −: Press + to increase the There is also information on settings
volume; press − to decrease the and downloadable applications (if
volume. equipped).
For more information, see Steering ON/OFF 5 CRUISE: Press to turn Driver Information
Wheel Controls on page 5‑2. the cruise control system on and off.
Center (DIC)
* CANCEL: Press to disengage
cruise control without erasing the The DIC display is located in the
set speed from memory. center of the instrument panel
cluster. It shows the status of many
RES/+: Move the thumbwheel up to vehicle systems.
make the vehicle resume to a
previously set speed or to
accelerate.
In Brief 1-17
For more information, see Driver Lane Departure

Information Center (DIC) on
page 5‑21.
Warning (LDW)
For vehicles with LDW, it is intended
Forward Collision Alert to help avoid unintentional lane
(FCA) System departures. It may provide a
warning if the vehicle is crossing a
For vehicles with FCA, this system lane without using a turn signal.
is intended to help avoid or reduce LDW uses a camera sensor to
the harm caused by front-end detect the lane markings. It only
crashes. FCA provides a flashing operates at speeds of 56 km
visual alert and beeps when (35 mph) or greater.
approaching a vehicle directly
The DIC buttons are located below ahead too quickly. FCA also The LDW indicator, @ , appears
the climate control system. provides a visual alert if following green if a lane marking is detected.
MENU: Press this button to get to another vehicle much too closely. It changes to amber, flashes, and
the Trip/Fuel Menu and the Vehicle The forward-looking FCA camera sounds three chimes if the vehicle
Information Menu. sensor is on the windshield ahead crosses a detected lane marking
of the rearview mirror. FCA detects without using the turn signal.
Q or R : Use these buttons to vehicles within a distance of
scroll through the items in each
approximately 60 m (197 ft) and
menu. A small marker will move
operates at speeds above 40 km/h
along the page as you scroll through
(25 mph).
the items. This shows where each
page is in the menu. See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
SET/CLR: Use this button to set or
information.
clear the menu item when it is
displayed.
1-18 In Brief
in the corresponding outside side 8 km/h (5 mph). URPA uses audible

mirror and will flash if the turn signal beeps to provide distance and
is on. system information.
See Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) Keep the sensors on the vehicle's
on page 9‑41. rear bumper clean to ensure proper
operation.
Rear Vision See Ultrasonic Parking Assist on
Camera (RVC) page 9‑40.
If available, the RVC displays a view
of the area behind the vehicle when Roof Rack System
the vehicle is shifted into The roof rack cross rails can be
To turn LDW on and off, press the R (Reverse). The display will appear locked in four positions along the
LANE DEPART button, located on on the radio screen. roof rack side rails. Lift the lever to
the steering wheel. To clean the camera lens above the release and move the cross rail.
license plate, rinse it with water and Push the lever down to completely
See Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
wipe it with a soft cloth. engage into the side rail holes. Slide
on page 9‑46 for more information.
the cross rails back and forth until
See Rear Vision Camera (RVC) on the lock pins engage in the holes
Side Blind Zone page 9‑43. and a click is heard.
Alert (SBZA) When the roof rack is not in use,
Ultrasonic Parking Assist lock one cross rail at the furthest
If available, SBZA will alert the
driver to vehicles in the vehicle's If available, this system uses forward position and lock the other
side blind zone. When the system sensors on the rear bumper to cross rail at the furthest rearward
detects a vehicle in the side blind assist with parking and avoiding position to reduce wind noise. See
zone, the SBZA display will light up objects while in R (Reverse). Roof Rack System on page 4‑2.
It operates at speeds less than
In Brief 1-19
Power Outlets Universal Remote System Performance and

The accessory power outlets can be Maintenance
used to connect electrical
equipment, such as a cell phone or
MP3 player.
Traction Control
System (TCS)
There are four accessory power
outlets in the following locations: The traction control system limits
below the CD slot, inside the center wheel spin. The system is on when
console storage, on the rear of the This system, in the overhead the vehicle is started.
center console storage, and in the console, provides a way to replace . To turn off traction control, press
rear cargo compartment. up to three remote control
transmitters used to activate and release g on the console.
To use the outlets, remove the cover devices such as garage door i illuminates and the
and close when not in use. openers, security systems, and appropriate DIC message
See Power Outlets on page 5‑5. home automation devices. displays. See Vehicle Messages
on page 5‑24.
Read the instructions completely
before attempting to program the . Press and release g again to
Universal Remote system. Because turn traction control back on.
of the steps involved, it may be
See Traction Control System (TCS)
helpful to have another person
on page 9‑32.
available to assist with programming
the Universal Remote system.
See Universal Remote System on
page 5‑36.
1-20 In Brief
StabiliTrak® System The TPMS does not replace normal

monthly tire maintenance. Maintain
The StabiliTrak system assists with the correct tire pressures.
directional control of the vehicle in
difficult driving conditions. The See Tire Pressure Monitor System
system is on when the vehicle is on page 10‑47.
started.
The low tire pressure warning light Engine Oil Life System
. To turn off both Traction Control alerts to a significant loss in
and StabiliTrak, press and hold pressure of one of the vehicle's The engine oil life system calculates
g until g and i illuminate and tires. If the warning light comes on, engine oil life based on vehicle use
the appropriate DIC message stop as soon as possible and inflate and displays the CHANGE ENGINE
displays. See Vehicle Messages the tires to the recommended OIL SOON message when it is time
on page 5‑24. pressure shown on the Tire and to change the engine oil and filter.
Loading Information label. See The oil life system should be reset
. Press g again to turn on both to 100% only following an oil
Vehicle Load Limits on page 9‑14.
systems. The warning light will remain on until change.
See StabiliTrak® System on the tire pressure is corrected. Resetting the Oil Life System
page 9‑34. The low tire pressure warning light 1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN,
may come on in cool weather when with the engine off.
Tire Pressure Monitor the vehicle is first started, and then
turn off as the vehicle is driven. This 2. Press the DIC MENU button to
This vehicle may have a Tire
may be an early indicator that the display the Vehicle
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS).
tire pressures are getting low and Information menu.
the tires need to be inflated to the 3. Press either the up or down
proper pressure. arrows to view REMAINING
OIL LIFE.
In Brief 1-21
. Replace the vehicle's tires with
4. Press the SET/CLR button until Driving for Better Fuel the same TPC Spec number
100% is displayed.
Economy molded into the tire's sidewall
5. Turn the key to LOCK/OFF. near the size.
Driving habits can affect fuel
Or: mileage. Here are some driving tips . Follow recommended scheduled
1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with to get the best fuel economy maintenance.
the engine off. possible.
2. Fully press and release the
. Avoid fast starts and accelerate Roadside Assistance
accelerator pedal three times smoothly. Program
within five seconds. . Brake gradually and avoid U.S.: 1-888-881-3302
See Engine Oil Life System on abrupt stops.
TTY Users (U.S. Only):
page 10‑11. . Avoid idling the engine for long 1-888-889-2438
periods of time.
Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) Canada: 1-800-268-6800
. When road and weather
Vehicles with a yellow fuel cap can conditions are appropriate, use Mexico: 01-800-466-0801
use either unleaded gasoline or cruise control. As the owner of a new GMC, you
ethanol fuel containing up to 85% . Always follow posted speed are automatically enrolled in the
ethanol (E85). See Fuel E85 (85% limits or drive more slowly when Roadside Assistance program.
Ethanol) on page 9‑51. For all other conditions require. See Roadside Assistance Program
vehicles, use only the unleaded
. Keep vehicle tires properly (Mexico) on page 13‑7 or Roadside
gasoline described under
inflated. Assistance Program (U.S. and
Recommended Fuel on page 9‑49.
Canada) on page 13‑10.
. Combine several trips into a
single trip.
1-22 In Brief
OnStar®
If equipped, this vehicle has a
comprehensive, in-vehicle system
that can connect to a live Advisor
for Emergency, Security, Navigation,
Connection, and Diagnostic
Services. See OnStar Overview on
page 14‑1.
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-1
Keys, Doors, and Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14

Blind Spot Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Keys and Locks
Windows Park Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Keys
Interior Mirrors
Keys and Locks
Manual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . 2-16
Automatic Dimming Rearview
{ WARNING
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Leaving children in a vehicle with
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 Windows the ignition key is dangerous and
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16 children or others could be
System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17 seriously injured or killed. They
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . 2-4 Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18 could operate the power windows
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 or other controls or make the
Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 Roof vehicle move. The windows will
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18 function with the keys in the
ignition, and children or others
Doors could be caught in the path of a
Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
closing window. Do not leave
Vehicle Security children in a vehicle with the
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12 ignition key.
Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . 2-12
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . 2-13
Exterior Mirrors
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
2-2 Keys, Doors, and Windows
If locked out of the vehicle, see

Roadside Assistance Program
(Mexico) on page 13‑7 or Roadside
Assistance Program (U.S. and
Canada) on page 13‑10.
With an active OnStar subscription,
an OnStar Advisor may remotely
unlock the vehicle. See OnStar
Overview on page 14‑1.
Remote Keyless Entry

(RKE) System
The key that is part of the Remote Press the button on the RKE
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter can transmitter to extend the key. Press See Radio Frequency Statement on
be used for the ignition and all the button and the key blade to page 13‑20 for information
locks. retract the key. regarding Part 15 of the Federal
Communications Commission (FCC)
See your dealer if a new key is rules and Industry Canada
needed. Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310.
If the vehicle has an ignition and it If there is a decrease in the RKE
becomes difficult to turn the key, operating range:
inspect the key blade for debris.
Periodically clean with a brush . Check the distance. The
or pick. transmitter may be too far from
the vehicle.
. Check the location. Other
vehicles or objects may be
blocking the signal.

. Check the transmitter's battery. See “Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out”
See “Battery Replacement” later under Vehicle Personalization on
in this section. page 5‑31.
. If the transmitter is still not
Pressing Q may also arm the
working correctly, see your
theft-deterrent system. See Vehicle
dealer or a qualified technician
Alarm System on page 2‑12.
for service.
K (Unlock): Press to unlock the
Remote Keyless Entry driver door or all doors. See
“Remote Door Unlock” under
(RKE) System Operation Vehicle Personalization on
The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) page 5‑31. The turn signal
transmitter may work up to 60 m RKE With Remote Start Shown, indicators flash to indicate unlocking
(195 ft) away from the vehicle. Without Similar has occurred. For more information
There are other conditions which see “Remote Unlock Light
The following may be available: Feedback” under Vehicle
can affect the performance of the
transmitter. See Remote Keyless Q (Lock): Press to lock all doors. Personalization on page 5‑31.
Entry (RKE) System on page 2‑2. The turn signal indicators may flash Pressing K may also disarm the
and/or the horn may sound to theft-deterrent system. See Vehicle
indicate locking. See “Remote Lock Alarm System on page 2‑12.
Feedback” under Vehicle
Personalization on page 5‑31. If a For vehicles with the manual
passenger door is open when Q is liftgate, press K twice within
pressed, all doors lock. If the driver 5 seconds to unlock the liftgate.
door is open when Q is pressed, all V (Remote Liftgate Release):
doors lock except the driver door. For vehicles with the power liftgate,
These settings can be modified. press and hold V until the liftgate
begins to move.
7 (Vehicle Locator/Panic replacement can be purchased and 4. Insert the new battery, positive
Alarm): Press and release one programmed through your dealer. side facing up. Push the battery
time to initiate vehicle locator. The When the replacement transmitter is down until it is held in place.
exterior lamps flash and the horn programmed to this vehicle, all Replace with a CR2032 or
chirps three times. Press and hold remaining transmitters must also be equivalent battery.
7 for at least three seconds to reprogrammed. Any lost or stolen 5. Snap the battery cover back on
sound the panic alarm. The horn transmitters will no longer work to the transmitter.
sounds and the turn signals flash once the new transmitter is
programmed.
until 7 is pressed again or the key Remote Vehicle Start
is placed in the ignition and turned Battery Replacement The vehicle may have this feature
to ON/RUN.
Replace the battery if the REPLACE that allows you to start the engine
/ (Remote Vehicle Start): For BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY from outside the vehicle.
vehicles with this feature, first press message displays in the DIC. See
Q then press and hold / to start / (Remote Vehicle Start): This
“Replace Battery in Remote Key” button will be on the RKE
the engine from outside the vehicle under Key and Lock Messages on transmitter if the vehicle has remote
using the RKE transmitter. See page 5‑27. start.
Remote Vehicle Start on page 2‑4
for additional information. The battery is not rechargeable. To The climate control system will use
replace the battery: the previous settings during a
The buttons on the keys are
1. Push the button on the remote start. The rear defog may
disabled when there is a key in the
transmitter to extend the key. come on during remote start based
ignition.
on cold ambient conditions. The
2. Remove the battery cover by
Programming Transmitters to rear defog indicator light does not
prying with a finger.
the Vehicle come on during remote start.
3. Remove the battery by pushing
Only RKE transmitters programmed on the battery and sliding it
to this vehicle will work. If a toward the key blade.
transmitter is lost or stolen, a
If the vehicle has heated seats, they 2. Immediately press and hold / For example, if the engine has been
may come on during a remote start. for at least two seconds or until running for 5 minutes, and
See Heated Front Seats on the turn signal lamps flash. The 10 minutes are added, the engine
page 3‑8 for more information. turn signal lamps flashing will run for a total of 15 minutes.
Laws in some local communities confirms the request to remote A maximum of two remote starts or
may restrict the use of remote start the vehicle has been remote start attempts are allowed
starters. For example, some laws received. between ignition cycles.
require a person using remote start The parking lamps will turn on The vehicle's ignition switch must
to have the vehicle in view. Check and remain on as long as the be turned to ON/RUN and then back
local regulations for any engine is running. The vehicle's to LOCK/OFF using the key, before
requirements. doors will be locked. the remote start procedure can be
There are other conditions which 3. The key must be inserted and used again.
can affect the performance of the turned to ON/RUN before
transmitter. See Remote Keyless Shutting the Engine Off After a
driving. Remote Start
Entry (RKE) System on page 2‑2 for
additional information. The engine will shut off after To shut off the engine:
10 minutes unless a time
Starting the Engine Using Remote extension is done or the key is
. Press / until the parking lamps
Start inserted and turned to ON/RUN. turn off.
. Turn on the hazard warning
To start the engine using the remote Extending Engine Run Time
start feature: flashers.
For a 10-minute extension, repeat
1. Press and release Q on the
. Insert the key and turn it to ON/
Steps 1 and 2 while the engine is
RKE transmitter. RUN and then back to
still running. The remote start can
LOCK/OFF.
be extended once.
When the remote start is extended,
the second 10 minutes will start
immediately.
Conditions in Which Remote Start dealer to add the manufacturer's

Will Not Work remote vehicle start feature to the WARNING (Continued)
The remote vehicle start feature will vehicle.
and can suffer permanent
not operate if: injuries or even death from
Door Locks heat stroke. Always lock the
. The key is in the ignition.
vehicle whenever leaving it.
. The hood or doors are not
closed.
{ WARNING . Outsiders can easily enter
Unlocked doors can be through an unlocked door
. The hazard warning flashers
dangerous. when slowing or stopping the
are on. vehicle. Lock the doors to
. There is an emission control
. Passengers, especially help prevent this from
system malfunction. children, can easily open the happening.
doors and fall out of a moving
. The engine coolant temperature vehicle. The chance of being
is too high. thrown out of the vehicle in a To lock or unlock a door from the
crash is increased if the outside of the vehicle, use the
. The oil pressure is low.
doors are not locked. So, all Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
. Two remote vehicle starts have passengers should wear transmitter. Pull the handle once
already been used. safety belts properly and the from the inside to unlock the door,
. The vehicle is not in P (Park). doors should be locked and a second time to open it.
whenever the vehicle is
Remote Start Ready driven.
If the vehicle does not have the . Young children who get into
remote vehicle start feature, it may unlocked vehicles may be
have the remote start ready feature. unable to get out. A child can
This feature allows your dealer to be overcome by extreme heat
add the manufacturer's remote
vehicle start feature. See your (Continued)
Power Door Locks Pressing the power lock switch

twice or Q on the RKE transmitter
twice will override the delayed
locking feature and immediately lock
all doors.
This feature can be programmed.
See “Delayed Door Lock” under
Vehicle Personalization on
page 5‑31.
Safety Locks
There are power door lock switches
on the front door panels.
There is a power door lock switch Q: Press to lock the doors.
on the instrument panel.
K: Press to unlock the doors.
When locking the doors with a
power door lock switch and a door
or the liftgate is open, the doors will
lock five seconds after the last door
is closed. Three chimes sound to
signal the delayed locking feature is
in use.
The rear door safety locks switch is
on the instrument panel.
Rear door safety locks prevent Doors

passengers from opening the rear WARNING (Continued)
doors from inside the vehicle.
Liftgate . Adjust the climate control
Press { to activate the safety locks. system to a setting that
When activated, the indicator light in
the switch changes to amber.
{ WARNING brings in only outside air and
set the fan speed to the
Exhaust gases can enter the highest setting. See “Climate
Press { again to deactivate the Control Systems” in the
vehicle if it is driven with the
safety locks. Index.
liftgate or trunk/hatch open,
or with any objects that pass . If the vehicle is equipped with
through the seal between the a power liftgate, disable the
body and the trunk/hatch or power liftgate function.
liftgate. Engine exhaust contains See Engine Exhaust on
carbon monoxide (CO) which page 9‑25.
cannot be seen or smelled. It can
cause unconsciousness and even
death. Notice: To avoid damage to the
liftgate or liftgate glass, make
If the vehicle must be driven with sure the area above and behind
the liftgate or trunk/hatch open: the liftgate is clear before
. Close all of the windows. opening it.
. Fully open the air outlets on
or under the instrument
panel.
(Continued)
Manual Liftgate Choose the power liftgate mode by

To unlock the liftgate, press the
{ WARNING turning the dial on the switch until
the indicator lines up with the
power door lock switch or press K You, or others, could be injured if desired position. The vehicle must
on the Remote Keyless Entry caught in the path of the power be in P (Park).
(RKE) transmitter twice. See liftgate. Make sure there is no one
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) in the way of the liftgate as it is The three modes are:
System Operation on page 2‑3. opening and closing. MAX: The liftgate power opens to
To open the liftgate, press the touch the full open height.
pad under the liftgate handle and The power liftgate has three modes 3/4: The liftgate power opens to a
lift up. of operation. Mode selection is reduced open height that can be set
Use the pull cup to lower and close controlled by the interior mode by the vehicle operator. Use this
the liftgate. Do not press the touch switch. setting to prevent the liftgate from
pad while closing the liftgate. This opening into overhead obstructions
may cause the liftgate to be such as a garage door or roof
unlatched. mounted cargo during power
operation. The liftgate can still be
Always close the liftgate before fully opened manually.
driving.
OFF: The liftgate only operates
Power Liftgate manually in this position.
On vehicles with a power liftgate, Manual operation of a liftgate that
the vehicle must be in P (Park) to also has power operation requires
operate. The taillamps flash when more effort than a standard manual
the power liftgate moves. liftgate.
The liftgate can be opened manually Do not force the liftgate open or
by pressing the touch pad under the closed during a power cycle.
liftgate handle, with the doors The power liftgate may be
unlocked and lifting up. temporarily disabled under extreme
In either the MAX or the 3/4 mode, temperatures or low battery
the liftgate can be power opened conditions. If this occurs, the liftgate
and closed by: can still be operated manually.
. Pressing and holding V on the If the vehicle is shifted out of
RKE transmitter until the liftgate P (Park) while the power function is
starts moving. See Remote in progress, the liftgate power
Keyless Entry (RKE) System function will continue to completion.
Operation on page 2‑3. If the vehicle is shifted out of
Press and release 8 on the P (Park) and accelerated before the
. Pressing the power liftgate liftgate adjacent to the latch to close power liftgate latch is closed, the
button in the center of the mode the liftgate. liftgate may reverse to the open
switch on the overhead console, position. Cargo could fall out of the
with the driver door unlocked. Pressing any button, or the touch
vehicle. Always make sure the
pad switch, while the liftgate is
power liftgate is closed and latched
moving stops it. Pressing the button
before driving away.
or RKE transmitter again reverses
the direction. The touch pad switch If the liftgate is power opened and
will stop the liftgate from moving. the liftgate support struts have lost
There is a minimum distance that pressure, the turn signals flash and
the power liftgate must already be a chime will sound. The liftgate
open for the system to hold it open. stays open temporarily, and then
If movement is stopped below that slowly closes. See a dealer for
minimum, the liftgate closes. service before using the liftgate.
Obstacle Detection Features Power Liftgate 3/4 Mode liftgate cannot be set below that
minimum and the new setting will
If the liftgate encounters an obstacle To program the liftgate opening
not be recorded.
during a power open or close cycle, height:
a warning chime will sound and the 1. Turn the liftgate switch to either Manual Operation of Power
liftgate will automatically reverse the MAX, or the 3/4 mode Liftgate
direction to the full closed or open position and power open the
position. After removing the To change the liftgate to manual
liftgate. operation, turn the mode switch to
obstruction, the power liftgate
operation can be used again. If the 2. Stop the liftgate movement at the OFF position.
liftgate encounters multiple the desired height by pressing With the power liftgate disabled and
obstacles on the same power cycle, any liftgate switch. Manually all of the doors unlocked, the liftgate
the power function will deactivate adjust the liftgate position if can be manually opened and
and a message will display in the required. closed. Manual operation of a
Driver Information Center (DIC), see 3. Press and hold the button on the liftgate that also has power
Object Detection System Messages liftgate adjacent to the latch until operation requires more effort than
on page 5‑28. After removing the the turn signals flash and a beep a standard manual liftgate.
obstructions, the liftgate will resume sounds to indicate that the new To open the liftgate, press the touch
normal power operation. setting is recorded. pad on the handle on the outside of
Pinch sensors are located on the When power opened with the 3/4 the liftgate, and lift the gate open. To
side edges of the liftgate. If an mode selected, the liftgate stops at close the liftgate, use the pull cup to
object is caught between the liftgate the new set position. lower the liftgate and close. With the
and the vehicle and presses against power liftgate disabled, the liftgate
this sensor, the liftgate will reverse If there is no audible and visual electric latch will still power latch
direction and open fully. The liftgate feedback when setting the once contact is made with the
will remain open until it is activated intermediate stop position, the striker. Always close the liftgate
again or closed manually. liftgate height is being set below the before driving.
3/4 open height minimum
(approximately 1.5 m or 5 ft). The
If V on the RKE transmitter is Vehicle Security Disarming the System

pressed while power operation is To disarm the system, do one of the
disabled, the turn signals flash and This vehicle has theft-deterrent
features; however, they do not make following:
the liftgate will not move.
the vehicle impossible to steal. . Press K on the RKE transmitter.
The liftgate has an electric latch.
If the battery is disconnected or has Vehicle Alarm System
. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN.
low voltage, the liftgate will not . Allow the alarm to time out after
open. The liftgate will resume This vehicle has an anti-theft alarm
about 30 seconds and reset
operation when the battery is system.
itself.
reconnected and charged.
Arming the System If the system is armed and any door
To arm the system, do one of the is unlocked without pressing K on
following: the RKE transmitter, the alarm
sounds.
. Press Q on the RKE transmitter.
. Lock the vehicle using the key in How to Detect a Tamper
the driver door. Condition
The alarm automatically arms after If K is pressed and the horn
about 30 seconds. The security sounds, an attempted break-in has
light, located on the instrument occurred while the system was
panel, flashes. armed.
Press V on the RKE transmitter to If the alarm has been activated, the
open the liftgate without setting off THEFT ATTEMPTED message will
the alarm. The system rearms when appear on the DIC. See Key and
the liftgate is closed. Lock Messages on page 5‑27 for
additional information.
Immobilizer If the engine still does not start, and

the key appears to be undamaged
See Radio Frequency Statement on or the light continues to stay on, try
page 13‑20 for information another ignition key. If the engine
regarding Part 15 of the Federal does not start with the other key, the
Communications Commission (FCC) vehicle needs service. If the vehicle
rules and Industry Canada does start, the first key may be
Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310. The security light in the instrument
cluster comes on if there is a damaged. See your dealer who can
problem with arming or disarming service the theft-deterrent system
Immobilizer Operation the theft-deterrent system. and have a new key made.
This vehicle has a passive When trying to start the vehicle, the Do not leave the key or device that
theft-deterrent system. security light comes on briefly when disarms or deactivates the
The system does not have to be the ignition is turned on. theft-deterrent system in the vehicle.
manually armed or disarmed. If the engine does not start and the
The vehicle is automatically security light stays on, there is a
immobilized when the key is problem with the system. Turn the
removed from the ignition. ignition off and try again.
The system is automatically
disarmed when the vehicle is
started with the correct key. The key
uses a transponder that matches an
immobilizer control unit in the
vehicle and automatically disarms
the system. Only an authorized key
starts the vehicle. The vehicle may
not start if the key is damaged.
Exterior Mirrors Power Mirrors Heated Mirrors

For vehicles with heated mirrors:
Convex Mirrors The heated outside rearview mirrors
turn on when the rear window
{ WARNING defogger is on and help to clear fog
or frost from the surface of the
A convex mirror can make things, mirrors.
like other vehicles, look farther
away than they really are. If you 1 (Rear Window Defogger): This
cut too sharply into the right lane, button is on the climate control
you could hit a vehicle on the panel.
right. Check the inside mirror or See “Rear Window Defogger” under
glance over your shoulder before Automatic Climate Control System
changing lanes. on page 8‑3 for more information.
To adjust the mirrors:
The passenger side mirror is convex 1. Move the selector switch to L Blind Spot Mirrors
shaped. A convex mirror's surface is (Left) or R (Right) to choose the The blind spot mirror is a small
curved so more can be seen from driver or passenger mirror. convex mirror built into the upper
the driver seat. 2. Press the arrows on the control and outer corner of both outside
pad to move each mirror in the mirrors. It can show objects that
desired direction. may be in the vehicle's blind zone.
3. Return the selector switch to the
middle position.
Driving with the Blind Spot 1. When the approaching vehicle is vehicle. Check the blind spot
Mirror a long distance away, the image mirror for a vehicle in the blind
in the main mirror is small and zone. Then, glance over your
near the inboard edge of the shoulder to double check before
mirror. moving slowly into the
2. As the vehicle gets closer, the adjacent lane.
image in the main mirror gets
larger and moves outboard. Park Tilt Mirrors
3. As the vehicle enters the blind If the vehicle is equipped with
zone, the image transitions from memory mirrors, there is an option
the main mirror to the blind spot to have the mirrors tilt down, when
mirror. in R (Reverse), to more easily see
the ground near the vehicle.
4. When the vehicle is in the blind
zone, the image only appears in When the vehicle is shifted to
the blind spot mirror. R (Reverse), both the driver and
passenger mirrors will tilt downward.
Using the Outside Mirror with They will return to their previous
the Blind Spot Mirror position when the vehicle is shifted
1. Set the main mirror so that the out of R (Reverse), the ignition is
side of the vehicle can just be turned to OFF, or the vehicle is left
seen and the blind spot mirror in R (Reverse) for an extended
has an unobstructed view. period of time.
2. When checking for traffic or This feature can be turned on or off.

before changing a lane, look at See Vehicle Personalization on
the main driver/passenger side page 5‑31.
Actual Mirror View mirror to observe traffic in the
adjacent lane, behind your
Interior Mirrors Automatic Dimming Windows

Rearview Mirror
Manual Rearview Mirror The vehicle may have an automatic { WARNING
Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear dimming inside rearview mirror.
Automatic dimming reduces the Never leave a child, a helpless
view of the area behind your
glare of the headlamps from behind. adult, or a pet alone in a vehicle,
vehicle. To avoid glare of the
The dimming feature comes on especially with the windows
headlamps from behind, push the
tab forward for daytime use and pull each time the vehicle is started. closed in warm or hot weather.
it rearward for nighttime use. They can be overcome by the
Cleaning the Mirror extreme heat and suffer
Vehicles with OnStar have three permanent injuries or even death
control buttons at the bottom of the Do not spray glass cleaner directly
on the mirror. Use a soft towel from heat stroke.
mirror. See your dealer for more
information on the system and how dampened with water.
to subscribe to OnStar. See OnStar
Overview on page 14‑1.
The vehicle aerodynamics are window switch fully and release it to

designed to improve fuel economy activate the express-down feature.
performance. This may result in a The express mode can be canceled
pulsing sound when either rear at any time by briefly pressing,
window is down and the front or pulling the switch.
windows are up. To reduce the
sound, open either a front window Window Lockout
or the sunroof, if equipped.
Power Windows
{ WARNING
The power windows work when the
Children could be seriously ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/
injured or killed if caught in the ACCESSORY, or in Retained
path of a closing window. Never Accessory Power (RAP). See
leave keys in a vehicle with Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
children. When there are children on page 9‑22.
in the rear seat, use the window
Press the front of the switch to open
lockout button to prevent the window. Pull the switch up to
operation of the windows. See close it. o (Window Lockout): This feature
Keys on page 2‑1. prevents the rear passenger
Express Down Windows windows from operating, except
Windows that have the from the driver position.
express-down feature allow the
windows to be lowered without
holding the switch. Press the

. Press and hold the front or rear
Press v to activate the rear Roof of the driver side switch to open
window lockout switch. The
or close the sunroof. The
indicator light comes on when Sunroof sunshade automatically opens
activated.
On vehicles with a sunroof, the with the sunroof, but must be
Press v again to deactivate the switches used to operate it are on closed manually.
lockout switch. the headliner above the rearview . Press and hold the rear of the
mirror. The ignition must be in ON/ passenger side switch to vent
Sun Visors RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY, or in the sunroof. Press and hold the
Retained Accessory Power (RAP) to front of the switch to close.
operate the sunroof. See Ignition
Positions on page 9‑19 and Express-open/Express-close
Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Press and release the front or rear
on page 9‑22. of the driver side switch to
express-open or express-close the
sunroof.
Anti-Pinch Feature
If an object is in the path of the
Pull the sun visor down to block sunroof when it is closing, the
glare. Detach the sun visor from the anti-pinch feature detects the object
center mount to pivot to the side and stops the sunroof from closing
window, or to extend along the rod, at the point of the obstruction. The
if available. sunroof then returns to the full-open
position.
Dirt and debris may collect on the

sunroof seal or in the track. This
could cause an issue with sunroof
operation, noise, or plugging the
water drainage system. Periodically
open the sunroof and remove any
obstacles or loose debris. Wipe the
sunroof seal and roof sealing area
using a clean cloth, mild soap, and
water. Do not remove grease from
the sunroof.
2 NOTES
Seats and Restraints 3-1
Seats and Safety Belt Use During Adding Equipment to the

Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17 Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . 3-31
Restraints Safety Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . 3-17 Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . 3-32
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . 3-17 Replacing Airbag System
Safety Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18 Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . 3-32
Head Restraints Replacing Safety Belt System
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . 3-18 Child Restraints
Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
Front Seats Airbag System Infants and Young
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19 Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35
Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . 3-4 Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . 3-21 Child Restraint Systems . . . . . 3-37
Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 When Should an Airbag Where to Put the Restraint . . . 3-39
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22 Lower Anchors and Tethers
Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 What Makes an Airbag for Children (LATCH
Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24 System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40
How Does an Airbag Replacing LATCH System
Rear Seats
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24 Parts After a Crash . . . . . . . . . 3-45
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
What Will You See after an Securing Child Restraints
Safety Belts Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24 (Rear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11 Passenger Sensing Securing Child Restraints
How to Wear Safety Belts System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26 (Front Passenger Seat) . . . . 3-48
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12 Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30
3-2 Seats and Restraints
Head Restraints
Front Seats
The vehicle's front seats have head
restraints in the outboard seating
positions.
{ WARNING
With head restraints that are not
installed and adjusted properly,
there is a greater chance that
occupants will suffer a neck/ Adjust the head restraint so that the The height of the head restraint can
spinal injury in a crash. Do not top of the restraint is at the same be adjusted. Pull the head restraint
drive until the head restraints for height as the top of the occupant's up to raise it. Try to move the head
all occupants are installed and head. This position reduces the restraint to make sure that it is
chance of a neck injury in a crash. locked in place.
adjusted properly.
To lower the head restraint, press
the button, located on the top of the
seatback, and push the head
restraint down. Try to move the
head restraint after the button is
released to make sure that it is
locked in place.
The front seat outboard head
restraints are not designed to be
removed.
Rear Seats Front Seats To adjust a manual seat:

The vehicle's rear seat has head 1. Pull the handle at the front of the
restraints in the outboard seating Seat Adjustment seat cushion.
positions that cannot be adjusted. 2. Move the seat forward or
Rear outboard head restraints are { WARNING rearward to adjust the seat
position.
not designed to be removed.
You can lose control of the
3. Release the handle to stop the
vehicle if you try to adjust a driver seat from moving.
seat while the vehicle is moving.
Adjust the driver seat only when 4. Try to move the seat back and
the vehicle is not moving. forth to be sure it is locked in
place.

. Raise or lower the entire seat by
Power Seat Adjustment To adjust the seatback, see
moving the rear of the control up
Reclining Seatbacks on page 3‑5.
Four-Way Power Seat or down.
To adjust the lumbar support, see
Lumbar Adjustment on page 3‑5. To adjust the seatback, see
Reclining Seatbacks on page 3‑5.
Eight-Way Power Seats
To adjust the lumbar support, see
Lumbar Adjustment on page 3‑5.
1. Seat Position Handle

2. Height Adjustment Control
To adjust a power seat, if equipped:
To adjust a power seat, if equipped:
. Move the seat forward or
rearward using the handle under
. Move the seat forward or
the front of the seat cushion (1). rearward by sliding the control
See Seat Adjustment on forward or rearward.
page 3‑3. . Raise or lower the front part of
. Raise or lower the entire seat by the seat cushion by moving the
moving the control (2) up front of the control up or down.
or down.
Lumbar Adjustment Reclining Seatbacks

Power Lumbar
{ WARNING
Sitting in a reclined position when
the vehicle is in motion can be
dangerous. Even when buckled
up, the safety belts cannot do
their job.
The shoulder belt will not be
against your body. Instead, it will
be in front of you. In a crash, you Do not have a seatback reclined if
could go into it, receiving neck or the vehicle is moving.
other injuries.
Eight-Way Power Seat Shown, Manual Reclining Seatbacks
The lap belt could go up over
Four-Way Similar your abdomen. The belt forces
If available, press and hold the front would be there, not at your pelvic { WARNING
or rear of the switch to increase or bones. This could cause serious
If either seatback is not locked, it
decrease lumbar support. Release internal injuries.
could move forward in a sudden
the switch when the seatback For proper protection when the stop or crash. That could cause
reaches the desired level of lumbar vehicle is in motion, have the injury to the person sitting there.
support. seatback upright. Then sit well Always push and pull on the
back in the seat and wear the seatbacks to be sure they are
safety belt properly. locked.
2. Push and pull on the seatback to Memory Seats

Power Reclining Seatbacks
To recline a manual seatback:

1. Lift the lever.
If available, the “1,” “2,” and MEM
2. Move the seatback to the
(Memory) buttons on the outboard
desired position, and then
To adjust a power seatback, side of the driver seat are used to
release the lever to lock the
if available: manually save and recall the driver
seatback in place.
seat and outside mirror positions.
3. Push and pull on the seatback to . Tilt the top of the control These manually stored positions are
make sure it is locked. rearward to recline. referred to as Button Memory
To return the seatback to the upright . Tilt the top of the control forward positions.
position: to raise. The vehicle will also automatically
1. Lift the lever fully without save driver seat and outside mirror
applying pressure to the positions to the current driver
seatback, and the seatback will Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
return to the upright position. transmitter when the ignition is
turned off. These automatically Releasing “1” or “2” before the positions are called RKE Memory
stored positions are referred to as stored positions are reached stops positions and may be different than
RKE Memory positions. See the recall. the previously mentioned Button
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) If something has blocked the driver Memory positions saved to the
System Operation on page 2‑3. seat while recalling a memory “1” or “2” buttons. To recall RKE
position, the recall may stop. Memory positions, unlock the driver
Storing Button Memory Positions door with the RKE transmitter and
Remove the obstruction; then press
To save positions into Button and hold the appropriate manual open the driver door. If the driver
Memory: control for the memory item that is door is already open, pressing the
1. Adjust the driver seat, seatback not recalling for two seconds. Try RKE transmitter K button will also
recliner, and both outside mirrors recalling the memory position again activate the RKE Memory recall.
to the desired driving positions. by pressing the appropriate memory The driver seat and outside mirrors
button. If the memory position is still will move to the previously saved
2. Press and hold MEM (Memory)
not recalling, see your dealer for RKE Memory positions.
and “1” at the same time until a
beep sounds. service. This feature is turned on or off using
Recalling RKE Memory Positions the vehicle personalization menu.
3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for a
(Memory Remote Recall) See Vehicle Personalization on
second driver using “2.”
page 5‑31.
Recalling Button Memory The Memory Remote Recall feature
can recall the driver seat and To stop recall movement, press any
Positions of the memory, power mirror,
outside mirrors to previously stored
To recall the Button Memory RKE Memory positions when or power seat controls.
positions, press and hold “1” or “2.” entering the vehicle. If something has blocked the driver
The driver seat and outside mirrors seat while recalling a memory
move to the positions stored to Every time the ignition is turned off,
the positions of the driver seat and position, the recall may stop.
those buttons when pressed. Remove the obstruction; then press
outside mirrors are automatically
stored to the RKE transmitter that and hold the appropriate manual
was used to start the vehicle. These control for the memory item that is
not recalling for two seconds. Try two seconds. Try recalling the exit
recalling the memory position again position again. If the exit position is
by opening the driver door and still not recalling, see your dealer for
pressing the RKE K button. If the service.
memory position is still not recalling,
see your dealer for service. Heated Front Seats
Easy Exit Driver Seat
This feature moves the seat
{ WARNING
rearward allowing the driver more If you cannot feel temperature
room to exit the vehicle. change or pain to the skin, the
To activate, turn the ignition off and seat heater may cause burns. To
open the driver door. If the driver reduce the risk of burns, people Uplevel Climate Control System
door is already open, turning the with such a condition should use Shown, Base Similar
ignition off will activate the recall. care when using the seat heater, If available, the buttons are near the
especially for long periods of climate controls. To operate, the
This feature can be turned on or off
time. Do not place anything on ignition must be in ON/RUN.
using the vehicle personalization
menu. See Vehicle Personalization the seat that insulates against
heat, such as a blanket, cushion, Press z or J to heat the driver or
on page 5‑31.
cover, or similar item. This may passenger seat cushion and
To stop recall movement, press one cause the seat heater to seatback.
of the memory or power seat overheat. An overheated seat Press the button once for the
controls. heater may cause a burn or may highest setting. With each press of
If something has blocked the driver damage the seat. the button, the heated seat will
seat while recalling the exit position, change to the next lower setting,
the recall may stop. Remove the and then the off setting. Three lights
obstruction; then press and hold the indicate the highest setting, and one
power seat control rearward for light indicates the lowest.
The passenger seat may take Rear Seats

longer to heat up.
Remote Start Heated Seats Split Folding Seatbacks
When it is cold outside, the heated Either side of the rear seatback can
seats can be programmed to turn on be folded down for more cargo
automatically during a remote space.
vehicle start. The heated seats will Folding the Seatbacks
be canceled when the ignition is
turned on. Press the heated seat Notice: Folding a rear seat with
button to use the heated seats after the safety belts still fastened may
the vehicle is started. cause damage to the seat or the
safety belts. Always unbuckle the
The heated seat button lights will safety belts and return them to 2. Lift the lever on the top of the
not turn on during a remote start. their normal stowed position seatback.
The temperature of an unoccupied before folding a rear seat. 3. Fold the seatback forward.
seat may be reduced. To fold the seatback down: The filler panel behind the seat
To program the heated seat feature 1. Unbuckle the rear safety belts will fold with the seatback to
to enabled, see Vehicle and place the front seatbacks in span the gap between the rear
Personalization on page 5‑31. the upright position. See of the seat and the cargo area,
Reclining Seatbacks on creating a flat load floor. Do not
page 3‑5. lift the filler panel.
Keep the seatback in the upright,
locked position when not in use.
Raising the Seatbacks To raise the seatback: Seat Adjustment

1. Lift the lever on top of the To slide the entire seat forward or
{ WARNING seatback. Raise the seatback rearward:
and release the lever.
If either seatback is not locked, it 1. Lift and hold the release bar
could move forward in a sudden 2. Push the seatback rearward until under the front of the seat
stop or crash. That could cause it locks in the upright position. cushion to unlock the seat.
injury to the person sitting there. 3. Make sure the rear safety belts 2. Slide the seat to the desired
Always push and pull on the are not twisted or caught position.
seatbacks to be sure they are between the seat cushion and
3. Release the bar.
locked. the seatback.
4. Try to move the seat back and
Reclining the Seatbacks forth to ensure the seat is locked
To recline the seatback: into place.
{ WARNING 1. Lift and hold the lever on top of
A safety belt that is improperly the seatback.
routed, not properly attached, 2. Tilt the seatback rearward, then
or twisted will not provide the release the lever when the
protection needed in a crash. The seatback is in the desired
person wearing the belt could be position.
seriously injured. After raising the
rear seatback, always check to be
sure that the safety belts are
properly routed and attached, and
are not twisted.
Safety Belts Why Safety Belts Work

WARNING (Continued)
This section of the manual
describes how to use safety belts are more likely to be seriously
properly. It also describes some injured or killed. Do not allow
things not to do with safety belts. passengers to ride in any area of
the vehicle that is not equipped
{ WARNING with seats and safety belts.
Always wear a safety belt, and
Do not let anyone ride where a check that all passenger(s) are
safety belt cannot be worn restrained properly too.
properly. In a crash, if you or your
passenger(s) are not wearing
safety belts, injuries can be much This vehicle has indicators as a
worse than if you are wearing reminder to buckle the safety belts.
See Safety Belt Reminders on When riding in a vehicle, you travel
safety belts. You can be seriously as fast as the vehicle does. If the
page 5‑10.
injured or killed by hitting things vehicle stops suddenly, you keep
inside the vehicle harder or by going until something stops you.
being ejected from the vehicle. In It could be the windshield, the
addition, anyone who is not instrument panel, or the safety belts!
buckled up can strike other
When you wear a safety belt, you
passengers in the vehicle.
and the vehicle slow down together.
It is extremely dangerous to ride There is more time to stop because
in a cargo area, inside or outside you stop over a longer distance and,
of a vehicle. In a collision, when worn properly, your strongest
passengers riding in these areas bones take the forces from the
(Continued)
safety belts. That is why wearing Also, in nearly all states and in
safety belts makes such good all Canadian provinces, the law
sense. requires wearing safety belts.
Questions and Answers About How to Wear Safety Belts
Safety Belts
Properly
Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle
after a crash if I am wearing a This section is only for people of
safety belt? adult size.
A: You could be — whether you are There are special things to know
wearing a safety belt or not. about safety belts and children. And
Your chance of being conscious there are different rules for smaller
during and after a crash, so you children and infants. If a child will be . Sit up straight and always keep
can unbuckle and get out, is riding in the vehicle, see Older your feet on the floor in front
much greater if you are belted. Children on page 3‑33 or Infants of you.
and Young Children on page 3‑35. . Always use the correct buckle
Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why Follow those rules for everyone's
should I have to wear safety for your seating position.
protection.
belts? . Wear the lap part of the belt low
It is very important for all occupants and snug on the hips, just
A: Airbags are supplemental to buckle up. Statistics show that
systems only; so they work with touching the thighs. In a crash,
unbelted people are hurt more often this applies force to the strong
safety belts — not instead of in crashes than those who are
them. Whether or not an airbag pelvic bones and you would be
wearing safety belts. less likely to slide under the lap
is provided, all occupants still
have to buckle up to get the There are important things to know belt. If you slid under it, the belt
most protection. about wearing a safety belt properly. would apply force on your
abdomen. This could cause
serious or even fatal injuries.

. Wear the shoulder belt over the
shoulder and across the chest.
Lap-Shoulder Belt
These parts of the body are best All seating positions in the vehicle
able to take belt restraining have a lap-shoulder belt.
forces. The shoulder belt locks if The following instructions explain
there is a sudden stop or crash. how to wear a lap-shoulder belt
properly.
{ WARNING 1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is
You can be seriously injured, adjustable, so you can sit up
or even killed, by not wearing straight. To see how, see “Seats”
your safety belt properly. in the Index.
. Never allow the lap or 2. Pick up the latch plate and pull
the belt across you. Do not let it 3. Push the latch plate into the
shoulder belt to become buckle until it clicks.
loose or twisted. get twisted.
The lap-shoulder belt may lock if Pull up on the latch plate to
. Never wear the shoulder belt make sure it is secure. If the belt
under both arms or behind you pull the belt across you very
quickly. If this happens, let the is not long enough, see Safety
your back. Belt Extender on page 3‑17.
belt go back slightly to unlock it.
. Never route the lap or Then pull the belt across you Position the release button on
shoulder belt over an more slowly. the buckle so that the safety belt
armrest. could be quickly unbuckled if
If the shoulder portion of a
passenger belt is pulled out all necessary.
the way, the child restraint
locking feature may be engaged.
If this happens, let the belt go
back all the way and start again.
4. If equipped with a shoulder belt Adjust the height so the shoulder

height adjuster, move it to the portion of the belt is on the shoulder
height that is right for you. See and not falling off of it. The belt
“Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster” should be close to, but not
later in this section for contacting, the neck. Improper
instructions on use and shoulder belt height adjustment
important safety information. could reduce the effectiveness of
the safety belt in a crash. See How
to Wear Safety Belts Properly on
page 3‑12.
To unlatch the belt, push the button

on the buckle.
Before a door is closed, be sure the
safety belt is out of the way. If a
door is slammed against a safety
belt, damage can occur to both the
safety belt and the vehicle.
5. To make the lap part tight, pull Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster
up on the shoulder belt.
The vehicle has a shoulder belt
height adjuster for the driver and
Move the height adjuster up to the
right front passenger seating
desired position by pushing up on
positions.
the height adjuster.
After the height adjuster is set to the Pretensioners work only once. If the There is one guide for each outside
desired position, try to move it down pretensioners are activated in a passenger position in the rear seat.
without pressing the release button crash, the pretensioners and Here is how to install a comfort
to make sure it has locked into possibly other parts of the safety guide to the safety belt:
position. Press the release button to belt system will need to be replaced.
lower the height adjuster. See Replacing Safety Belt System
Parts after a Crash on page 3‑18.
Safety Belt Pretensioners
This vehicle has safety belt Rear Safety Belt Comfort
pretensioners for front outboard Guides
occupants. Although the safety belt This vehicle may have rear shoulder
pretensioners cannot be seen, they belt comfort guides. If not, they are
are part of the safety belt assembly. available through your dealer. The
They can help tighten the safety guides may provide added safety
belts during the early stages of a belt comfort for older children who
moderate to severe frontal and near have outgrown booster seats and
frontal crash if the threshold for some adults. When installed and
conditions for pretensioner properly adjusted, the comfort guide 1. Remove the guide from its
activation are met. And, if the positions the belt away from the storage pocket on the side of the
vehicle has side impact airbags, neck and head. seatback.
safety belt pretensioners can help
tighten the safety belts in a side
crash or a rollover event.
WARNING (Continued)
and across the chest. These parts
of the body are best able to take
belt restraining forces.
2. Place the guide over the belt, 3. The belt should not be twisted
and insert the two edges of the and it should lie flat. The elastic
belt into the slots of the guide. cord must be under the belt and
the guide on top.
{ WARNING
A safety belt that is not properly
worn may not provide the 4. Buckle, position, and release the
protection needed in a crash. The safety belt as described
person wearing the belt could be previously in this section. Make
sure the shoulder portion of the
seriously injured. The shoulder
belt is on the shoulder and not
belt should go over the shoulder
falling off of it. The belt should
(Continued) be close to, but not contacting,
the neck.
To remove and store the comfort Safety Belt Extender

guide, squeeze the belt edges
together so that the safety belt can If the vehicle's safety belt will fasten
be removed from the guide. Slide around you, you should use it.
the guide back into its storage But if a safety belt is not long
pocket located on the side of the enough, your dealer will order you
seatback. an extender. When you go in to
order it, take the heaviest coat you
Safety Belt Use During will wear, so the extender will be
Pregnancy long enough for you. To help avoid
personal injury, do not let someone
Safety belts work for everyone, else use it, and use it only for the
including pregnant women. Like all seat it is made to fit. The extender
occupants, they are more likely to A pregnant woman should wear a
lap-shoulder belt, and the lap has been designed for adults. Never
be seriously injured if they do not use it for securing child seats. To
wear safety belts. portion should be worn as low as
possible, below the rounding, wear it, attach it to the regular safety
throughout the pregnancy. belt. See the instruction sheet that
comes with the extender.
The best way to protect the fetus is
to protect the mother. When a safety Safety System Check
belt is worn properly, it is more likely
that the fetus will not be hurt in a Now and then, check that the safety
crash. For pregnant women, as for belt reminder light, safety belts,
anyone, the key to making safety buckles, latch plates, retractors, and
belts effective is wearing them anchorages are all working properly.
properly. Look for any other loose or
damaged safety belt system parts
that might keep a safety belt system
from doing its job. See your dealer
to have it repaired. Torn or frayed Replacing Safety Belt See your dealer to have the safety
safety belts may not protect you in a belt assemblies inspected or
crash. They can rip apart under
System Parts after a replaced.
impact forces. If a belt is torn or Crash New parts and repairs may be
frayed, get a new one right away. necessary even if the safety belt
Make sure the safety belt reminder { WARNING system was not being used at the
light is working. See Safety Belt time of the crash.
Reminders on page 5‑10. A crash can damage the safety
belt system in the vehicle. Have the safety belt pretensioners
Keep safety belts clean and dry. A damaged safety belt system checked if the vehicle has been in a
See Safety Belt Care on page 3‑18. may not properly protect the crash, or if the airbag readiness light
person using it, resulting in stays on after you start the vehicle
Safety Belt Care serious injury or even death in a or while you are driving. See Airbag
Readiness Light on page 5‑11.
Keep belts clean and dry. crash. To help make sure the
safety belt systems are working
{ WARNING properly after a crash, have them
inspected and any necessary
Do not bleach or dye safety belts. replacements made as soon as
It may severely weaken them. In possible.
a crash, they might not be able to
provide adequate protection. After a minor crash, replacement of
Clean safety belts only with mild safety belts may not be necessary.
soap and lukewarm water. But the safety belt assemblies that
were used during any crash may
have been stressed or damaged.
Airbag System For frontal airbags, the word

AIRBAG will appear on the middle
Here are the most important things
to know about the airbag system:
The vehicle has the following part of the steering wheel for the
airbags: driver and on the instrument panel
for the right front passenger.
{ WARNING
. A frontal airbag for the driver.
With seat-mounted side impact You can be severely injured or
. A frontal airbag for the right front killed in a crash if you are not
passenger. airbags, the word AIRBAG will
appear on the side of the seatback wearing your safety belt, even
. A seat-mounted side impact closest to the door. with airbags. Airbags are
airbag for the driver. designed to work with safety
With roof-rail airbags, the word
. A seat-mounted side impact belts, not replace them. Also,
AIRBAG will appear along the trim.
airbag for the right front airbags are not designed to inflate
passenger. Airbags are designed to supplement in every crash. In some crashes
the protection provided by safety safety belts are the only restraint.
. A roof-rail airbag for the driver belts. Even though today's airbags See When Should an Airbag
and the passenger seated are also designed to help reduce Inflate? on page 3‑22.
directly behind the driver. the risk of injury from the force of an
. A roof-rail airbag for the right inflating bag, all airbags must inflate Wearing your safety belt during a
front passenger and the very quickly to do their job. crash helps reduce the chance of
passenger seated directly hitting things inside the vehicle or
behind the right front passenger. being ejected from it. Airbags are
“supplemental restraints” to the
All of the airbags in the vehicle will safety belts. Everyone in the
have the word AIRBAG embossed vehicle should wear a safety belt
in the trim or on an attached label
properly, whether or not there is
near the deployment opening.
an airbag for that person.
{ WARNING { WARNING
Because airbags inflate with great Children who are up against,
force and faster than the blink of or very close to, any airbag when
an eye, anyone who is up it inflates can be seriously injured
against, or very close to any or killed. Airbags plus
There is an airbag readiness light
airbag when it inflates can be lap-shoulder belts offer protection
on the instrument panel cluster,
seriously injured or killed. Do not for adults and older children, but
which shows the airbag symbol.
sit unnecessarily close to any not for young children and infants.
airbag, as you would be if sitting Neither the vehicle's safety belt The system checks the airbag
on the edge of the seat or leaning system nor its airbag system is electrical system for malfunctions.
forward. Safety belts help keep designed for them. Young The light tells you if there is an
you in position before and during children and infants need the electrical problem. See Airbag
a crash. Always wear a safety protection that a child restraint Readiness Light on page 5‑11 for
belt, even with airbags. The driver system can provide. Always more information.
should sit as far back as possible secure children properly in the
while still maintaining control of vehicle. To read how, see Older
the vehicle. Children on page 3‑33 or Infants
Occupants should not lean on or and Young Children on
sleep against the door or side page 3‑35.
windows in seating positions with
seat-mounted side impact airbags
and/or roof-rail airbags.
Where Are the Airbags?
The right front passenger frontal Driver Side Shown, Passenger

airbag is in the instrument panel on Side Similar
The driver frontal airbag is in the the passenger side. The seat-mounted side impact
middle of the steering wheel. airbags for the driver and right front
passenger are in the side of the
seatbacks closest to the door.
WARNING (Continued)
When Should an Airbag
Inflate?
or even death. The path of an Frontal airbags are designed to
inflating airbag must be kept inflate in moderate to severe frontal
clear. Do not put anything or near-frontal crashes to help
between an occupant and an reduce the potential for severe
airbag, and do not attach or put injuries mainly to the driver's or right
anything on the steering wheel front passenger's head and chest.
hub or on or near any other However, they are only designed to
airbag covering. inflate if the impact exceeds a
Do not use seat accessories that predetermined deployment
Driver Side Shown, Passenger block the inflation path of a threshold. Deployment thresholds
Side Similar are used to predict how severe a
seat-mounted side impact airbag.
crash is likely to be in time for the
The roof-rail airbags for the driver, Never secure anything to the roof airbags to inflate and help restrain
right front passenger, and second of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags the occupants.
row outboard passengers are in the by routing a rope or tie‐down
ceiling above the side windows. Whether the frontal airbags will or
through any door or window should deploy is not based on how
opening. If you do, the path of an fast your vehicle is traveling.
{ WARNING inflating roof-rail airbag will be It depends largely on what you hit,
blocked. the direction of the impact, and how
If something is between an
quickly your vehicle slows down.
occupant and an airbag, the
airbag might not inflate properly
or it might force the object into
that person causing severe injury
(Continued)
Frontal airbags may inflate at Frontal airbags are not intended to the system's designed threshold
different crash speeds. For inflate during vehicle rollovers, rear level. The threshold level can vary
example: impacts, or in many side impacts. with specific vehicle design.
. If the vehicle hits a stationary In addition, the vehicle has Seat-mounted side impact airbags
object, the airbags could inflate dual-stage frontal airbags. are not intended to inflate in frontal
at a different crash speed than if Dual-stage airbags adjust the impacts, near-frontal impacts,
the vehicle hits a moving object. restraint according to crash severity. rollovers, or rear impacts. Roof-rail
. If the vehicle hits an object that The vehicle has electronic frontal airbags are not intended to inflate in
deforms, the airbags could sensors, which help the sensing rear impacts. A seat-mounted side
inflate at a different crash speed system distinguish between a impact airbag is intended to deploy
than if the vehicle hits an object moderate frontal impact and a more on the side of the vehicle that is
that does not deform. severe frontal impact. For moderate struck. Both roof-rail airbags will
frontal impacts, dual-stage airbags deploy when either side of the
. If the vehicle hits a narrow object inflate at a level less than full vehicle is struck, or if the sensing
(like a pole), the airbags could deployment. For more severe frontal system predicts that the vehicle is
inflate at a different crash speed impacts, full deployment occurs. about to roll over, or in a severe
than if the vehicle hits a wide frontal impact.
object (like a wall). The vehicle has seat-mounted side
impact and roof-rail airbags. See In any particular crash, no one can
. If the vehicle goes into an object Airbag System on page 3‑19. say whether an airbag should have
at an angle, the airbags could Seat-mounted side impact and inflated simply because of the
inflate at a different crash speed roof-rail airbags are intended to damage to a vehicle or because of
than if the vehicle goes straight inflate in moderate to severe side what the repair costs were. For
into the object. crashes. In addition, these roof-rail frontal airbags, inflation is
Thresholds can also vary with airbags are intended to inflate determined by what the vehicle hits,
specific vehicle design. during a rollover or in a severe the angle of the impact, and how
frontal impact. Seat-mounted side quickly the vehicle slows down. For
impact and roof-rail airbags will seat-mounted side impact and
inflate if the crash severity is above roof-rail airbags, deployment is
determined by the location and moderate to severe side collisions, not toward those airbags. See When
severity of the side impact. In a even belted occupants can contact Should an Airbag Inflate? on
rollover event, roof-rail airbag the inside of the vehicle. page 3‑22 for more information.
deployment is determined by the Airbags supplement the protection Airbags should never be regarded
direction of the roll. provided by safety belts. Frontal as anything more than a supplement
airbags distribute the force of the to safety belts.
What Makes an Airbag impact more evenly over the
Inflate? occupant's upper body, stopping the What Will You See after
occupant more gradually. Seat‐
In a deployment event, the sensing
mounted side impact and roof-rail
an Airbag Inflates?
system sends an electrical signal After the frontal airbags and
airbags distribute the force of the
triggering a release of gas from the seat-mounted side impact airbags
impact more evenly over the
inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the inflate, they quickly deflate, so
occupant's upper body.
airbag causing the bag to break out quickly that some people may not
of the cover. The inflator, the airbag, Rollover capable roof-rail airbags
even realize an airbag inflated.
and related hardware are all part of are designed to help contain the
Roof-rail airbags may still be at least
the airbag module. head and chest of occupants in the
partially inflated for some time after
outboard seating positions in the
For airbag location, see Where Are they inflate. Some components of
first and second rows. The rollover
the Airbags? on page 3‑21. the airbag module may be hot for
capable roof-rail airbags are
several minutes. For location of the
designed to help reduce the risk of
How Does an Airbag full or partial ejection in rollover
airbags, see Where Are the
Airbags? on page 3‑21.
Restrain? events, although no system can
prevent all such ejections. The parts of the airbag that come
In moderate to severe frontal or
into contact with you may be warm,
near frontal collisions, even belted But airbags would not help in many
but not too hot to touch. There may
occupants can contact the steering types of collisions, primarily
be some smoke and dust coming
wheel or the instrument panel. In because the occupant's motion is
from the vents in the deflated
airbags. Airbag inflation does not
prevent the driver from seeing out of hazard warning flashers on, and In many crashes severe enough to
the windshield or being able to steer shut off the fuel system after the inflate the airbag, windshields are
the vehicle, nor does it prevent airbags inflate. You can lock the broken by vehicle deformation.
people from leaving the vehicle. doors, turn the interior lamps off, Additional windshield breakage may
and turn the hazard warning also occur from the front outboard
{ WARNING flashers off by using the controls for
those features.
passenger airbag.
. Airbags are designed to inflate
When an airbag inflates, there only once. After an airbag
may be dust in the air. This dust { WARNING inflates, you will need some new
could cause breathing problems parts for the airbag system.
for people with a history of A crash severe enough to inflate If you do not get them, the
asthma or other breathing trouble. the airbags may have also airbag system will not be there
To avoid this, everyone in the damaged important functions in to help protect you in another
vehicle should get out as soon as the vehicle, such as the fuel crash. A new system will include
it is safe to do so. If you have system, brake and steering airbag modules and possibly
breathing problems but cannot systems, etc. Even if the vehicle other parts. The service manual
get out of the vehicle after an appears to be drivable after a for the vehicle covers the need
airbag inflates, then get fresh air moderate crash, there may be to replace other parts.
by opening a window or a door. concealed damage that could . The vehicle has a crash sensing
If you experience breathing make it difficult to safely operate and diagnostic module which
problems following an airbag the vehicle. records information after a
deployment, you should seek Use caution if you should attempt crash. See Vehicle Data
medical attention. to restart the engine after a crash Recording and Privacy on
has occurred. page 13‑19 and Event Data
Recorders on page 13‑19.
The vehicle has a feature that may
automatically unlock the doors, turn
the interior lamps on, turn the

. Let only qualified technicians The passenger sensing system
work on the airbag systems. turns off the right front passenger
Improper service can mean that frontal airbag under certain
an airbag system will not work conditions. The driver airbag,
properly. See your dealer for seat-mounted side impact airbags
service. and the roof-rail airbags are not
United States affected by the passenger sensing
Passenger Sensing system.
System The passenger sensing system
The vehicle has a passenger works with sensors that are part of
sensing system for the right front the right front passenger seat. The
passenger position. The passenger sensors are designed to detect the
airbag status indicator will be visible presence of a properly-seated
on the overhead console when the occupant and determine if the right
Canada and Mexico front passenger frontal airbag
vehicle is started.
The words ON and OFF, or the should be enabled (may inflate)
symbol for on and off, are visible or not.
during the system check. If you are According to accident statistics,
using remote start, if equipped, to children are safer when properly
start the vehicle from a distance, secured in a rear seat in the correct
you may not see the system check. child restraint for their weight
When the system check is and size.
complete, either the word ON or
OFF, or the symbol for on or off, will We recommend that children be
be visible. See Passenger Airbag secured in a rear seat, including: an
Status Indicator on page 5‑11. infant or a child riding in a
rear-facing child restraint; a child
riding in a forward-facing child seat;
an older child riding in a booster

. The system determines that an
seat; and children, who are large WARNING (Continued) infant is present in a child
enough, using safety belts. restraint.
Even if the passenger sensing
A label on the sun visor says,
. A right front passenger takes
system has turned off the right
“Never put a rear-facing child seat in his/her weight off of the seat for
front passenger frontal airbag, no
the front.” This is because the risk to a period of time.
system is fail-safe. No one can
the rear-facing child is so great, guarantee that an airbag will not . There is a critical problem with
if the airbag deploys. deploy under some unusual the airbag system or the
circumstance, even though the passenger sensing system.
{ WARNING airbag is turned off. When the passenger sensing
Secure rear-facing child restraints system has turned off the right front
A child in a rear-facing child
in a rear seat, even if the airbag passenger frontal airbag, the off
restraint can be seriously injured
indicator will light and stay lit to
or killed if the right front is off. If you secure a
remind you that the airbag is off.
passenger airbag inflates. This is forward-facing child restraint in
See Passenger Airbag Status
because the back of the the right front seat, always move Indicator on page 5‑11.
rear-facing child restraint would the front passenger seat as far
be very close to the inflating back as it will go. It is better to The passenger sensing system is
airbag. A child in a forward-facing secure the child restraint in a designed to turn on (may inflate) the
rear seat. right front passenger frontal airbag
child restraint can be seriously
anytime the system senses that a
injured or killed if the right front
person of adult size is sitting
passenger airbag inflates and the The passenger sensing system is properly in the right front
passenger seat is in a forward designed to turn off the right front passenger seat.
position. passenger frontal airbag if:
(Continued) . The right front passenger seat is
unoccupied.
When the passenger sensing 4. Reinstall the child restraint

system has allowed the airbag to be WARNING (Continued) following the directions provided
enabled, the on indicator will light by the child restraint
and stay lit to remind you that the away. See Airbag Readiness manufacturer and refer to
airbag is active. Light on page 5‑11 for more Securing Child Restraints (Front
information, including important Passenger Seat) on page 3‑48
For some children, including safety information.
children in child restraints, and for or Securing Child Restraints
very small adults, the passenger (Rear Seat) on page 3‑45.
sensing system may or may not turn If the On Indicator is Lit for a 5. If, after reinstalling the child
off the right front passenger frontal Child Restraint restraint and restarting the
airbag, depending upon the vehicle, the on indicator is still lit,
If a child restraint has been installed
person’s seating posture and body turn the vehicle off. Then slightly
and the on indicator is lit:
build. Everyone in the vehicle who recline the vehicle seatback and
has outgrown child restraints should 1. Turn the vehicle off. adjust the seat cushion,
wear a safety belt properly — 2. Remove the child restraint from if adjustable, to make sure that
whether or not there is an airbag for the vehicle. the vehicle seatback is not
that person. pushing the child restraint into
3. Remove any additional items the seat cushion.
from the seat such as blankets,
{ WARNING cushions, seat covers, seat Also make sure the child
heaters, or seat massagers. restraint is not trapped under the
If the airbag readiness light ever vehicle head restraint. If this
comes on and stays on, it means happens, adjust the head
that something may be wrong restraint. See Head Restraints
with the airbag system. To help on page 3‑2.
avoid injury to yourself or others,
have the vehicle serviced right
(Continued)
6. Restart the vehicle. because that person is not sitting Additional Factors Affecting
The passenger sensing system properly in the seat. If this happens, System Operation
may or may not turn off the use the following steps to allow the
system to detect that person and Safety belts help keep the
airbag for a child in a child passenger in position on the seat
restraint depending upon the enable the right front passenger
frontal airbag: during vehicle maneuvers and
child’s seating posture and body braking, which helps the passenger
build. It is better to secure the 1. Turn the vehicle off. sensing system maintain the
child restraint in a rear seat. 2. Remove any additional material passenger airbag status. See
If the Off Indicator is Lit for an from the seat, such as blankets, “Safety Belts” and “Child Restraints”
cushions, seat covers, seat in the Index for additional
Adult-Size Occupant information about the importance of
heaters, seat massagers,
laptops, or other electronic proper restraint use.
devices. A thick layer of additional material,
3. Place the seatback in the fully such as a blanket or cushion,
upright position. or aftermarket equipment such as
seat covers, seat heaters, and seat
4. Have the person sit upright in massagers can affect how well the
the seat, centered on the seat passenger sensing system
cushion, with legs comfortably operates. We recommend that you
extended. not use seat covers or other
5. Restart the vehicle and have the aftermarket equipment except when
person remain in this position for approved by GM for your specific
two to three minutes after the on vehicle. See Adding Equipment to
indicator is lit. the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on
If a person of adult-size is sitting in page 3‑31 for more information
the right front passenger seat, but about modifications that can affect
the off indicator is lit, it could be how the system operates.
A wet seat can affect the The on indicator may be lit if an To purchase a service manual, see
performance of the passenger object, such as a briefcase, Service Publications Ordering
sensing system. Here is how: handbag, grocery bag, laptop or Information on page 13‑16.
. The passenger sensing system other electronic device, is put on an
may turn off the passenger unoccupied seat. If this is not
desired remove the object from
{ WARNING
airbag when liquid is soaked into
the seat. If this happens, the off the seat. For up to 10 seconds after the
indicator will be lit, and the vehicle is turned off and the
airbag readiness light on the { WARNING battery is disconnected, an airbag
instrument panel will also be lit. can still inflate during improper
Stowing of articles under the service. You can be injured if you
. Liquid pooled on the seat that passenger seat or between the are close to an airbag when it
has not soaked in may make it passenger seat cushion and inflates. Avoid yellow connectors.
more likely that the passenger seatback may interfere with the
sensing system will enable (turn They are probably part of the
proper operation of the passenger airbag system. Be sure to follow
on) the passenger airbag while a
sensing system. proper service procedures, and
child restraint or child occupant
is on the seat. If the passenger make sure the person performing
airbag is turned on, the on Servicing the work for you is qualified to do so.
indicator will be lit.
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
If the passenger seat gets wet, dry
the seat immediately. If the airbag Airbags affect how the vehicle
readiness light is lit, do not install a should be serviced. There are parts
child restraint or allow anyone to of the airbag system in several
occupy the seat. See Airbag places around the vehicle. Your
Readiness Light on page 5‑11 for dealer and the service manual have
important safety information. information about servicing the
vehicle and the airbag system.
Adding Equipment to the that are part of the passenger Satisfaction Procedure in this
seat. The passenger sensing manual. See Customer
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle system may not operate properly Satisfaction Procedure (U.S. and
Q: Is there anything I might add if the original seat trim is Canada) on page 13‑2 or
to or change about the vehicle replaced with non-GM covers, Customer Satisfaction
that could keep the airbags upholstery or trim, or with GM Procedure (Mexico) on
from working properly? covers, upholstery or trim page 13‑4.
designed for a different vehicle. If the vehicle has rollover
A: Yes. If you add things that
Any object, such as an roof-rail airbags, see Different
change the vehicle's frame,
aftermarket seat heater or a Size Tires and Wheels on
bumper system, height, front end
comfort enhancing pad or page 10‑55 for additional
or side sheet metal, they may
device, installed under or on top important information.
keep the airbag system from
of the seat fabric, could also
working properly. Changing or Q: Because I have a disability,
interfere with the operation of
moving any parts of the front I have to get my vehicle
the passenger sensing system.
seats, safety belts, the airbag modified. How can I find out
This could either prevent proper
sensing and diagnostic module, whether this will affect my
deployment of the passenger
steering wheel, instrument airbag system?
airbag(s) or prevent the
panel, roof-rail airbag modules,
passenger sensing system from A: If you have questions, call
ceiling headliner or pillar garnish
properly turning off the Customer Assistance. The
trim, overhead console, front
passenger airbag(s). See phone numbers and addresses
sensors, side impact sensors,
Passenger Sensing System on for Customer Assistance are in
rollover sensor module, or airbag
page 3‑26. Step Two of the Customer
wiring can affect the operation of
the airbag system. If you have questions, call Satisfaction Procedure in this
Customer Assistance. The
In addition, the vehicle has a
phone numbers and addresses
passenger sensing system for
for Customer Assistance are in
the right front passenger
Step Two of the Customer
position, which includes sensors
manual. See Customer location of the airbags, see If an airbag inflates, you will need to
Satisfaction Procedure (U.S. and Where Are the Airbags? on replace airbag system parts. See
Canada) on page 13‑2 or page 3‑21. See your dealer for your dealer for service.
Customer Satisfaction service. If the airbag readiness light stays on
Procedure (Mexico) on after the vehicle is started or comes
page 13‑4. Replacing Airbag System on when you are driving, the airbag
In addition, your dealer and the Parts after a Crash system may not work properly. Have
service manual have information the vehicle serviced right away. See
about the location of the airbag
sensors, sensing and diagnostic
{ WARNING Airbag Readiness Light on
page 5‑11.
module and airbag wiring. A crash can damage the airbag
systems in the vehicle.
Airbag System Check A damaged airbag system may
The airbag system does not need not work properly and may not
regularly scheduled maintenance or protect you and your
replacement. Make sure the airbag passenger(s) in a crash, resulting
readiness light is working. See in serious injury or even death. To
Airbag Readiness Light on help make sure the airbag
page 5‑11. systems are working properly
Notice: If an airbag covering is after a crash, have them
damaged, opened, or broken, the inspected and any necessary
airbag may not work properly. Do replacements made as soon as
not open or break the airbag possible.
coverings. If there are any
opened or broken airbag covers,
have the airbag covering and/or
airbag module replaced. For the

. Can proper safety belt fit be
Child Restraints The manufacturer instructions that
come with the booster seat state the maintained for the length of the
weight and height limitations for that trip? If yes, continue. If no,
Older Children booster. Use a booster seat with a return to the booster seat.
lap-shoulder belt until the child Q: What is the proper way to
passes the fit test below: wear safety belts?
. Sit all the way back on the seat. A: An older child should wear a
Do the knees bend at the seat lap-shoulder belt and get the
edge? If yes, continue. If no, additional restraint a shoulder
return to the booster seat. belt can provide. The shoulder
. Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. belt should not cross the face or
Does the shoulder belt rest on neck. The lap belt should fit
the shoulder? If yes, continue. snugly below the hips, just
If no, try using the rear safety touching the top of the thighs.
belt comfort guide. See “Rear This applies belt force to the
Safety Belt Comfort Guides” child's pelvic bones in a crash.
under Lap-Shoulder Belt on It should never be worn over the
Older children who have outgrown abdomen, which could cause
page 3‑13. If the shoulder belt
booster seats should wear the severe or even fatal internal
still does not rest on the
vehicle safety belts. injuries in a crash.
shoulder, then return to the
booster seat. Also see “Rear Safety Belt Comfort
. Does the lap belt fit low and Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt on
snug on the hips, touching the page 3‑13.
thighs? If yes, continue. If no, According to accident statistics,
return to the booster seat. children and infants are safer when
properly restrained in a child
restraint system or infant restraint

system secured in a rear seating WARNING (Continued)
position.
belt. The belt force would then be
In a crash, children who are not applied right on the abdomen.
buckled up can strike other people That could cause serious or fatal
who are buckled up, or can be injuries. The shoulder belt should
thrown out of the vehicle. Older go over the shoulder and across
children need to use safety belts the chest.
properly.
{ WARNING
Never allow more than one child
to wear the same safety belt. The { WARNING
safety belt cannot properly spread Never allow a child to wear the
the impact forces. In a crash, they safety belt with the shoulder belt
can be crushed together and behind their back. A child can be
seriously injured. A safety belt seriously injured by not wearing
must be used by only one person the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a
at a time. crash, the child would not be
restrained by the shoulder belt.
The child could move too far
forward increasing the chance of
head and neck injury. The child
might also slide under the lap
(Continued)
Infants and Young Airbags plus lap-shoulder belts offer

WARNING (Continued)
protection for adults and older
Children children, but not for young children
Everyone in a vehicle needs and infants. Neither the vehicle's arms. An infant should be
protection! This includes infants and safety belt system nor its airbag secured in an appropriate
all other children. Neither the system is designed for them. Every restraint.
distance traveled nor the age and time infants and young children ride
size of the traveler changes the in vehicles, they should have the
need, for everyone, to use safety protection provided by appropriate
restraints. In fact, the law in every child restraints.
state in the United States and in Children who are not restrained
every Canadian province says properly can strike other people,
children up to some age must be or can be thrown out of the vehicle.
restrained while in a vehicle.
{ WARNING { WARNING
Never hold an infant or a child
Children can be seriously injured while riding in a vehicle. Due to
or strangled if a shoulder belt is crash forces, an infant or a child
wrapped around their neck and will become so heavy it is not
the safety belt continues to
tighten. Never leave children
possible to hold it during a crash.
For example, in a crash at only
{ WARNING
unattended in a vehicle and never 40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb) Children who are up against,
allow children to play with the infant will suddenly become a or very close to, any airbag when
safety belts. 110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's it inflates can be seriously injured
(Continued) or killed. Never put a rear-facing
(Continued)
Q: What are the different types of are many kinds of restraints

WARNING (Continued) add-on child restraints? available for children with
A: Add-on child restraints, which special needs.
child restraint in the right front
seat. Secure a rear-facing child are purchased by the vehicle
restraint in a rear seat. It is also owner, are available in four basic { WARNING
better to secure a forward-facing types. Selection of a particular
restraint should take into To reduce the risk of neck and
child restraint in a rear seat. If you head injury during a crash, infants
must secure a forward-facing consideration not only the child's
weight, height, and age but also need complete support. In a
child restraint in the right front crash, if an infant is in a
whether or not the restraint will
seat, always move the front rear-facing child restraint, the
be compatible with the motor
passenger seat as far back as it vehicle in which it will be used. crash forces can be distributed
will go. across the strongest part of an
For most basic types of child
restraints, there are many infant's body, the back and
different models available. When shoulders. Infants should always
purchasing a child restraint, be be secured in rear-facing child
sure it is designed to be used in restraints.
a motor vehicle. If it is, the
restraint will have a label saying
that it meets federal motor
vehicle safety standards. { WARNING
The restraint manufacturer A young child's hip bones are still
instructions that come with the so small that the vehicle's regular
restraint state the weight and safety belt may not remain low on
height limitations for a particular the hip bones, as it should.
child restraint. In addition, there
(Continued)
WARNING (Continued)
Child Restraint Systems
Instead, it may settle up around
the child's abdomen. In a crash,
the belt would apply force on a
body area that is unprotected by
any bony structure. This alone
could cause serious or fatal
injuries. To reduce the risk of
serious or fatal injuries during a
crash, young children should
always be secured in appropriate Forward-Facing Child Seat
child restraints.
Rear-Facing Infant Seat A forward-facing child seat provides
restraint for the child's body with the
A rear-facing infant seat provides harness.
restraint with the seating surface
against the back of the infant.
The harness system holds the infant
in place and, in a crash, acts to
keep the infant positioned in the
restraint.
Securing an Add-On Child Children can be endangered in a

Restraint in the Vehicle crash if the child restraint is not
properly secured in the vehicle.
{ WARNING When securing an add-on child
restraint, refer to the instructions
A child can be seriously injured or that come with the restraint which
killed in a crash if the child may be on the restraint itself or in a
restraint is not properly secured in booklet, or both, and to this manual.
the vehicle. Secure the child The child restraint instructions are
restraint properly in the vehicle important, so if they are not
using the vehicle safety belt or available, obtain a replacement
LATCH system, following the copy from the manufacturer.
Booster Seats instructions that came with that Keep in mind that an unsecured
A booster seat is a child restraint child restraint and the instructions child restraint can move around in a
designed to improve the fit of the in this manual. collision or sudden stop and injure
vehicle's safety belt system. people in the vehicle. Be sure to
A booster seat can also help a child To help reduce the chance of injury, properly secure any child restraint in
to see out the window. the child restraint must be secured the vehicle — even when no child is
in the vehicle. Child restraint in it.
systems must be secured in vehicle In some areas, Certified Child
seats by lap belts or the lap belt Passenger Safety Technicians
portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by (CPSTs) are available to inspect
the LATCH system. See Lower and demonstrate how to correctly
Anchors and Tethers for Children use and install child restraints. In
(LATCH System) on page 3‑40. the U.S., refer to the National
Highway Traffic Safety
Administration (NHTSA) website to
locate the nearest child safety seat We recommend that children and
inspection station. For CPST child restraints be secured in a rear WARNING (Continued)
availability in Canada, check with seat, including: an infant or a child
Transport Canada or the Provincial riding in a rear-facing child restraint; passenger airbag inflates and the
Ministry of Transportation office. a child riding in a forward-facing passenger seat is in a forward
child seat; an older child riding in a position.
Securing the Child within the booster seat; and children, who are Even if the passenger sensing
Child Restraint large enough, using safety belts. system has turned off the right
Never put a rear-facing child seat in front passenger frontal airbag, no
{ WARNING the front. This is because the risk to system is fail-safe. No one can
the rear-facing child is so great, guarantee that an airbag will not
A child can be seriously injured or
if the airbag deploys. deploy under some unusual
killed in a crash if the child is not
circumstance, even though it is
properly secured in the child
restraint. Secure the child { WARNING turned off.
properly following the instructions Secure rear-facing child restraints
A child in a rear-facing child
that came with that child restraint. in a rear seat, even if the airbag
is off. If you secure a
or killed if the right front
forward-facing child restraint in
Where to Put the passenger airbag inflates. This is
the right front seat, always move
Restraint because the back of the
the front passenger seat as far
rear-facing child restraint would
According to accident statistics, back as it will go. It is better to
be very close to the inflating
children and infants are safer when secure the child restraint in a
airbag. A child in a forward-facing
properly restrained in a child rear seat.
child restraint can be seriously
restraint system or infant restraint injured or killed if the right front See Passenger Sensing System
system secured in a rear seating on page 3‑26 for additional
position. (Continued)
information.
When securing a child restraint in a Keep in mind that an unsecured either the lower anchors or the
rear seating position, study the child restraint can move around in a safety belts to properly secure the
instructions that came with the child collision or sudden stop and injure child restraint. A child restraint must
restraint to make sure it is people in the vehicle. Be sure to never be installed using only the top
compatible with this vehicle. properly secure any child restraint in tether and anchor.
Child restraints and booster seats your vehicle — even when no child In order to use the LATCH system in
vary considerably in size, and some is in it. your vehicle, you need a child
may fit in certain seating positions restraint that has LATCH
better than others. Always make Lower Anchors and attachments. The child restraint
sure the child restraint is properly Tethers for Children manufacturer will provide you with
secured. (LATCH System) instructions on how to use the child
Depending on where you place the restraint and its attachments. The
The LATCH system secures a child following explains how to attach a
child restraint and the size of the restraint during driving or in a crash.
child restraint, you may not be able child restraint with these
LATCH attachments on the child attachments in your vehicle.
to access adjacent safety belt restraint are used to attach the child
assemblies or LATCH anchors for restraint to anchors in the vehicle. Not all vehicle seating positions or
additional passengers or child This system is designed to make child restraints have lower anchors
restraints. Adjacent seating installation of a child restraint easier. and attachments or top tether
positions should not be used if the anchors and attachments.
child restraint prevents access to or Make sure that a LATCH-compatible
interferes with the routing of the child restraint is properly installed
safety belt. using the anchors, or use the
vehicle's safety belts to secure the
Wherever a child restraint is restraint, following the instructions
installed, be sure to secure the child that came with that restraint, and
restraint properly. also the instructions in this manual.
When installing a child restraint with
a top tether, you must also use
Lower Anchors Top Tether Anchor Your child restraint may have a
single tether (3) or a dual tether (4).
Either will have a single
attachment (2) to secure the top
tether to the anchor.
Some child restraints that have a
top tether are designed for use with
or without the top tether being
attached. Others require the top
tether always to be attached. In
Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached. Be sure to read and follow
Lower anchors (1) are metal bars A top tether (3, 4) anchors the top of the instructions for your child
built into the vehicle. There are two the child restraint to the vehicle. restraint.
lower anchors for each LATCH A top tether anchor is built into the
seating position that will vehicle. The top tether
accommodate a child restraint with attachment (2) on the child restraint
lower attachments (2). connects to the top tether anchor in
the vehicle in order to reduce the
forward movement and rotation of
the child restraint during driving or in
a crash.
Lower Anchor and Top Tether might need to be adjusted to access

Anchor Locations the anchors. Be sure to use an
anchor on the same side of the
vehicle as the seating position
where the child restraint will be
placed.
To assist in locating the top tether Do not secure a child restraint in a
anchors, the top tether anchor position without a top tether anchor
symbol is near the top tether if a national or local law requires
anchors. that the top tether be attached, or if
the instructions that come with the
child restraint say that the top tether
must be attached.
According to accident statistics,
Rear Seat children and infants are safer when
properly restrained in a child
i (Top Tether Anchor): Seating
restraint system or infant restraint
positions with top tether anchors.
system secured in a rear seating
j (Lower Anchor): Seating position. See Where to Put the
positions with two lower anchors. Restraint on page 3‑39 for
The rear outboard seating positions additional information.
have exposed metal anchors in the
crease between the seatback and Top Tether Anchors
the seat cushion. The top tether anchors for each rear
seating position are on the back of
the rear seatback. The rear
compartment storage panel/cover
Securing a Child Restraint Notice: Do not let the LATCH

Designed for the LATCH WARNING (Continued) attachments rub against the
System vehicle’s safety belts. This may
restraint to a single anchor could damage these parts. If necessary,
cause the anchor or attachment move buckled safety belts to
{ WARNING to come loose or even break avoid rubbing the LATCH
during a crash. A child or others attachments.
If a LATCH-type child restraint is could be injured. To reduce the
not attached to anchors, the child risk of serious or fatal injuries Do not fold the empty rear seat
restraint will not be able to protect with a safety belt buckled. This
during a crash, attach only one
the child correctly. In a crash, the could damage the safety belt or
child restraint per anchor.
child could be seriously injured or the seat. Unbuckle and return the
killed. Install a LATCH-type child safety belt to its stowed position,
restraint properly using the before folding the seat.
anchors, or use the vehicle safety { WARNING If you need to secure more than one
belts to secure the restraint, child restraint in the rear seat, see
following the instructions that Children can be seriously injured Where to Put the Restraint on
came with the child restraint and or strangled if a shoulder belt is page 3‑39.
the instructions in this manual. wrapped around their neck and
the safety belt continues to This system is designed to make
installation of child restraints easier.
tighten. Buckle any unused safety
When using lower anchors, do not
belts behind the child restraint so
{ WARNING children cannot reach them. Pull
use the vehicle's safety belts.
Instead, use the vehicle's anchors
the shoulder belt all the way out and child restraint attachments to
Do not attach more than one child of the retractor to set the lock,
restraint to a single anchor. secure the restraints. Some
if the vehicle has one, after the restraints also use another vehicle
Attaching more than one child child restraint has been installed. anchor to secure a top tether.
(Continued)
1. Attach and tighten the lower 2. If the child restraint manufacturer

attachments to the lower recommends that the top tether
anchors. If the child restraint be attached, attach and tighten
does not have lower the top tether to the top tether
attachments or the desired anchor, if equipped. Refer to the
seating position does not have child restraint instructions and
lower anchors, secure the child the following steps:
restraint with the top tether and 2.1. Find the top tether anchor.
the safety belts. Refer to the
child restraint manufacturer 2.2. Route, attach and tighten . If the position being used
instructions and the instructions the top tether according to does not have a head
in this manual. your child restraint restraint and a dual tether is
instructions and the being used, route the tether
1.1. Find the lower anchors for following instructions:
the desired seating over the seatback.
position.
1.2. Put the child restraint on
the seat.
1.3. Attach and tighten the lower
attachments on the child
restraint to the lower
anchors.
. If the position being used

does not have a head
restraint and a single tether
is being used, route the
tether over the seatback.

. If the position being used more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of New parts and repairs may be
has a fixed head restraint movement, for proper necessary even if the LATCH
and a dual tether is being installation. system was not being used at the
used, route the tether time of the crash.
around the head restraint. Replacing LATCH System
Parts After a Crash Securing Child Restraints
(Rear Seat)
{ WARNING When securing a child restraint in a
rear seating position, study the
A crash can damage the LATCH instructions that came with the child
system in the vehicle. A damaged restraint to make sure it is
LATCH system may not properly compatible with this vehicle.
secure the child restraint,
resulting in serious injury or even If the child restraint has the LATCH
system, see Lower Anchors and
. If the position being used death in a crash. To help make
Tethers for Children (LATCH
has a fixed head restraint sure the LATCH system is
System) on page 3‑40 for how and
and a single tether is being working properly after a crash, where to install the child restraint
used, route the tether over see your dealer to have the using LATCH. If a child restraint is
the head restraint. system inspected and any secured in the vehicle using a
3. Before placing a child in the necessary replacements made as safety belt and it uses a top tether,
child restraint, make sure it is soon as possible. see Lower Anchors and Tethers for
securely held in place. To check, Children (LATCH System) on
grasp the child restraint at the If the vehicle has the LATCH system page 3‑40 for top tether anchor
LATCH path and attempt to and it was being used during a locations.
move it side to side and back crash, new LATCH system parts Do not secure a child seat in a
and forth. There should be no may be needed. position without a top tether anchor
if a national or local law requires
that the top tether be anchored, or if or around the restraint. The child
the instructions that come with the restraint instructions will show
child restraint say that the top strap you how.
must be anchored.
In Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached.
If the child restraint does not have
the LATCH system, you will be
using the safety belt to secure the
child restraint in this position. Be
sure to follow the instructions that 4. Pull the shoulder belt all the way
came with the child restraint. Secure out of the retractor to set the
the child in the child restraint when lock. When the retractor lock is
and as the instructions say. set, the belt can be tightened but
3. Push the latch plate into the not pulled out of the retractor.
If more than one child restraint buckle until it clicks.
needs to be installed in the rear
seat, be sure to read Where to Put Position the release button on
the Restraint on page 3‑39. the buckle so that the safety belt
could be quickly unbuckled if
1. Put the child restraint on necessary.
the seat.
2. Pick up the latch plate, and run
the lap and shoulder portions of
the vehicle's safety belt through
6. If the child restraint has a top Armrest Retaining Strap

tether, follow the child restraint
manufacturer's instructions
regarding the use of the top
{ WARNING
tether. See Lower Anchors and A rear center armrest that is not
Tethers for Children (LATCH properly stowed and secured
System) on page 3‑40 for more could fall forward during a sudden
information. stop or collision. The armrest
7. Before placing a child in the could contact an infant secured in
child restraint, make sure it is a rear‐facing child restraint in the
securely held in place. To check, center seat position. Fasten the
grasp the child restraint at the retaining strap onto the stowed
5. To tighten the belt, push down safety belt path and attempt to armrest before installing a rear‐
on the child restraint, pull the move it side to side and back facing child restraint in the rear
shoulder portion of the belt to and forth. When the child center seat position.
tighten the lap portion of the belt, restraint is properly installed,
and feed the shoulder belt back there should be no more than
into the retractor. When installing 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement.
a forward-facing child restraint, it To remove the child restraint,
may be helpful to use your knee unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and
to push down on the child let it return to the stowed position.
restraint as you tighten the belt. If the top tether is attached to a top
Try to pull the belt out of the tether anchor, disconnect it.
retractor to make sure the When new, the vehicle's glove box
retractor is locked. If the materials included an armrest
retractor is not locked, repeat retaining strap. Use it to secure the
Steps 4 and 5.
center armrest before installing a Remove the armrest retaining strap A label on the sun visor says,
rear-facing child restraint in the before installing a forward facing “Never put a rear-facing child seat in
second row center seat position. child restraint in the center seat the front.” This is because the risk to
position, as it may interfere with the the rear-facing child is so great,
attachment of the top tether to the if the airbag deploys.
top tether anchor on the seatback.
{ WARNING
Securing Child Restraints
(Front Passenger Seat) A child in a rear-facing child
This vehicle has airbags. A rear or killed if the right front
seat is a safer place to secure a passenger airbag inflates. This is
forward-facing child restraint. See because the back of the
Where to Put the Restraint on rear-facing child restraint would
page 3‑39. be very close to the inflating
In addition, the vehicle has a airbag. A child in a forward-facing
Stow the rear seat center armrest. passenger sensing system which is child restraint can be seriously
Attach the retaining strap to the designed to turn off the right front injured or killed if the right front
armrest loop (1) and to the center passenger frontal airbag under passenger airbag inflates and the
top tether anchor on the certain conditions. See Passenger passenger seat is in a forward
seatback (2). Make sure the Sensing System on page 3‑26 and position.
retaining strap's clips are firmly Passenger Airbag Status Indicator
on page 5‑11 for more information, Even if the passenger sensing
attached.
including important safety system has turned off the right
Install the rear-facing child restraint information. front passenger frontal airbag, no
using the child restraint system is fail-safe. No one can
manufacturer's instructions and the guarantee that an airbag will not
instructions described previously.
(Continued)
Anchors and Tethers for Children passenger airbag status

WARNING (Continued) (LATCH System) on page 3‑40 for indicator should light and stay lit
top tether anchor locations. when you start the vehicle. See
deploy under some unusual Passenger Airbag Status
circumstance, even though it is Do not secure a child seat in a
position without a top tether anchor Indicator on page 5‑11.
turned off.
if a national or local law requires 2. Put the child restraint on
Secure rear-facing child restraints that the top tether be anchored, or if the seat.
in a rear seat, even if the airbag the instructions that come with the
is off. If you secure a 3. Pick up the latch plate, and run
child restraint say that the top strap the lap and shoulder portions of
forward-facing child restraint in must be anchored. the vehicle's safety belt through
the right front seat, always move
In Canada, the law requires that or around the restraint. The child
the front passenger seat as far forward-facing child restraints have restraint instructions will show
back as it will go. It is better to a top tether, and that the tether be you how.
secure the child restraint in a attached.
rear seat.
You will be using the lap-shoulder
See Passenger Sensing System belt to secure the child restraint in
on page 3‑26 for additional this position. Follow the instructions
information. that came with the child restraint.
1. Move the seat as far back as it
If the child restraint has the LATCH will go before securing the
system, see Lower Anchors and forward-facing child restraint.
Tethers for Children (LATCH
When the passenger sensing
System) on page 3‑40 for how and
system has turned off the right
where to install the child restraint
front passenger frontal airbag
using LATCH. If a child restraint is
and seat‐mounted side impact
secured using a safety belt and it
airbag, the off indicator on the
uses a top tether, see Lower
4. Push the latch plate into the Try to pull the belt out of the
buckle until it clicks. retractor to make sure the
Position the release button on retractor is locked. If the
the buckle, so that the safety retractor is not locked, repeat
belt could be quickly unbuckled Steps 5 and 6.
if necessary. If the vehicle does not have a
rear seat and the child restraint
has a top tether, follow the child
restraint manufacturer's
instructions regarding the use of
the top tether. See Lower
Anchors and Tethers for
6. To tighten the belt, push down Children (LATCH System) on
on the child restraint, pull the page 3‑40 for more information.
shoulder portion of the belt to 7. Before placing a child in the
tighten the lap portion of the belt, child restraint, make sure it is
and feed the shoulder belt back securely held in place. To check,
into the retractor. When installing grasp the child restraint at the
a forward-facing child restraint, it safety belt path and attempt to
may be helpful to use your knee move it side to side and back
5. Pull the shoulder belt all the way
out of the retractor to set the to push down on the child and forth. When the child
restraint as you tighten the belt. restraint is properly installed,
lock. When the retractor lock is
set, the belt can be tightened but there should be no more than
not pulled out of the retractor. 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement.
If the airbags are off, the off

indicator in the passenger airbag
status indicator will come on and
stay on when the vehicle is started.
If a child restraint has been installed
and the on indicator is lit, see “If the
On Indicator is Lit for a Child
Restraint” under Passenger Sensing
information.
To remove the child restraint,
unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and
let it return to the stowed position.
2 NOTES
Storage 4-1
Storage Storage Center Console Storage

Compartments
Storage Compartments
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Glove Box
Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Open the glove box by lifting up on
Center Console Storage . . . . . . 4-1 the lever.
Additional Storage Features
Cargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 Cupholders
Cargo Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 Two cupholders are in the center
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 console. Cupholders may be located
Roof Rack System in the second row seat armrest. To
access, pull the armrest down.
Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
For vehicles with a center console
storage, lift the lever on the front
to open.
4-2 Storage
Additional Storage Cargo Tie-Downs Roof Rack System

Features
{ WARNING
Cargo Cover If something is carried on top of
For vehicles with a cargo cover, use the vehicle that is longer or wider
it to cover items in the rear of the than the roof rack — like paneling,
vehicle. plywood, or a mattress — the
To remove the cover from the wind can catch it while the vehicle
vehicle, pull both ends toward each is being driven. The item being
other. To reinstall, place each end of carried could be violently torn off,
the cover in the holes behind the and this could cause a collision
rear seat. and damage the vehicle. Never
carry something longer or wider
The vehicle may be equipped with than the roof rack on top of the
four cargo tie-downs located in the vehicle unless using a GM
rear compartment. certified accessory carrier.
Convenience Net
This vehicle may be equipped with a
This vehicle may have a roof rack. For roof racks that do not
convenience net located in the rear have cross rails included, GM
of the vehicle. Attach it to the cargo certified cross rails can be
tie‐downs for storing small loads. purchased as an accessory. See
Do not use the net to store heavy your dealer for additional
loads. information.
Storage 4-3
Notice: Loading cargo on the

roof rack that weighs more than
100 kg (220 lbs) or hangs over the
rear or sides of the vehicle may
damage the vehicle. Load cargo
so that it rests evenly between
the crossrails, making sure to
fasten cargo securely.
To prevent damage or loss of cargo
when driving, check to make sure
cross rails and cargo are securely
fastened. Loading cargo on the roof
rack will make the vehicle's center The roof rack cross rails can be Lift the lever to release and move
of gravity higher. Avoid high speeds, locked in four positions along the the cross rail.
sudden starts, sharp turns, sudden roof rack side rails. These are the
braking, or abrupt maneuvers; Position the cross rail on both sides
only positions that the cross rails of the vehicle at the same time.
otherwise it may result in loss of will lock.
control. If driving for a long distance,
on rough roads, or at high speeds,
occasionally stop the vehicle to
make sure the cargo remains in its
place. Do not exceed the maximum
vehicle capacity when loading the
vehicle. For more information on
vehicle capacity and loading, see
4-4 Storage
When the roof rack is not in use,

lock one cross rail at the furthest
forward position and lock the other
cross rail at the furthest rearward
position to reduce wind noise.
Push the lever down to completely

engage into the side rail holes. If the
lever is not tight, then the cross rail
is not engaged in a side rail hole.
Slide the cross rails back and forth
until the lock pins engage in the
holes and a click is heard as the
pins align and the cross rail locks.
Try sliding the cross rails forward
and backward to ensure that they
are correctly secured and that the
levers stay tight to the cross rails.
Do not stand on the plastic lower
body panels when loading cargo on
the roof rack.
Instruments and Controls 5-1
Instruments and Passenger Airbag Status

Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Information Displays
Driver Information
Controls Charging System Light . . . . . . 5-12
Malfunction
Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
Indicator Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12 Vehicle Messages

Brake System Warning Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
Controls Battery Voltage and Charging
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . 5-2 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
Antilock Brake System (ABS) Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . 5-2 Brake System Messages . . . . 5-25
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
Lane Departure Warning Compass Messages . . . . . . . . . 5-25
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . 5-3 Cruise Control Messages . . . . 5-25
Rear Window Wiper/ (LDW) Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
Forward Collision Alert (FCA) Door Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . 5-25
Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4 Engine Cooling System
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4 Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 Engine Oil Messages . . . . . . . . 5-26
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 StabiliTrak® OFF Light . . . . . . . 5-17
Traction Control System Engine Power Messages . . . . 5-27
Warning Lights, Gauges, and (TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light . . . . 5-18 Fuel System Messages . . . . . . 5-27
Indicators Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . 5-18 Key and Lock Messages . . . . . 5-27
Warning Lights, Gauges, and Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 5-18 Object Detection System
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 Fuel Economy Light . . . . . . . . . 5-19 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . 5-19 Ride Control System
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . 5-20 Airbag System Messages . . . . 5-29
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 Front Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . . 5-20 Security Messages . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 5-20 Service Vehicle Messages . . . 5-30
Engine Coolant Temperature Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . 5-21 Tire Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Transmission Messages . . . . . 5-30
Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . 5-10 Vehicle Reminder
Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . 5-11 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31
5-2 Instruments and Controls
Vehicle Personalization Controls Do not adjust the steering wheel

Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . 5-31 while driving.
Universal Remote System Steering Wheel Steering Wheel Controls
Universal Remote System . . . 5-36 Adjustment
Universal Remote System
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-39
Some audio steering wheel controls

To adjust the steering wheel: can be adjusted at the steering
1. Pull the lever down. wheel.
2. Move the steering wheel up b / g : Press to interact with the
or down. available Bluetooth or OnStar
systems.
3. Pull or push the steering wheel
closer or away from you.
4. Pull the lever up to lock the
steering wheel in place.
>/i: Press to silence the Windshield Wiper/Washer INT: (Intermittent Wipes): Move
vehicle speakers only. Press again the lever up to INT for intermittent
to turn the sound on. For vehicles wipes, then turn the 3 INT band
with OnStar or Bluetooth systems, up for more frequent wipes or down
press to reject an incoming call, for less frequent wipes.
or end a current call.
_ SRC ^ : Press to select an audio
source.
Toggle up or down to select the next The windshield wiper/washer lever
or previous favorite radio station, is located on the right side of the
CD, or MP3 track. steering column. With the ignition in
ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/
+ VOL −: Press + to increase the START, move the windshield wiper OFF: Use to turn the wipers off.
volume; press − to decrease the
volume.
lever to select the wiper speed. 8 (Mist): For a single wipe, briefly
HI: Use for fast wipes. move the wiper lever down. For
several wipes, hold the wiper
Horn LO: Use for slow wipes. lever down.
Press a on the steering wheel pad n L FRONT (Windshield
to sound the horn. Washer): Pull the windshield wiper
lever toward you to spray windshield
washer fluid and activate the wipers.
The wipers will continue until the
lever is released or the maximum
wash time is reached. When the
windshield wiper lever is released,
additional wipes may occur
depending on how long the
windshield washer had been If the windshield wiper lever is then OFF: The rear wiper turns off when
activated. See Washer Fluid on moved to off before the driver door the button is returned to the middle
page 10‑20 for information on filling is opened or within 10 minutes, the position.
the windshield washer fluid wipers will restart and move to the INT (Intermittent Rear Wipes):
reservoir. base of the windshield. Press the lower portion of the button
If the ignition is turned to LOCK/ to set a delay between wipes.
{ WARNING OFF while the wipers are performing m = REAR (Rear Washer): Push
wipes due to windshield washing, the windshield wiper lever forward
In freezing weather, do not use the wipers continue to run until they
the washer until the windshield is to spray washer fluid on the rear
reach the base of the windshield. window. The lever returns to its
warmed. Otherwise the washer
fluid can form ice on the starting position when released.
Rear Window Wiper/
windshield, blocking your vision. The windshield washer reservoir is
Washer used for the windshield and the rear
The rear wiper controls are on the window. Check the fluid level in the
Clear snow and ice from the wiper
end of the windshield wiper lever. reservoir if either washer is not
blades before using them. If frozen
working. See Washer Fluid on
to the windshield, carefully loosen or
page 10‑20.
thaw them. Damaged blades should
be replaced. See Wiper Blade
Replacement on page 10‑25. Compass
Heavy snow or ice can overload the The vehicle may have a compass
wiper motor. display in the Driver Information
Center (DIC). The compass receives
Wipe Parking its heading and other information
ON: Press the upper portion of the from the Global Positioning
If the ignition is turned to LOCK/
button for continuous rear window System (GPS) antenna, StabiliTrak,
OFF while the wipers are on LO, HI,
wipes. and vehicle speed information.
or INT, they will immediately stop.
Avoid covering the GPS antenna, Set Time : Press the + or − to Notice: Leaving electrical
located on the roof, for long periods increase or decrease the Hours and equipment plugged in for an
of time with objects that may Minutes displayed on the clock. extended period of time while the
interfere with the antenna's ability to Set Date : Press the + and − to vehicle is off will drain the
receive a satellite signal. The increase or decrease the day. battery. Always unplug electrical
compass system is designed to equipment when not in use and
operate for a certain number of Set Time Format : Press the do not plug in equipment that
miles or degrees of turn before 12 Hours screen button for standard exceeds the maximum 20 ampere
needing a signal from the GPS time; press the 24 Hours screen rating.
satellites. When the compass button for military time.
Certain accessory plugs may not be
display shows CAL, drive the Press the Back screen button to compatible with the accessory
vehicle for a short distance in an save the adjustments. power outlets and could overload
open area where it can receive a vehicle and adapter fuses. If a
GPS signal. The compass system Power Outlets problem is experienced, see your
will automatically determine when dealer.
the GPS signal is restored and The accessory power outlets can be
provide a heading again. used to connect electrical When adding electrical equipment,
equipment, such as a cell phone or be sure to follow the installation
Clock MP3 player. instructions included with the
equipment. See Add-On Electrical
To set the time: There are four accessory power
Equipment on page 9‑60.
outlets in the following locations:
1. Press the CONFIG button to below the CD slot, inside the center Notice: Hanging heavy
enter the menu options. console storage, on the rear of the equipment from the power outlet
2. Touch-tap the scroll bar or turn center console storage, and in the can cause damage not covered
the MENU/SEL knob to select rear cargo compartment. by the vehicle warranty. The
Time and Date Settings. power outlets are designed for
To use the outlets, remove the cover
accessory power plugs only, such
3. Press the desired option to and close when not in use.
as cell phone charge cords.
adjust.
Warning Lights, Warning lights come on when there

could be a problem with a vehicle
When one of the warning lights
comes on and stays on while
Gauges, and function. Some warning lights come driving, or when one of the gauges
on briefly when the engine is started shows there may be a problem,
Indicators to indicate they are working. check the section that explains what
Warning lights and gauges can Gauges can indicate when there to do. Follow this manual's advice.
signal that something is wrong could be a problem with a vehicle Waiting to do repairs can be costly
before it becomes serious enough function. Often gauges and warning and even dangerous.
to cause an expensive repair or lights work together to indicate a
replacement. Paying attention to the problem with the vehicle.
warning lights and gauges could
prevent injury.
Instrument Cluster
English Shown, Metric Similar

Speedometer Odometer Fuel Gauge

The vehicle's speed can be selected The odometer shows how far the
to display on the Driver Information vehicle has been driven, in either
Center (DIC) and the speedometer kilometers or miles.
in either kilometers per hour (km/h) This vehicle has a tamper‐resistant
or miles per hour (mph). Telltales on odometer. The digital odometer will
the speedometer indicate whether read 999,999 if it is turned back.
kilometers or miles were chosen.
The DIC will show the vehicle's If the vehicle needs a new odometer
speed after the limit on the installed, it must be set to the
speedometer has been reached. mileage total of the old odometer.
Tachometer
The tachometer displays the engine Metric
speed in revolutions per
minute (rpm).
English

. It takes a little more or less fuel
When the ignition is on, the fuel
to fill up than the gauge
Engine Coolant
gauge shows about how much fuel
the vehicle has left in the fuel tank. indicated. For example, the Temperature Gauge
gauge may have indicated the
An arrow on the fuel gauge tank was half full, but it actually
indicates the side of the vehicle the took a little more or less than
fuel door is on. half the tank's capacity to fill
The gauge will first indicate empty the tank.
before the vehicle is out of fuel and . The gauge moves a little while
the low fuel light comes on, but the turning a corner or speeding up.
vehicle's fuel tank should be
filled soon.
. The gauge takes a few seconds
to stabilize after the ignition is
Here are some situations that can turned on, and goes back to
occur with the fuel gauge. None of empty when the ignition is
these indicate a problem with the turned off.
fuel gauge. Metric
. At the service station, the fuel
pump shuts off before the gauge
reads full.
Safety Belt Reminders Passenger Safety Belt

Reminder Light
Driver Safety Belt Reminder
Light There is a passenger safety belt
reminder light near the passenger
There is a driver safety belt airbag status indicator. See
reminder light on the instrument Passenger Sensing System on
cluster. page 3‑26.
English
This gauge measures the
temperature of the vehicle's engine. When the vehicle is started, this When the vehicle is started, this
If the indicator needle moves to the light flashes and a chime may come light flashes and a chime may come
hot side of the gauge toward the on to remind the driver to fasten on to remind passengers to fasten
colored line, the engine is too hot. their safety belt. Then the light stays their safety belt. Then the light stays
on solid until the belt is buckled. on solid until the belt is buckled.
If the vehicle has been operated This cycle may continue several This cycle continues several times if
under normal driving conditions, pull times if the driver remains or the passenger remains or becomes
off the road, stop the vehicle, and becomes unbuckled while the unbuckled while the vehicle is
turn off the engine as soon as vehicle is moving. moving.
possible.
If the driver safety belt is buckled, If the passenger safety belt is
neither the chime nor the light buckled, neither the chime nor the
comes on. light comes on.
The front passenger safety belt The airbag readiness light comes on Passenger Airbag Status
warning light and chime may turn on for several seconds when the
if an object is put on the seat such vehicle is started. If the light does
Indicator
as a briefcase, handbag, grocery not come on then, have it fixed The vehicle has a passenger
bag, laptop, or other electronic immediately. sensing system. See Passenger
device. To turn off the warning light Sensing System on page 3‑26 for
and/or chime, remove the object
from the seat or buckle the
{ WARNING important safety information. The
overhead console has a passenger
safety belt. If the airbag readiness light stays airbag status indicator.
on after the vehicle is started or
Airbag Readiness Light comes on while driving, it means
This light shows if there is an the airbag system might not be
electrical problem with the airbag working properly. The airbags in
system. The system check includes the vehicle might not inflate in a
the airbag sensor(s), passenger crash, or they could even inflate
sensing system, the pretensioners, without a crash. To help avoid United States
the airbag modules, the wiring, and injury, have the vehicle serviced
the crash sensing and diagnostic right away.
module. For more information on the
airbag system, see Airbag System If there is a problem with the airbag
on page 3‑19. system, a Driver Information Center
(DIC) message may also come on.
See Airbag System Messages on
Canada and Mexico
page 5‑29.
When the vehicle is started, the
passenger airbag status indicator
will light ON and OFF, or the symbol
for on and off, for several seconds
as a system check. If you are using The light turns off when the engine
remote start, if equipped, to start the { WARNING is started. If it does not, have the
vehicle from a distance, you may vehicle serviced by your dealer.
not see the system check. Then, If the airbag readiness light ever
comes on and stays on, it means If the light stays on, or comes on
after several more seconds, the while driving, there may be a
status indicator will light either ON that something may be wrong
with the airbag system. To help problem with the electrical charging
or OFF, or either the on or off system. Have it checked by your
symbol to let you know the status of avoid injury to yourself or others,
have the vehicle serviced right dealer. Driving while this light is on
the right front passenger frontal could drain the battery.
airbag. away. See Airbag Readiness
Light on page 5‑11 for more When this light comes on, the Driver
If the word ON or the on symbol is Information Center (DIC) also
lit on the passenger airbag status information, including important
safety information. displays a message.
indicator, it means that the right
front passenger frontal airbag is See Battery Voltage and Charging
enabled (may inflate). Messages on page 5‑25.
Charging System Light
If the word OFF or the off symbol is If a short distance must be driven
lit on the passenger airbag status with the light on, be sure to turn off
indicator, it means that the all accessories, such as the radio
passenger sensing system has and air conditioner.
turned off the right front passenger
frontal airbag. Malfunction
If, after several seconds, both status Indicator Lamp
indicator lights remain on, or if there The charging system light comes on A computer system called OBD II
are no lights at all, there may be a briefly when the ignition is turned (On-Board Diagnostics-Second
problem with the lights or the on, but the engine is not running, as Generation) monitors the operation
passenger sensing system. See a check to show the light is working. of the vehicle to ensure emissions
your dealer for service. are at acceptable levels, helping to
maintain a clean environment. The Notice: If the vehicle is This light comes on during a
malfunction indicator lamp comes continually driven with this light malfunction in one of two ways:
on when the vehicle is placed in on, the emission controls might Light Flashing: A misfire condition
ON/RUN, as a check to show it is not work as well, the vehicle fuel has been detected. A misfire
working. If it does not, have the economy might not be as good, increases vehicle emissions and
vehicle serviced by your dealer. See and the engine might not run as could damage the emission control
Ignition Positions on page 9‑19. smoothly. This could lead to system on the vehicle. Diagnosis
costly repairs that might not be and service might be required.
covered by the vehicle warranty.
To prevent more serious damage to
Notice: Modifications made to the the vehicle:
engine, transmission, exhaust,
intake, or fuel system of the . Reduce vehicle speed.
vehicle or the replacement of the . Avoid hard accelerations.
original tires with other than
If the malfunction indicator lamp those of the same Tire
. Avoid steep uphill grades.
comes on while the engine is Performance Criteria (TPC) can . If towing a trailer, reduce the
running, this indicates that the OBD affect the vehicle's emission amount of cargo being hauled as
II system has detected a problem controls and can cause this light soon as it is possible.
and diagnosis and service might be to come on. Modifications to
required. these systems could lead to If the light continues to flash, find a
costly repairs not covered by the safe place to stop and park the
Malfunctions often are indicated by vehicle. Turn the vehicle off, wait at
the system before any problem is vehicle warranty. This could also
result in a failure to pass a least 10 seconds, and restart the
apparent. Being aware of the light engine. If the light is still flashing,
can prevent more serious damage required Emission Inspection/
Maintenance test. See follow the previous steps and see
to the vehicle. This system also your dealer for service as soon as
assists the service technician in Accessories and Modifications on
page 10‑2. possible.
correctly diagnosing any
malfunction.
Light On Steady: An emission or stumbling on acceleration.

control system malfunction has These conditions might go away
been detected on the vehicle. once the engine is warmed up.
Diagnosis and service might be If one or more of these conditions
required. occurs, change the fuel brand used.
The following may correct an It may require at least one full tank
emission control system of the proper fuel to turn the light off. The DLC is under the instrument
malfunction: See Recommended Fuel on panel to the left of the steering
. Check that the fuel cap is fully page 9‑49. wheel. See your dealer if assistance
installed. See Filling the Tank on is needed.
If none of the above have made the
page 9‑52. The diagnostic light turn off, your dealer can check The vehicle may not pass
system can determine if the fuel the vehicle. The dealer has the inspection if:
cap has been left off or proper test equipment and
improperly installed. A loose or
. The malfunction indicator lamp is
diagnostic tools to fix any on with the engine running, or if
missing fuel cap allows fuel to mechanical or electrical problems
evaporate into the atmosphere. the light does not come on when
that might have developed. the ignition is turned to ON/RUN
A few driving trips with the cap
properly installed should turn the Emissions Inspection and while the engine is off. See your
light off. dealer for assistance in verifying
Maintenance Programs proper operation of the
. Check that good quality fuel is Depending on where you live, your malfunction indicator lamp.
used. Poor fuel quality causes vehicle may be required to
the engine not to run as
. The OBD II (On-Board
participate in an emission control Diagnostics) system determines
efficiently as designed and may system inspection and maintenance
cause stalling after start-up, that critical emission control
program. For the inspection, the systems have not been
stalling when the vehicle is emission system test equipment will
changed into gear, misfiring, completely diagnosed. The
likely connect to the vehicle's Data vehicle would be considered not
hesitation on acceleration, Link Connector (DLC). ready for inspection. This can
happen if the 12-volt battery has

recently been replaced or run { WARNING
down. The diagnostic system is
designed to evaluate critical The brake system might not be
emission control systems during working properly if the brake
normal driving. This can take system warning light is on.
several days of routine driving. Metric English Driving with the brake system
If this has been done and the warning light on can lead to a
vehicle still does not pass the The brake indicator light should crash. If the light is still on after
inspection for lack of OBD II come on briefly as the engine is the vehicle has been pulled off
system readiness, your dealer started. If it does not come on have the road and carefully stopped,
can prepare the vehicle for the vehicle serviced by your dealer. have the vehicle towed for
inspection. When the ignition is on, the brake service.
system warning light comes on
Brake System Warning when the parking brake is set. The If the light comes on while driving, a
Light light stays on if the parking brake chime sounds. Pull off the road and
does not fully release. If it stays on stop. The pedal might be harder to
The vehicle brake system consists after the parking brake is fully
of two hydraulic circuits. If one push or go closer to the floor.
released, there is a brake problem. It might also take longer to stop.
circuit is not working, the remaining Have the brake system inspected
circuit can still work to stop the If the light is still on, have the
immediately. vehicle towed for service. See
vehicle. For normal braking
performance, both circuits need to Towing the Vehicle on page 10‑70.
be working
Antilock Brake System If the regular brake system warning If it does not, have the vehicle
light is not on, the vehicle still has serviced by your dealer. If the
(ABS) Warning Light brakes, but not antilock brakes. system is working normally the
If the regular brake system warning indicator light then turns off.
light is also on, the vehicle does not This light also comes on green
have antilock brakes and there is a when the system is switched on and
problem with the regular brakes. ready to operate.
See Brake System Warning Light on
page 5‑15. See Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
on page 9‑46 for more information.
See Brake System Messages on
For vehicles with the Antilock Brake page 5‑25 for all brake‐related DIC
System (ABS), this light comes on messages. Forward Collision Alert
briefly when the engine is started. (FCA) Warning Light
If the light does not come on, have it Lane Departure Warning These lights are located on the
fixed so it will be ready to warn if
there is a problem.
(LDW) Light center of the instrument panel.
If the ABS light comes on and stays

on while driving, stop as soon as
possible and turn the ignition off.
Start the engine again to reset the
system. If the light stays on after
driving at a speed above 20 km/h
(13 mph), see your dealer for The vehicle ahead light comes on
For vehicles with the lane departure
service. A chime may also sound when a vehicle is ahead and a
warning system, this light is located
when the light comes on steady. possible collision can occur.
on the center of the instrument
panel. This light briefly comes on
green while starting the vehicle.
dealer. If the system is working StabiliTrak® OFF Light

normally, the indicator light then
turns off.
The traction off light comes on when
the Traction Control System (TCS)
has been turned off by pressing and
The forward collision alert comes on releasing the TCS/StabiliTrak
and warns when following a vehicle button.
closely. The light then flashes when This light and the StabiliTrak OFF This light comes on when the
a vehicle is being rapidly light come on when StabiliTrak is StabiliTrak system is turned off.
approached. turned off. If the Traction Control System (TCS)
See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) is off, wheel spin is not limited. If the
If the TCS is off, wheel spin is not StabiliTrak system is off, the system
System on page 9‑38 for more limited. Adjust driving accordingly.
information. does not assist in controlling the
See Traction Control System (TCS) vehicle. Turn on the TCS and the
on page 9‑32 and StabiliTrak® StabiliTrak system and the warning
Traction Off Light System on page 9‑34. light turns off.
Check the DIC for applicable
messages. See Ride Control
System Messages on page 5‑29 for
more information.
See Traction Control System (TCS)
on page 9‑32 and StabiliTrak®
This light comes on briefly while System on page 9‑34 for more
starting the engine. If it does not, information.
have the vehicle serviced by your
Traction Control System If the indicator/warning light is on A Driver Information Center (DIC)
and flashing, the TCS and/or the tire pressure message may also
(TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light StabiliTrak system is actively display. See Tire Messages on
working. page 5‑30. Stop as soon as
See StabiliTrak® System on possible, and inflate the tires to the
page 9‑34 and Traction Control pressure value shown on the Tire
System (TCS) on page 9‑32. and Loading Information label. See
Tire Pressure on page 10‑45.
Tire Pressure Light When the Light Flashes First and
The StabiliTrak or Traction Control Then Is On Steady
System (TCS) indicator/warning If the light flashes for about a minute
light comes on briefly when the and then stays on, there may be a
engine is started. problem with the TPMS. If the
If the light does not come on, have problem is not corrected, the light
the vehicle serviced by your dealer. will come on at every ignition cycle.
If the system is working normally, See Tire Pressure Monitor
the indicator light turns off. For vehicles with the Tire Pressure Operation on page 10‑48.
Monitor System (TPMS), this light
If the light is on and not flashing, the comes on briefly when the engine is Engine Oil Pressure Light
TCS, and potentially the StabiliTrak started. It provides information
system have been disabled. A DIC about tire pressures and the TPMS. Notice: Lack of proper engine oil
message may display. Check the maintenance can damage the
DIC messages to determine which When the Light Is On Steady engine. Driving with the engine
feature(s) is no longer functioning This indicates that one or more of oil low can also damage the
and whether the vehicle requires the tires are significantly engine. The repairs would not be
service. underinflated. covered by the vehicle warranty.
Check the oil level as soon as
possible. Add oil if required, but
if the oil level is within the Fuel Economy Light Low Fuel Warning Light
operating range and the oil
pressure is still low, have the
vehicle serviced. Always follow
the maintenance schedule for
changing engine oil.
For vehicles with the fuel economy

mode light, it comes on when the
eco (economy) switch, located on
the center console near the shifter,
is pressed. For vehicles with a
The oil pressure light should come Driver Information Center (DIC) an
on briefly as the engine is started. English Shown, Metric Similar
ECO MODE ON message displays.
If it does not come on, have the See Fuel System Messages on This light comes on for a few
vehicle serviced by your dealer. page 5‑27 for more information. seconds when the ignition is turned
If the light comes on and stays on, it Press the switch again to turn off on as a check to indicate it is
means that oil is not flowing through the light and exit the fuel working. If it does not come on,
the engine properly. The vehicle saver mode. have it fixed.
could be low on oil and might have The low fuel warning light is a circle
some other system problem. See located on the fuel gauge. This light
your dealer. comes on and a chime sounds
periodically when the vehicle is low
on fuel. The light goes off when fuel
is added to the fuel tank.
For vehicles with a Driver High-Beam On Light The light goes out when the fog
Information Center (DIC), see Fuel lamps are turned off. See Fog
System Messages on page 5‑27 for Lamps on page 6‑3.
more information.
Lamps On Reminder
Security Light
The high‐beam on light comes on

when the high-beam headlamps are
in use.
See Headlamp High/Low-Beam
For vehicles with the lamps on
Changer on page 6‑1 for more
The immobilizer light should come reminder light, it comes on when the
information.
on briefly as the engine is started. lights are in use.
If it does not come on, have the
vehicle serviced by your dealer. Front Fog Lamp Light
If the system is working normally,
the indicator light turns off.
If the light stays on and the engine
does not start, there could be a
problem with the theft-deterrent
system. See Immobilizer Operation
on page 2‑13.
The front fog lamp light comes on
when the fog lamps are in use.
Cruise Control Light Information Displays It also shows the shift lever position,
the odometer, and the direction the
vehicle is driving.
Driver Information
Center (DIC) DIC Buttons
The vehicle may have a Driver

Information Center (DIC). It displays
information about the vehicle and
For vehicles with cruise control, the warning messages if there is a
cruise control light is white when the system problem detected. DIC
cruise control is on and ready, and messages display in the center of
turns green when the cruise control the instrument panel cluster. See
is set and active. Vehicle Messages on page 5‑24 for
more information.
The light turns off when the cruise
control is turned off. See Cruise The vehicle may also have features
Control on page 9‑35. that can be customized through the
controls on the radio. See Vehicle
Personalization on page 5‑31 for MENU: Press this button to get to
more information. the Trip/Fuel Menu and the Vehicle
Information Menu.
DIC Operation and Displays
Q or R : Use these buttons to
Use the DIC buttons located in the scroll through the items in each
center of the instrument panel to menu. A small marker will move
access different displays. The DIC along the page as you scroll through
displays trip, fuel, vehicle system the items. This shows where each
information, and warning messages. page is in the menu.
SET/CLR (Set/Clear): Use this Digital Speedometer Average Fuel Economy

button to set or clear the menu item The speedometer shows how fast This display shows the approximate
when it is displayed. the vehicle is moving in either average liters per 100 kilometers
Trip/Fuel Menu Items kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles (L/100 km) or miles per
per hour (mph). The speedometer gallon (mpg). This number is
Press the MENU button until Trip/ cannot be reset. calculated based on the number of
Fuel Information Menu is displayed. L/100 km (mpg) recorded since the
Then press R to scroll through the Trip 1 and Trip 2 last time this menu item was reset.
following menu items: This display shows the current The fuel economy can be reset by
. Digital Speedometer distance traveled, in either pressing SET/CLR while the
kilometers (km) or miles (mi), since Average Fuel Economy display is
. Trip 1 the last reset for the trip odometer. showing. The display may not reset
. Trip 2 The trip odometer can be reset to to zero.
zero by pressing SET/CLR while the
. Fuel Range trip odometer display is showing. Best Average Fuel Economy
. Average Fuel Economy The right hand side displays the
Fuel Range best average fuel economy (AFE)
. Best Average Fuel Economy This display shows the approximate that is achieved for a selected
. Average Vehicle Speed distance the vehicle can be driven distance. The left hand side displays
. Timer without refueling. The fuel range a running average of fuel economy
estimate is based on an average of for the most recently traveled
. Navigation the vehicle's fuel economy over selected distance. The center of the
. Blank Display recent driving history and the Best AFE menu includes a digital
amount of fuel remaining in the fuel readout and bar graph to show the
tank. Fuel range cannot be reset. instantaneous fuel economy.
Quickly press the SET/CLR button
to display a page for selecting one
of the distance options. Move the
up/down arrow to choose the Timer Blank Display

selection, and SET/CLR to change This display can be used as a timer. This display shows no information.
the setting. To start the timer, press SET/CLR
When viewing best AFE, a several while Timer is displayed. The Vehicle Information Menu
second press and hold of SET/CLR display will show the amount of time Items
will reset the best value. The best that has passed since the timer was Press the MENU button until Vehicle
value will show “- - -” until the last reset, not including time the Information Menu is displayed. Then
selected distance has been ignition is off. Time will continue to press R to scroll through the
traveled. be counted as long as the ignition is
following menu items:
The display provides feedback on on, even if another display is being
shown on the DIC. The timer will . Unit
how current driving behavior in the
bar graph affects the running record up to 99 hours, 59 minutes . Tire Pressure
average in the left display and how and 59 seconds (99:59:59) after
which the display will return to zero.
. Remaining Oil Life
well recent driving compares to the
best that has been achieved. To stop the timer, press SET/CLR . Blank Display
briefly while Timer is displayed. To
Average Vehicle Speed reset the timer to zero, press and Unit
This display shows the average hold SET/CLR. Press SET/CLR to enter the unit
speed of the vehicle in kilometers Navigation menu. Then press Q or R to switch
per hour (km/h) or miles per between METRIC or US when the
hour (mph). This average is This display is used for the OnStar
Unit display is active. Press SET/
calculated based on the various or Navigation System Turn-by-Turn
CLR to confirm the setting. This will
vehicle speeds recorded since the guidance. See OnStar Overview on
change the displays on the cluster
last reset of this value. The average page 14‑1 or the Navigation manual,
and DIC to either metric or English
speed can be reset by pressing if the vehicle has navigation, for
(US) measurements.
SET/CLR while the Average Vehicle more information.
Speed display is showing.
Tire Pressure Maintenance Schedule in this Vehicle Messages

The display will show a vehicle with manual. See Maintenance Schedule
on page 11‑2 for more information. Messages are displayed on the DIC
the approximate pressures of all
to notify the driver that the status of
four tires. Tire pressure is displayed Remember, the Oil Life display must
the vehicle has changed and that
in either kilopascal (kPa) or in be reset after each oil change. It will
some action may be needed by the
pounds per square inch (psi). not reset itself. Also, be careful not
driver to correct the condition.
See Tire Pressure Monitor System to reset the Oil Life display
Multiple messages may appear one
on page 10‑47 and Tire Pressure accidentally at any time other than
after another.
Monitor Operation on page 10‑48 for when the oil has just been changed.
It cannot be reset accurately until Some messages may not require
more information.
the next oil change. To reset the immediate action, but you can press
Remaining Oil Life engine oil life system, press SET/ SET/CLR to acknowledge that you
CLR while the Oil Life display is received the messages and to clear
This display shows an estimate of
active. The display will ask for them from the display. Some
the oil's remaining useful life.
confirmation of a reset. Press Q or messages cannot be cleared from
If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% is
R to select Yes or No. Then press the DIC display because they are
displayed, that means 99% of the
SET/CLR to confirm the selection. more urgent. These messages
current oil life remains.
See Engine Oil Life System on require action before they can be
When the remaining oil life is low, cleared. You should take any
page 10‑11.
the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON messages that appear on the
message will appear on the display. Blank Display display seriously and remember that
See Engine Oil Messages on clearing the messages will only
This display shows no information.
page 5‑26. The oil should be make the messages disappear, not
changed as soon as possible. See Compass correct the problem. You will find the
Engine Oil on page 10‑8. In addition possible messages that can be
The vehicle may have a compass in
to the engine oil life system displayed and some information
the Driver Information Center (DIC).
monitoring the oil life, additional about them grouped by subject in
See Compass on page 5‑4.
maintenance is recommended in the the following information.
Battery Voltage and Brake System Messages Cruise Control Messages

Charging Messages BRAKE FLUID LOW APPLY BRAKE BEFORE
BATTERY SAVER ACTIVE This message is displayed when the CRUISE
This message displays when the brake fluid level is low; see Brake If this message displays when
vehicle has detected that the battery Fluid on page 10‑22. attempting to activate cruise control,
voltage is dropping beyond a apply the brake pedal and try again.
RELEASE PARKING BRAKE
reasonable point. The battery saver CRUISE SET TO XXX
system starts reducing features of This message is displayed as a
the vehicle that may be noticed. At reminder that the parking brake is This message displays when the
the point that features are disabled, on. Release it before you attempt to cruise control is set and shows the
this message displays. Turn off drive. speed it was set to. See Cruise
unnecessary accessories to allow Control on page 9‑35.
the battery to recharge. Compass Messages
Door Ajar Messages
LOW BATTERY CAL
This message is displayed when the This message is displayed when the DOOR OPEN
battery voltage is low. See Battery compass needs to be calibrated. A door open symbol will be
on page 10‑23. See Compass on page 5‑4. displayed on the DIC showing which
door is open. If the vehicle has been
SERVICE BATTERY –– shifted out of P (Park), a DOOR
CHARGING SYSTEM Dashes will be displayed if the OPEN message will also be
This message is displayed when compass needs service. See your displayed. Close the door
there is a fault in the battery dealer for service. completely.
charging system. Take the vehicle to
your dealer for service.
MANUALLY CLOSE THE conditioning compressor turns back soon as it is safe to do so to avoid
POWER LIFTGATE on. The vehicle can continue to be severe damage. This message
driven. clears when the engine has cooled
This message will display if the to a safe operating temperature.
power liftgate encounters multiple If this message continues to appear,
obstacles on the same power cycle. have the system repaired by your HIGH COOLANT
After removing the obstructions, the dealer as soon as possible to avoid TEMPERATURE
liftgate will resume normal power damage to the engine.
operation. This message displays if the coolant
COOLANT LEVEL LOW ADD temperature is hot. See Engine
REAR ACCESS OPEN COOLANT Overheating on page 10‑18.
This message will display along with This message will display if the
a symbol when the liftgate is open. coolant is low. See Engine Coolant Engine Oil Messages
Close the liftgate completely. on page 10‑15. CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
ENGINE OVERHEATED — This message displays when the
Engine Cooling System IDLE ENGINE engine oil needs to be changed.
Messages When you change the engine oil, be
This message displays when the
A/C OFF DUE TO HIGH engine coolant temperature is too sure to reset the Oil Life System.
hot. Stop and allow the vehicle to See Engine Oil Life System on
ENGINE TEMP
idle until it cools down. page 10‑11, Driver Information
This message displays when the Center (DIC) on page 5‑21, Engine
engine coolant becomes hotter than ENGINE OVERHEATED — Oil on page 10‑8, and Maintenance
the normal operating temperature. STOP ENGINE Schedule on page 11‑2.
To avoid added strain on a hot
engine, the air conditioning This message displays and a
compressor automatically turns off. continuous chime sounds if the
When the coolant temperature engine cooling system reaches
returns to normal, the air unsafe temperatures for operation.
Stop and turn off the vehicle as
ENGINE OIL HOT, IDLE Engine Power Messages pressing the eco button near the
ENGINE shift lever. See Fuel Economy Mode
ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED on page 9‑29 for more information.
This message displays when the
engine oil temperature is too hot. This message displays when the FUEL LEVEL LOW
Stop and allow the vehicle to idle vehicle's engine power is reduced.
Reduced engine power can affect This message displays when the
until it cools down.
the vehicle's ability to accelerate. vehicle is low on fuel. Refuel as
ENGINE OIL LOW — ADD OIL If this message is on, but there is no soon as possible.
On some vehicles, this message reduction in performance, proceed TIGHTEN GAS CAP
displays when the engine oil level to your destination. The
performance may be reduced the This message displays when the
may be too low. Check the oil level
next time the vehicle is driven. The fuel cap is not on tight. Tighten the
before filling to the recommended
vehicle may be driven at a reduced fuel cap.
level. If the oil is not low and this
message remains on, take the speed while this message is on, but
vehicle to your dealer for service. maximum acceleration and speed Key and Lock Messages
See Engine Oil on page 10‑8. may be reduced. Anytime this
message stays on, the vehicle REPLACE BATTERY IN
OIL PRESSURE LOW — STOP should be taken to your dealer for REMOTE KEY
ENGINE service as soon as possible. This message displays when the
This message displays if low oil battery in the Remote Keyless Entry
pressure levels occur. Stop the Fuel System Messages (RKE) transmitter needs to be
vehicle as soon as safely possible replaced.
ECO MODE ON
and do not operate it until the cause
of the low oil pressure has been On some models, this message
corrected. Check the oil as soon as displays when the fuel economy
possible and have the vehicle mode has been turned on by
serviced by your dealer.
Object Detection System LANE DEPARTURE SYSTEM SERVICE FRONT CAMERA

Messages UNAVAILABLE This message displays when the
If your vehicle has the Lane Lane Departure Warning (LDW) and
FORWARD COLLISION Departure Warning (LDW) system, Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
ALERT OFF this message may display if the systems are disabled and need
If your vehicle has the Forward LDW system cannot activate due to service. See your dealer.
Collision Alert (FCA) system, this a temporary condition. See Lane
Departure Warning (LDW) on
SERVICE PARK ASSIST
message may display if the FCA
system cannot activate due to a page 9‑46 for more information. This message displays if there is a
temporary condition. See Forward problem with the Ultrasonic Rear
PARK ASSIST OFF Parking Assist (URPA) system. Do
Collision Alert (FCA) System on
page 9‑38. This message displays when the not use this system to help you
park assist system has been turned park. See Ultrasonic Parking Assist
FRONT CAMERA BLOCKED, off or when there is a temporary on page 9‑40 for more information.
CLEAN WINDSHIELD condition causing the system to be
disabled. See Ultrasonic Parking
SIDE BLIND ZONE ALERT
This message displays when the SYSTEM OFF
Lane Departure Warning (LDW) and Assist on page 9‑40.
Forward Collision Alert (FCA) This message indicates that the
SERVICE BLIND ZONE ALERT driver has turned the system off.
systems are disabled because the SYSTEM
camera view is blocked and cannot SIDE BLIND ZONE SYS.
operate properly. It may also If this message appears, both SBZA
activate during heavy rain or due to displays will remain on indicating UNAVAILABLE
road spray. To clean the system, there is a problem with the SBZA This message indicates that the
clean the outside of the windshield system. If these displays remain on SBZA system is disabled because
area in front of the LDW/FCA after continued driving, the system the sensor is blocked and cannot
camera sensor. needs service. Take the vehicle to detect vehicles in the blind zone.
your dealer.
The sensor may be blocked by mud, SERVICE ALL WHEEL DRIVE STABILITRAK OFF
dirt, snow, ice, or slush. This
If your vehicle has the All-Wheel This message displays when the
message may also activate during
Drive (AWD) system, this message StabiliTrak system is turned off. See
heavy rain or due to road spray. The
displays if a problem occurs with StabiliTrak® System on page 9‑34
vehicle does not need service. For
this system. If this message for more information.
cleaning, see Exterior Care on
appears, stop as soon as possible
page 10‑73. TRACTION CONTROL OFF
and turn off the vehicle. Restart the
vehicle and check for the message This message displays when the
Ride Control System on the DIC display. If the message Traction Control System (TCS) is
Messages is still displayed or appears again turned off. Adjust your driving
when you begin driving, the AWD accordingly.
ALL WHEEL DRIVE OFF system needs service. See your
If your vehicle has the All-Wheel dealer. TRACTION CONTROL ON
Drive (AWD) system, this message This message displays when the
displays when the rear drive system
SERVICE TRACTION
Traction Control System (TCS) is
is overheating. This message turns CONTROL first turned on. See Traction Control
off when the rear drive system cools This message displays when there System (TCS) on page 9‑32 for
down. If the warning message stays is a problem with the Traction more information.
on for a while, you need to reset the Control System (TCS). See Traction
warning message. To reset the Control System (TCS) on Airbag System Messages
warning message, turn the ignition page 9‑32.
off and then back on again. If the SERVICE AIRBAG
message stays on, see your dealer SERVICE STABILITRAK
This message displays if there is a
right away. See All-Wheel Drive on This message displays if there is a problem with the airbag system.
page 9‑29 for more information. problem with the StabiliTrak system. Take the vehicle to your dealer for
StabiliTrak® System on page 9‑34. service.
Security Messages Tire Messages The low tire pressure warning light
will also come on. See Tire
THEFT ATTEMPTED SERVICE TIRE MONITOR Pressure Light on page 5‑18.
This message displays if the vehicle SYSTEM If a tire pressure message appears
detects a tamper condition. This message displays if there is a on the DIC, stop as soon as you
problem with the Tire Pressure can. Inflate the tires by adding air
Service Vehicle Messages Monitor System (TPMS). See Tire until the tire pressure is equal to the
Pressure Monitor Operation on values shown on the Tire and
SERVICE AC SYSTEM page 10‑48. Loading Information label. See Tires
This message is displayed if there is on page 10‑38, Vehicle Load Limits
TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE on page 9‑14, and Tire Pressure on
a problem with the air conditioning
system. Take the vehicle to your This message displays when the page 10‑45.
dealer for service. system is learning new tires. See You can receive more than one tire
Tire Pressure Monitor Operation on pressure message at a time. The
SERVICE POWER STEERING page 10‑48. DIC also shows the tire pressure
This message is displayed if there is TIRE LOW ADD AIR TO TIRE values. See Driver Information
a problem with the power steering Center (DIC) on page 5‑21.
system and a chime may sound. This message displays when the
Take the vehicle to your dealer for pressure in one or more of the tires Transmission Messages
service. is low.
This message also displays LEFT SERVICE TRANSMISSION
SERVICE VEHICLE SOON
FRONT, RIGHT FRONT, LEFT This message displays if there is a
This message is displayed if there is REAR, or RIGHT REAR to indicate problem with the transmission. See
a problem with the vehicle. Take the the location of the low tire. your dealer.
vehicle to your dealer for service.
SHIFT TO PARK Vehicle Reminder Vehicle

This message displays when the Messages Personalization
transmission needs to be shifted to
P (Park). This may appear when ICE POSSIBLE DRIVE The audio system controls are used
attempting to remove the key from WITH CARE to access the personalization
the ignition or from the vehicle if the This message is displayed when ice menus for customizing vehicle
vehicle is not in P (Park). conditions are possible. features.
TRANSMISSION HOT — IDLE CONFIG (Configuration): Press to
TURN WIPER CONTROL TO access the Configuration
ENGINE INTERMITTENT FIRST Settings Menu.
This message displays and a chime This message is displayed when
sounds if the transmission fluid in MENU/SEL Knob: Press the
attempting to adjust the intermittent center of this knob to enter the
the vehicle gets hot. Driving with the wiper speed without intermittent
transmission fluid temperature high menus and select menu items. Turn
selected on the wiper control. See the knob to scroll through the
can cause damage to the vehicle. Windshield Wiper/Washer on
Stop the vehicle and let it idle to menus.
page 5‑3.
allow the transmission to cool. This E BACK: Press to exit or move
message clears when the fluid backwards in a menu.
temperature reaches a safe level.
Entering the Personalization
Menus
1. Turn the infotainment system on
and press the CONFIG button to
access the Configuration
Settings menu.
2. Turn the MENU/SEL knob to
highlight Vehicle Settings.
3. Press the center of the MENU/ Climate and Air Quality Air Conditioning Mode
SEL knob to select the Vehicle This will allow you to select whether
Select the Climate and Air Quality
Settings menu. or not the air conditioning comes on
menu and the following will be
The following list of menu items will displayed: automatically the next time the
be available: vehicle is started. “On” means that
. Auto Fan Speed
. Climate and Air Quality the air conditioning will be on at
. Air Conditioning Mode start up, regardless of whether it
. Comfort and Convenience . was on or off the last time the
Remote Start Auto Heat Seats
. Collision/Detection Systems vehicle was turned off. “Off” means
. Auto Defog the air conditioning will be off at the
. Languages next start up, regardless of whether
. Auto Rear Defog
. Lighting it was on or off the last time the
Auto Fan Speed vehicle was turned off. “Last
. Power Door Locks Setting” means that when the
This selection is available on
. Remote Lock/Unlock/Start vehicles with the Automatic Climate vehicle is started, the air
. Return to Factory Settings Control System. Choose from the conditioning will resume whichever
following blower speed settings: setting it was at the last time the
Turn the MENU/SEL knob to vehicle was turned off.
highlight the menu. Press the knob High: Increased speed.
to select it. Each of the menus is Press the MENU/SEL knob when
Low: Reduced speed. Air Conditioning Mode is
detailed in the following information.
All of the menus may not be Normal: Moderate speed. highlighted. Turn the knob to
available. Only those tied to the highlight “On,” “Off,” or “Last
Press the MENU/SEL knob when
features on your vehicle will be Setting.” Press the knob to confirm
Auto Fan Speed is highlighted. Turn
shown. the selection and go back to the
the knob to highlight “High,”
last menu.
“Normal,” or “Low.” Press the knob
to confirm the selection and go back
to the last menu.
Remote Start Auto Heat Seats Auto Rear Defog Easy Exit Driver Seat
When on, this feature will turn the When on, this feature turns on the When on, this feature will move the
heated seats on when using remote rear defogger at vehicle start when driver seat rearward upon turning
start on cold days. the interior temperature is cold and the ignition off and the driver door
Press the MENU/SEL knob when fog is likely. The auto rear defog opening. This may be performed to
“Remote Start Auto Heat Seats” is function can be disabled by make it easier to exit the vehicle.
highlighted to toggle between “On” pressing 1. When off, the feature See the “Easy Exit Driver Seat”
information under Power Seat
or “Off.” Press E BACK to confirm can be turned on by pressing 1.
Adjustment on page 3‑4 for more
the selection and go back to the See “Rear Window Defogger” under information.
last menu. Climate Control Systems on
page 8‑1 or Automatic Climate This allows you to turn the easy exit
Auto Defog Control System on page 8‑3 for seat feature on or off.
When turned on and high humidity more information. Press the MENU/SEL knob when
is detected, the climate control Press the MENU/SEL knob when “Easy Exit Driver Seat” is
system may adjust to outside air “Auto Rear Defog” is highlighted to highlighted. Turn the knob to select
supply and turn on the air toggle between “On” or “Off.” Press “On” or “Off.” Press the knob to
conditioner or the heater. The fan E BACK to confirm the selection confirm and go back to the
speed may slightly increase to help and go back to the last menu. last menu.
prevent fogging. When high
humidity is no longer detected, the Comfort and Convenience Chime Volume
system will return to its prior Select the Comfort and This allows the selection of the
operation. Convenience menu and the chime volume level.
Press the MENU/SEL knob when following will be displayed: Press the MENU/SEL knob when
“Auto Defog” is highlighted to toggle . Easy Exit Driver Seat “Chime Volume” is highlighted. Turn
between “On” or “Off.” Press E the knob to select “Normal” or
. Chime Volume “High.” Press the knob to confirm
BACK to confirm the selection and
go back to the last menu. . Reverse Tilt Mirror and go back to the last menu.
Reverse Tilt Mirror Park Assist Lighting

When on, both the driver and This allows the Ultrasonic Parking Select the Lighting menu and the
passenger mirrors will tilt downward Assist feature to be turned on or off. following will be displayed:
when vehicle is shifted to Press the MENU/SEL knob when . Vehicle Locator Lights
R (Reverse) to improve visibility of “Park Assist” is highlighted. Turn the
the ground near the rear wheels. . Exit Lighting
knob to select “On,” “Off,” or “Tow
They will return to their previous Bar.” Press the knob to confirm and Vehicle Locator Lights
driving position when the vehicle is go back to the last menu.
shifted out of R (Reverse), the This allows the vehicle locator lights
ignition is turned to OFF, or the See Ultrasonic Parking Assist on to be turned on or off.
vehicle is left in reverse. See Park page 9‑40 for more information
Tilt Mirrors on page 2‑15 for more “Vehicle Locator Lights” is
Languages
information. highlighted to toggle between “On”
Select the Languages menu and the
This allows you to turn the park tilt
following will be displayed: or “Off.” Press E BACK to confirm
mirrors feature on or off. the selection and go back to the
. English last menu.
“Reverse Tilt Mirror” is highlighted. . French Exit Lighting
Turn the knob to select “On” or “Off.” . Spanish
Press the knob to confirm and go This allows the selection of how
back to the last menu. Turn the MENU/SEL knob to select long the exterior lamps stay on
the language. Press the knob to when leaving the vehicle when it is
Collision/Detection Systems confirm and go back to the dark outside.
Select the Collision/Detection last menu. Press the MENU/SEL knob when
Systems menu and the following will “Exit Lighting” is highlighted. Turn
be displayed: the knob to select “Off,”
. Park Assist “30 Seconds,” “1 Minute,” or
“2 Minutes.” Press the knob to Auto Door Unlock

. Remote Lock Feedback
confirm and go back to the This allows selection of which of the
. Remote Door Unlock
last menu. doors will automatically unlock when . Memory Remote Recall
Power Door Locks the vehicle is shifted into P (Park).
Remote Unlock Light Feedback
Select Power Door Locks and the Press the MENU/SEL knob when
“Auto Door Unlock” is highlighted. When on, the exterior lamps will
following will be displayed:
Turn the knob to select “All Doors,” flash when unlocking the vehicle
. Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out “Driver Door,” or “Off.” Press the with the RKE transmitter.
. Auto Door Unlock knob to confirm and go back to the Press the MENU/SEL knob when
last menu. “Remote Unlock Light Feedback” is
. Delayed Door Lock
Delayed Door Lock highlighted. Turn the knob to select
Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out “Flash Lights” or “Off.” Press the
When on, this feature will delay the knob to confirm and go back to the
When on, this feature will keep the
locking of the doors. If you want to last menu.
driver door from locking when the
override the delay you can press the
door is open. If off is selected, the Remote Lock Feedback
power door lock on the instrument
Delayed Door Lock menu will be
panel. This allows selection of what type of
available.
Press the MENU/SEL knob when feedback is given when unlocking
Press the MENU/SEL knob when the vehicle with the RKE transmitter.
“Delayed Door Lock” is highlighted.
“Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out” is
Turn the knob to select “On” or “Off.” Press the MENU/SEL knob when
highlighted to toggle between “On”
Press the knob to confirm and go “Remote Lock Feedback” is
or “Off.” Press E BACK to confirm back to the last menu. highlighted. Turn the knob to select
the selection and go back to the “Lights and Horn,” “Lights Only,”
last menu. Remote Lock/Unlock/Start
“Horn Only,” or “Off.” Press the knob
Select Remote Lock/Unlock/Start to confirm and go back to the
and the following will be displayed: last menu.
. Remote Unlock Light Feedback
Remote Door Unlock Press the MENU/SEL knob when Universal Remote
This allows selection of which doors “Memory Remote Recall” is
will unlock when pressing the unlock highlighted to toggle between “On” System
button on the RKE transmitter. or “Off.” Press E BACK to confirm See Radio Frequency Statement on
the selection and go back to the page 13‑20 for information
Press the MENU/SEL knob when last menu.
“Remote Door Unlock” is regarding Part 15 of the Federal
highlighted. Turn the knob to select Communications Commission (FCC)
Return to Factory Settings
“All Doors” or “Driver Door.” Press rules and Industry Canada
Select “Return to Factory Settings” Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310.
the knob to confirm and go back to
to return all of the vehicle
the last menu.
personalization to the default Universal Remote System
Memory Remote Recall settings. Turn the knob to select
“Yes” or “No.” Press the knob to
Programming
This allows the Memory Remote
Recall feature to be turned on or off. confirm and go back to the
last menu.
When on, this feature will recall the
current driver's last seat, outside
mirrors upon unlocking the driver
door with the RKE, and opening that
door. The current driver is identified
when the RKE transmitter is used to If the vehicle has this feature, you
unlock the driver door. See “Memory will see these buttons with one
Remote Recall” under Memory indicator light next to them in the
Seats on page 3‑6 for more overhead console.
information.
This system provides a way to
Memory Remote Recall is when the replace up to three remote control
memorized settings will be recalled transmitters used to activate
as you unlock the vehicle.
devices such as garage door When programming a garage door, To program up to three devices:
openers, security systems, and park outside of the garage. Park 1. Hold the end of the hand-held
home automation devices. directly in line with and facing the transmitter about 3 to 8 cm (1 to
Do not use the Universal Remote garage door opener motor-head or 3 in) away from the Universal
system with any garage door opener gate motor-head. Be sure that Remote system buttons while
that does not have the stop and people and objects are clear of the keeping the indicator light in
reverse feature. This includes any garage door or gate being view. The hand-held transmitter
garage door opener model programmed. was supplied by the
manufactured before April 1,1982. It is recommended that a new manufacturer of the garage door
Read the instructions completely battery be installed in the hand-held opener receiver
before attempting to program the transmitter for quicker and more (motor-head unit).
Universal Remote system. Because accurate transmission of the 2. At the same time, press and
of the steps involved, it may be radio-frequency signal. hold both the hand-held
helpful to have another person Programming the Universal transmitter button and one of the
available to assist with programming Remote System three Universal Remote system
the Universal Remote system. buttons to be used to operate
For questions or help programming the garage door. Do not release
Keep the original hand-held the Universal Remote system, call
transmitter for use in other vehicles the Universal Remote system
1-800-355-3515 or go to button or the hand-held
as well as for future Universal www.homelink.com.
Remote system programming. It is transmitter button until the
also recommended that upon the Programming a garage door opener indicator light changes from a
sale of the vehicle, the programmed involves time-sensitive actions, so slowly to a rapidly flashing light.
Universal Remote system buttons read the entire procedure before You now may release both
be erased for security purposes. starting. Otherwise, the device will buttons.
See “Erasing Universal Remote time out and the procedure will have
System Buttons” later in this to be repeated.
section.
Some entry gates and garage

. If the Universal Remote 5. Firmly press and release the
door openers may require system indicator light blinks “Learn” or “Smart” button. After
substitution of Step 2 with the rapidly for two seconds, pressing this button, you will
procedure noted in “Gate then turns to a constant have 30 seconds to complete
Operator and Canadian light and the garage door Step 6.
Programming” later in this does not move, continue
with programming 6. Immediately return to the
section. vehicle. Firmly press and hold
Steps 4–6.
3. Press and hold for five seconds for two seconds the Universal
the newly trained Universal It may be helpful to have Remote system button, selected
Remote system button (the another person assist with in Step 2 to control the garage
button selected in Step 2) while the remaining Steps 4–6. door, and then release it. If the
observing the indicator light and garage door does not move or
garage door activation. the lamp on the garage door
. If the indicator light stays on opener receiver (motor-head
continuously or the garage unit) does not flash, press and
door starts to move when hold the same button a second
the Universal Remote time for two seconds, then
system button is pressed release it. Again, if the door
and released, then the does not move or the garage
programming is complete. door lamp does not flash, press
There is no need to “Learn” or “Smart” Button and hold the same button a third
continue programming time for two seconds, then
4. After Steps 1–3 have been
Steps 4–6. release.
completed, locate the “Learn” or
“Smart” button inside the garage The Universal Remote system
on the garage door opener should now activate the
receiver (motor-head unit). The garage door.
name and color of the button
may vary by manufacturer.
To program the remaining two If you live in Canada, or you are Universal Remote System
Universal Remote system buttons, having difficulty programming a gate
begin with Step 1 of “Programming operator or garage door opener by
Operation
the Universal Remote System.” using the “Programming the Using the Universal Remote
Universal Remote System” System
Gate Operator and Canadian procedures, regardless of where
Programming you live, replace Step 2 under Press and hold the appropriate
If you have questions or need help “Programming the Universal Remote Universal Remote system button for
programming the Universal Remote System” with the following: at least half of a second. The
system, call 1-800-355-3515 or go indicator light will come on while the
Continue to press and hold the signal is being transmitted.
to www.homelink.com. Universal Remote system button
Canadian radio-frequency laws while you press and release every Erasing Universal Remote
require transmitter signals to time two seconds (cycle) the hand-held System Buttons
out or quit after several seconds of transmitter button until the
frequency signal has been All programmed buttons should be
transmission. This may not be long erased when the vehicle is sold or
enough for the Universal Remote successfully accepted by the
Universal Remote system. The the lease ends.
system to pick up the signal during
programming. Similarly, some U.S. Universal Remote system indicator To erase all programmed buttons on
gate operators are manufactured to light will flash slowly at first and then the Universal Remote system
time out in the same manner. rapidly. Proceed with Step 3 under device:
“Programming the Universal Remote 1. Press and hold down the two
System” to complete. outside buttons until the
indicator light begins to flash.
This should take about
10 seconds.
2. Release both buttons.
Reprogramming a Single
Button
To reprogram any of the three
Universal Remote system buttons:
1. Press and hold the desired
Universal Remote system
button. Do not release the
button.
2. The indicator light will begin to
flash after 20 seconds. Without
releasing the button, proceed
with Step 1 under “Programming
the Universal Remote System.”
If you have questions or need help
programming the Universal Remote
system, call 1-800-355-3515 or go
to www.homelink.com. You may
also call the customer assistance
phone number under Customer
Assistance Offices (U.S. and
Canada) on page 13‑5 or Customer
Assistance Offices (Mexico) on
page 13‑5.
Lighting 6-1
Lighting Exterior Lighting ; (Parking Lamps): Turns on the

parking lamps together with the
Exterior Lamp Controls following:
Exterior Lighting . Sidemarker Lamps
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . 6-1
Headlamp High/Low-Beam
. Taillamps
Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 . License Plate Lamps
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 . Instrument Panel Lights
Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 5 (Headlamps): Turns on the
Automatic Headlamp headlamps, together with the
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 The exterior lamp control is on the previously listed lamps and lights.
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 6-3 turn signal lever.
Turn and Lane-Change There are four positions. Headlamp High/
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 Low-Beam Changer
Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 O (Exterior Lamp Control):
Operates the exterior lamps. Turn to 2 3 Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Interior Lighting one of the following positions: Changer: Push the turn signal
Instrument Panel Illumination lever away from you and release, to
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 O (Off): Briefly turn to this position
to turn the automatic light control off turn the high beams on. To return to
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 low beams, push the lever again or
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 or on again.
pull it toward you and release.
AUTO (Automatic Headlamps):
Lighting Features Turns the exterior lamps on and off
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 automatically depending on the
Battery Load Management . . . . 6-5 exterior light. The vehicle will default
to the AUTO setting when it is first
started.
6-2 Lighting
. The exterior lamp control is The regular headlamp system
in AUTO. should be turned on when needed.
. The transmission is not in
P (Park). Automatic Headlamp
. The light sensor determines it is System
daytime. When it is dark enough outside, the
This indicator light turns on in the
instrument cluster when the
. The parking brake is released. headlamps come on automatically.
high-beam headlamps are on. Fully functional Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL) are required on all
Flash-to-Pass vehicles first sold in Canada.
The flash-to-pass feature works with When the DRL are on the taillamps,
the low beams or Daytime Running sidemarker, instrument panel lights
Lamps (DRL) on or off. and other lamps will not be on. The
instrument cluster will be lit.
To flash the high beams, pull the
turn signal lever all the way toward When the exterior lamp control is
you, then release it. turned to 5, the low-beam
Do not cover the light sensor on top
headlamps come on. The other
Daytime Running of the instrument panel or the
lamps that come on with the
headlamps will come on when they
Lamps (DRL) headlamps will also come on.
are not needed.
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) To idle your vehicle with the DRL
The system may also turn on the
system makes the low-beam off, move the shift lever to P (Park).
headlamps when driving through a
headlamps come on at a reduced The DRL will stay off until the shift
parking garage or tunnel.
brightness in daylight when the lever is moved out of the P (Park)
following conditions are met: position.
. The ignition is on.
Lighting 6-3
Lights On with Wipers | (Hazard Warning Flasher): change is complete. If the lever is
Press this button, on the center of briefly pressed and released, the
If the windshield wipers are
the instrument panel, to make the turn signal flashes three times.
activated in daylight with the engine
on, and the exterior lamp control is front and rear turn signal lamps The lever returns to its starting
in AUTO, the headlamps, parking flash on and off. This warns others position when it is released.
lamps, and other exterior lamps that you are having trouble.
If after signaling a turn or a lane
come on. The transition time for the Press | again to turn the change the arrows flash rapidly or
lamps coming on varies based on flashers off. do not come on, a signal bulb may
wiper speed. When the wipers are be burned out.
not operating, these lamps turn off.
Turn and Lane-Change Have any burned out bulbs
Move the exterior lamp control to P
Signals replaced. If a bulb is not burned out,
or ; to disable this feature. check the fuse; see Fuses on
page 10‑32.
Hazard Warning Flashers
Fog Lamps
Move the lever all the way up or

down to signal a turn.
An arrow on the instrument cluster
will flash in the direction of the turn
or lane change. The fog lamp control is on the turn
signal lever.
Raise or lower the lever until the
arrow starts to flash to signal a lane Use the fog lamps for better vision
change. Hold it there until the lane in foggy or misty conditions.
6-4 Lighting
# FOG (Fog Lamps): Turn the fog Interior Lighting + (On): Turns the dome lamps on.
lamp band on the lever to # and The dome lamps can also be turned
release it, to turn the fog lamps on Instrument Panel on and off by pressing the buttons
or off. The band will return to its Illumination Control next to the lamps.
original position.
This control is located on the Reading Lamps
The parking lamps or low-beam
instrument panel, to the left of the
headlamps must be on to use the The reading lamps are located on
steering column.
fog lamps. the overhead console. These lamps
The fog lamps will go off whenever
D (Instrument Panel come on automatically when any
Brightness): Turn clockwise or door is opened.
the high-beam headlamps are
counterclockwise to brighten or dim
turned on. When the high-beam For manual operation, press the
the lights.
headlamps are turned off, the fog button next to each lamp to turn it
lamps will come on again. on or off.
Dome Lamps
Some localities have laws that
require the headlamps to be on There are front and rear dome
along with the fog lamps. lamps.
The dome lamp controls are located
in the overhead console. To change
the settings, press the following:
* (Dome Lamp Override): Turns
the lamps off, even when a door
is open.
1 (Door): The lamps come on
automatically when a door is
opened.
Lighting 6-5
Lighting Features When the battery's state of charge

is low, the voltage is raised slightly
EPM works to prevent excessive
discharge of the battery. It does this
to quickly bring the charge back up. by balancing the generator's output
Entry Lighting When the state of charge is high, and the vehicle's electrical needs.
The dome lamp, cargo lamp, and the voltage is lowered slightly to It can increase engine idle speed to
foot lamp inside the vehicle come prevent overcharging. If the vehicle generate more power whenever
on when any door is opened, if the has a voltmeter gauge or a voltage needed. It can temporarily reduce
dome lamp is in the door position. In display on the Driver Information the power demands of some
addition, these lamps come on Center (DIC), you may see the accessories.
when the Remote Keyless Entry voltage move up or down. This is Normally, these actions occur in
(RKE) unlock button is pressed. normal. If there is a problem, an steps or levels, without being
They stay on for 20 seconds or until alert will be displayed. noticeable. In rare cases at the
a door is opened. After the door is The battery can be discharged at highest levels of corrective action,
opened and then closed, the light idle if the electrical loads are very this action may be noticeable to the
remains on for 20 seconds, or until high. This is true for all vehicles. driver. If so, a DIC message might
the ignition is turned to ON/RUN. This is because the generator be displayed and it is recommended
(alternator) may not be spinning fast that the driver reduce the electrical
Battery Load enough at idle to produce all of the loads as much as possible. See
Management power needed for very high Battery Voltage and Charging
electrical loads. Messages on page 5‑25.
The vehicle has Electric Power
Management (EPM) that estimates A high electrical load occurs when
the battery's temperature and state several of the following are on, such
of charge. It then adjusts the voltage as: headlamps, high beams, fog
for best performance and extended lamps, rear window defogger,
life of the battery. climate control fan at high speed,
heated seats, engine cooling fans,
trailer loads, and loads plugged into
accessory power outlets.
6-6 Lighting
2 NOTES
Infotainment System 7-1
Infotainment Introduction
System Infotainment
See the infotainment manual for
Introduction information on the radio, audio
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 players, phone, navigation system,
and voice or speech recognition.
There is also information on settings
and downloadable applications (if
equipped).
7-2 Infotainment System
2 NOTES
Climate Controls 8-1
Climate Controls Climate Control Systems

The vehicle's heating, cooling, defrosting, and ventilation can be controlled
Climate Control Systems with this system.
Climate Control Systems . . . . . . 8-1
Automatic Climate Control
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
Air Vents
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Maintenance
Passenger Compartment Air
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
1. Fan Control 8. Air Conditioning

2. Air Delivery Mode Controls A (Fan Control): Turn to increase
3. Temperature Control or decrease the fan speed. Turn the
knob completely to T to turn the
4. Outside Air fan off.
5. Front Defrost Temperature Control: Turn to
6. Rear Window Defogger increase or decrease the
7. Recirculation temperature.
8-2 Climate Controls
Air Delivery Mode Control: To the rear window defogger will turn % (Outside Air): Press to turn
change the current mode, select off sooner, when this feature is in on the outside air. An indicator light
one of the following: use. See Fuel Economy Mode on comes on. Outside air is circulated
F (Vent): Air is directed to the page 9‑29. throughout the vehicle.
instrument panel outlets. Air Conditioning Rear Window Defogger
* (Bi-Level): Air is directed to the
instrument panel outlets and the
A/C (Air Conditioning): Press to 1 REAR (Rear Defogger): Press
turn the air conditioning on or off. to turn the rear window defogger on
floor outlets. If the fan is turned off or the outside or off. The rear window defogger
7 (Floor): Air is directed to the temperature falls below freezing, the turns off after about 10 minutes.
floor outlets. air conditioning will not work. It can also be turned off by turning
W (Defog): Clears the windows of h (Recirculation): Press to turn the ignition to ACC/ACCESSORY or
fog or moisture. Air is directed to the on the recirculation. An indicator LOCK/OFF. If turned on again, it
windshield and floor outlets. light comes on. Air is recirculated runs for about five minutes before
inside the vehicle. It helps to quickly turning off.
0 FRONT (Front Defrost): Clears cool the air inside the vehicle or
the windshield of fog or frost more The ignition must be on to use the
prevent outside air and odors from rear window defogger.
quickly. Air is directed to the entering. The air conditioning may
windshield and side window outlets. come on under certain conditions. Do not drive the vehicle until all the
For best results, clear all snow and windows are clear.
To improve fuel efficiency and to
ice from the windshield before cool the vehicle faster, recirculation Notice: Do not use a razor blade
defrosting. may be automatically selected in or sharp object to clear the inside
Do not drive the vehicle until all the warm weather. The recirculation rear window. Do not adhere
windows are clear. light will not come on. To override anything to the defogger grid
this feature, select outside air. lines in the rear glass. These
For vehicles with Fuel Economy actions may damage the rear
Mode, the climate controls may take defogger. Repairs would not be
longer to heat or cool the cabin and covered by your warranty.
Automatic Climate Control System Automatic Operation
The vehicle's heating, cooling, defrosting, and ventilation can be controlled The system automatically controls
with this system. the fan speed, air delivery, air
conditioning, and recirculation to
heat or cool the vehicle to the
selected temperature.
When the AUTO indicator light is
on, the system is in full automatic
operation.
To place the system in
automatic mode:
1. Press AUTO.
2. Set the temperature. Allow the
system time to stabilize. Then
adjust the temperature as
needed.
1. Fan Control 8. Driver and Passenger Heated
Seats To improve fuel efficiency and to
2. AUTO (Automatic Operation) cool the vehicle faster,
3. Air Delivery Mode Controls 9. Rear Window Defogger recirculation may be
10. Air Conditioning automatically selected in warm
4. Front Defrost weather. The recirculation light
5. Recirculation will not come on. Press the h
6. Temperature Control to select recirculation; press it
again to select outside air.
7. Power
Manual Operation 7 (Floor): Air is directed to the Air Conditioning

O (Power): Press to turn the floor outlets.
A/C (Air Conditioning): Press to
climate control system on or off. W (Defog): Clears the windows of turn the air conditioning on or off.
A (Fan Control): Turn to increase fog or moisture. Air is directed to the If the fan is turned off or the outside
or decrease the fan speed. windshield and floor outlets. temperature falls below freezing, the
Adjusting the fan speed while in 0 FRONT (Front Defrost): Clears air conditioning will not work. When
automatic mode places the fan the windshield of fog or frost more in AUTO, the air conditioning will
under manual control. The AUTO quickly. Air is directed to the come on automatically as needed.
indicator light turns off. The air windshield and side window outlets. h (Recirculation): Press to turn
delivery mode remains in automatic Selecting defrost disables the on the recirculation. Press to
control. automatic mode. alternate between recirculation and
Temperature Control: Turn to For best results, clear all snow and outside air, if the vehicle does not
increase or decrease the ice from the windshield before have a separate outside air button.
temperature inside the vehicle. defrosting. The indicator light turns on when
H / G (Air Delivery Mode Do not drive the vehicle until all the recirculation is selected. Air is
Control): Press mode up or mode windows are clear. recirculated inside the vehicle.
down to cycle through the different It helps quickly cool the air inside
For vehicles with Fuel Economy the vehicle or prevent outside air
air delivery modes. The current Mode, the climate controls may take
mode is shown on the display. and odors from entering.
longer to heat or cool the cabin and
Select from the following: the rear window defogger will turn % (Outside Air, If Equipped):
off sooner, when this feature is in Press to turn on the outside air. An
F (Vent): Air is directed to the indicator light comes on. Outside air
instrument panel outlets. use. See Fuel Economy Mode on
page 9‑29. is circulated throughout the vehicle.
* (Bi-Level): Air is directed to the
instrument panel outlets and the
floor outlets.
Rear Window Defogger Remote Start Climate Control Air Vents

Operation: For vehicles with the
1 REAR (Rear Defogger): Press
remote start feature, the climate Center Air Vents
to turn the rear window defogger on
control system may run when the
or off. The rear window defogger Use the louvers located on the air
vehicle is started remotely. The
turns off after about 10 minutes. vents to change the direction of the
system uses the driver’s previous
It can also be turned off by putting airflow. Use the thumbwheels to
settings to heat or cool the inside of
the ignition in ACC/ACCESSORY or open or close off the airflow.
the vehicle. The rear defog may
LOCK/OFF. If turned on again, it
come on during remote start based Side Air Vents
runs for about five minutes before
on cold ambient conditions. The
turning off. Use the louvers located on the air
rear defog indicator light does not
vents to change the direction of the
The ignition must be on to use the come on during a remote start. If the
airflow or to open or close off the
rear window defogger. vehicle has heated front seats, they
airflow.
Do not drive the vehicle until all the may come on during a remote start.
windows are clear. See Remote Vehicle Start on Operation Tips
page 2‑4 and Heated Front Seats
Notice: Do not use a razor blade
. Clear away any ice, snow,
on page 3‑8.
or sharp object to clear the inside or leaves from air inlets at the
rear window. Do not adhere Sensors base of the windshield that could
anything to the defogger grid block the flow of air into the
The solar sensor, located on top of vehicle.
lines in the rear glass. These the instrument panel near the
actions may damage the rear windshield, monitors the solar heat. . Keep the path under the front
defogger. Repairs would not be seats clear of objects to help
covered by your warranty. The climate control system uses the circulate the air inside of the
information to adjust the vehicle more effectively.
L / M (Driver and Passenger temperature, fan speed,
Heated Seats): For vehicles with recirculation, and air delivery mode.
heated seats, see Heated Front
Seats on page 3‑8. Do not cover the solar sensor or the
system will not work properly.

. Use of non-GM approved hood
deflectors can adversely affect Maintenance
the performance of the system.
Check with your dealer before Passenger Compartment
adding equipment to the outside Air Filter
of the vehicle.
The filter removes dust, pollen, and
. Do not attach any devices to the other airborne irritants from outside
air vent slats. This restricts air that is pulled into the vehicle.
airflow and may cause damage
to the air vents. The filter should be replaced as part
of routine scheduled maintenance.
See Maintenance Schedule on
page 11‑2 for replacement intervals. 2. Push the stop tab upwards until
To find out what type of filter to use, the stop tab is under the
see Maintenance Replacement instrument panel assembly and
Parts on page 11‑13. the glove box is released.
The passenger compartment air 3. Unsnap the tabs beneath the
filter can be accessed by removing glove box that connects it to the
the entire glove box. bottom of the instrument panel
1. Open the glove box completely assembly.
and locate the stop tab on top of 4. Remove the glove box.
the glove box door.
5. Locate the service door for the
passenger compartment air filter.
6. Push the two tabs upwards and
release the latches holding the
service door. Lift the
service door.
7. Remove the old air filter.

8. Install the new air filter.
9. Close the service door and
latches.
10. Re‐install the glove box.
See your dealer if additional
assistance is needed.
2 NOTES
Driving and Operating 9-1
Driving and Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-23

Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . 9-25
Cruise Control
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-35
Operating Parking over Things
That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-25 Object Detection Systems
Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
Engine Exhaust System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-38
Driving Information Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-25 Ultrasonic Parking Assist . . . . 9-40
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 Running the Vehicle While Side Blind Zone
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-26 Alert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-41
Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Rear Vision
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Automatic Transmission Camera (RVC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-43
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Automatic Transmission . . . . . 9-26 Lane Departure
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4 Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-28 Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-46
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5 Fuel Economy Mode . . . . . . . . . 9-29
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5 Fuel
Off-Road Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6 Drive Systems Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-48
Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . 9-10 All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-29 Recommended Fuel . . . . . . . . . 9-49
Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11 Brakes Gasoline Specifications . . . . . . 9-49
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . 9-11 Antilock Brake California Fuel
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12 System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-30 Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-49
If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . 9-14 Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-31 Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 9-50
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . 9-14 Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-31 Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-50
Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . 9-31 Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) . . . . . 9-51
Starting and Operating Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-52
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . 9-19 Ride Control Systems Filling a Portable Fuel
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19 Traction Control Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-53
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . 9-21 System (TCS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-32
Retained Accessory StabiliTrak® System . . . . . . . . . 9-34
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-22
Engine Coolant Heater . . . . . . . 9-23
9-2 Driving and Operating
Towing
. Designate a front seat
Driving Information passenger to handle potential
General Towing
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-54 distractions.
Driving Characteristics and Distracted Driving . Become familiar with vehicle
Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-54 Distraction comes in many forms features before driving, such as
Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-57 and can take your focus from the programming favorite radio
Towing Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . 9-59 task of driving. Exercise good stations and adjusting climate
Trailer Sway judgment and do not let other control and seat settings.
Control (TSC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-59 activities divert your attention away Program all trip information into
from the road. Many local any navigation device prior to
Conversions and Add-Ons governments have enacted laws driving.
Add-On Electrical
regarding driver distraction. Become
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-60 . Wait until the vehicle is parked
familiar with the local laws in
to retrieve items that have fallen
your area.
to the floor.
To avoid distracted driving, always . Stop or park the vehicle to tend
keep your eyes on the road, hands
to children.
on the wheel, and mind on the drive.
. Keep pets in an appropriate
. Do not use a phone in
carrier or restraint.
demanding driving situations.
Use a hands-free method to . Avoid stressful conversations
place or receive necessary while driving, whether with a
phone calls. passenger or on a cell phone.
. Watch the road. Do not read,
take notes, or look up
information on phones or other
electronic devices.
careless and make mistakes.

{ WARNING Anticipate what they might do WARNING (Continued)
and be ready.
Taking your eyes off the road too Do not drink and drive or ride with
long or too often could cause a
. Allow enough following distance a driver who has been drinking.
crash resulting in injury or death. between you and the driver in Ride home in a cab; or if you are
Focus your attention on driving. front of you. with a group, designate a driver
. Focus on the task of driving. who will not drink.
Refer to the infotainment section for
more information on using that Drunk Driving Control of a Vehicle
system, including pairing and using Death and injury associated with
a cell phone. drinking and driving is a global Braking, steering, and accelerating
are important factors in helping to
If equipped, refer to the navigation tragedy.
control a vehicle while driving.
manual for information on that
system, including pairing and using { WARNING Braking
a cell phone.
Drinking and then driving is very Braking action involves perception
Defensive Driving dangerous. Your reflexes, time and reaction time. Deciding to
perceptions, attentiveness, and push the brake pedal is perception
Defensive driving means “always judgment can be affected by even time. Actually doing it is
expect the unexpected.” The first reaction time.
a small amount of alcohol. You
step in driving defensively is to wear
can have a serious — or even Average driver reaction time is
the safety belt. See Safety Belts on
page 3‑11. fatal — collision if you drive after about three-quarters of a second. In
drinking. that time, a vehicle moving at
. Assume that other road users 100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m
(Continued)
(pedestrians, bicyclists, and (66 ft), which could be a lot of
other drivers) are going to be distance in an emergency.
Helpful braking tips to keep in mind Steering Hydraulic Power Steering (3.6L
include: V6 Engine)
. Keep enough distance between
Electric Power Steering (2.4L
L4 Engine) If your vehicle has hydraulic power
you and the vehicle in front steering, it may require
of you. If the vehicle has electric power maintenance. See Power Steering
. Avoid needless heavy braking. steering, it does not have power Fluid (2.4L L4 Engine) on
steering fluid. Regular maintenance page 10‑19 or Power Steering Fluid
. Keep pace with traffic. is not required. (3.6L V6 Engine) on page 10‑19.
If the engine ever stops while the If power steering assist is lost due If power steering is lost because the
vehicle is being driven, brake to a system malfunction, the vehicle engine stops or a system
normally but do not pump the can be steered, but may require malfunctions, the vehicle can be
brakes. Doing so could make the increased effort. steered but may require increased
pedal harder to push down. If the effort. See your dealer if there is a
engine stops, there will be some If the steering wheel is turned until it
reaches the end of its travel and is problem.
power brake assist but it will be
used when the brake is applied. held against that position for an Curve Tips
Once the power assist is used up, it extended period of time, power
steering assist may be reduced. . Take curves at a reasonable
can take longer to stop and the speed.
brake pedal will be harder to push. Normal use of the power steering
assist should return when the . Reduce speed before entering a
system cools down. curve.
See specific vehicle steering . Maintain a reasonable steady
messages under Service Vehicle speed through the curve
Messages on page 5‑30 . Wait until the vehicle is out of
the curve before accelerating
gently into the straightaway.
Steering in Emergencies The vehicle's right wheels can drop

. Steering or Cornering Skid —
off the edge of a road onto the too much speed or steering in a
. There are some situations when curve causes tires to slip and
shoulder while driving. Follow
steering around a problem may lose cornering force.
these tips:
be more effective than braking.
1. Ease off the accelerator and
. Acceleration Skid — too much
. Holding both sides of the throttle causes the driving
then, if there is nothing in the
steering wheel allows you to turn wheels to spin.
way, steer the vehicle so that it
180 degrees without removing
straddles the edge of the Defensive drivers avoid most skids
a hand.
pavement. by taking reasonable care suited to
. Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) existing conditions, and by not
2. Turn the steering wheel about
allows steering while braking. overdriving those conditions. But
one-eighth of a turn, until the
right front tire contacts the skids are always possible.
Off-Road Recovery pavement edge. If the vehicle starts to slide, follow
3. Turn the steering wheel to go these suggestions:
straight down the roadway. . Ease your foot off the
accelerator pedal and steer the
Loss of Control way you want the vehicle to go.
The vehicle may straighten out.
Skidding Be ready for a second skid if it
There are three types of skids that occurs.
correspond to the vehicle's three . Slow down and adjust your
control systems: driving according to weather
. Braking Skid — wheels are not conditions. Stopping distance
rolling. can be longer and vehicle
control can be affected when
traction is reduced by water,
snow, ice, gravel, or other
material on the road. Learn to see the Limited Warranty and

. Read all the information about
recognize warning clues — such Owner Assistance Information all-wheel-drive vehicles in this
as enough water, ice, or packed manual. manual.
snow on the road to make a Controlling the vehicle is the key to
. Make sure all underbody
mirrored surface — and slow successful off-road driving. One of shields, if equipped, are properly
down when you have any doubt. the best ways to control the vehicle attached.
. Try to avoid sudden steering, is to control the speed. . Know the local laws that apply to
acceleration, or braking, off-road driving.
including reducing vehicle speed
by shifting to a lower gear. Any
{ WARNING To gain more ground clearance if
sudden changes could cause needed, it may be necessary to
When driving off-road, bouncing
the tires to slide. remove the front fascia lower
and quick changes in direction
air dam.
Remember: Antilock brakes help can easily throw you out of
avoid only the braking skid. position. This could cause you to Notice: Operating the vehicle for
lose control and crash. You and extended periods without the
front fascia lower air dam
Off-Road Driving your passengers should always
installed can cause improper air
wear safety belts.
All-wheel-drive vehicles can be flow to the engine. Re‐attach the
used for off-road driving. Vehicles front fascia air dam after off-road
without all-wheel drive and vehicles Before Driving Off-Road driving.
not equipped with All Terrain (AT) or . Have all necessary maintenance
On-Off Road (OOR) tires must not and service work completed.
be driven off-road except on a level,
solid surface. To contact the tire
. Fuel the vehicle, fill fluid levels,
manufacturer for more information and check inflation pressure in
about the original equipment tires, all tires, including the spare,
if equipped.
Loading the Vehicle for For more information about loading

Off-Road Driving the vehicle, see Vehicle Load Limits { WARNING
on page 9‑14.
Many hills are simply too steep
{ WARNING Environmental Concerns for any vehicle. Driving up hills
. Always use established trails, can cause the vehicle to stall.
. Unsecured cargo on the load
roads, and areas that have been Driving down hills can cause loss
floor can be tossed about
set aside for public off-road of control. Driving across hills can
when driving over rough
terrain. You or your recreational driving and obey all cause a rollover. You could be
passengers can be struck by posted regulations. injured or killed. Do not drive on
flying objects. Secure the steep hills.
. Do not damage shrubs, flowers,
cargo properly. trees, or grasses or disturb
. Keep cargo in the cargo area wildlife. Before driving on a hill, assess the
as far forward and as low as steepness, traction, and
. Do not park over things that
possible. The heaviest things obstructions. If the terrain ahead
burn. See Parking over Things
should be on the floor, cannot be seen, get out of the
That Burn on page 9‑25.
forward of the rear axle. vehicle and walk the hill before
Driving on Hills driving further.
. Heavy loads on the roof raise
the vehicle's center of gravity, Driving safely on hills requires good When driving on hills:
making it more likely to roll judgment and an understanding of . Use a low gear and keep a firm
over. You can be seriously or what the vehicle can and cannot do. grip on the steering wheel.
fatally injured if the vehicle
rolls over. Put heavy loads
. Maintain a slow speed.
inside the cargo area, not on . When possible, drive straight up
the roof. or down the hill.
. Slow down when approaching
the top of the hill.

. Use headlamps even during the . Never try to turn the vehicle
day to make the vehicle more { WARNING around. If the hill is steep
visible. enough to stall the vehicle,
Heavy braking when going down it is steep enough to cause
{ WARNING a hill can cause your brakes to
overheat and fade. This could
it to roll over.
. If you cannot make it up the
Driving to the top of a hill at high cause loss of control and you or hill, back straight down
speed can cause an accident. others could be injured or killed. the hill.
There could be a drop-off, Apply the brakes lightly when
embankment, cliff, or even descending a hill and use a low
. Never back down a hill in
another vehicle. You could be gear to keep vehicle speed under N (Neutral) using only the
control. brake.
seriously injured or killed. As you
near the top of a hill, slow down . The vehicle can roll
and stay alert. backward quickly and you
If the vehicle stalls on a hill:
could lose control.
1. Apply the brakes to stop the
. Never go downhill forward or
. If driving downhill when the
vehicle, and then apply the
backward with the transmission vehicle stalls, shift to a
parking brake.
in N (Neutral). The brakes could lower gear, release the
overheat and you could lose 2. Shift into P (Park) and then parking brake, and drive
control. restart the engine. straight down the hill.
. When driving down a hill, keep
. If driving uphill when the 3. If the vehicle cannot be restarted
the vehicle headed straight vehicle stalls, shift to after stalling, set the parking
down. Use a low gear because R (Reverse), release the brake, shift an automatic
the engine will work with the parking brake, and back transmission into P (Park), and
brakes to slow the vehicle and straight down. turn the vehicle off.
help keep the vehicle under 3.1. Leave the vehicle and
control. seek help.
3.2. Stay clear of the path the

. If an incline must be driven affects steering, accelerating, and
vehicle would take if it across, and the vehicle starts to braking. Drive at a reduced speed
rolled downhill. slide, turn downhill. This should and avoid sharp turns or abrupt
help straighten out the vehicle maneuvers.
. Avoid turns that take the vehicle and prevent the side slipping.
across the incline of the hill. Traction is reduced on hard packed
A hill that can be driven straight snow and ice and it is easy to lose
up or down might be too steep to { WARNING control. Reduce vehicle speed when
drive across. Driving across an Getting out of the vehicle on the driving on hard packed snow
incline puts more weight on the and ice.
downhill side when stopped
downhill wheels which could
across an incline is dangerous.
cause a downhill slide or a
rollover. If the vehicle rolls over, you could { WARNING
be crushed or killed. Always get
. Surface conditions can be a Driving on frozen lakes, ponds,
out on the uphill side of the
problem. Loose gravel, muddy or rivers can be dangerous. Ice
vehicle and stay well clear of the
spots, or even wet grass can conditions vary greatly and the
rollover path.
cause the tires to slip sideways, vehicle could fall through the ice;
downhill. If the vehicle slips you and your passengers could
sideways, it can hit something Driving in Mud, Sand, Snow, drown. Drive your vehicle on safe
that will trip it – a rock, a rut, etc. or Ice surfaces only.
– and roll over.
Use a low gear when driving in mud
. Hidden obstacles can make the – the deeper the mud, the lower the
steepness of the incline more gear. Keep the vehicle moving to
severe. If a rock is driven across avoid getting stuck.
with the uphill wheels, or if the
Traction changes when driving on
downhill wheels drop into a rut
sand. On loose sand, such as on
or depression, the vehicle can tilt
beaches or sand dunes, the tires
even more.
tend to sink into the sand. This
Driving in Water While the exhaust pipe is under Driving on Wet Roads
water, you will not be able to start
Rain and wet roads can reduce
{ WARNING the engine. When going through
water, the brakes get wet, and it vehicle traction and affect your
might take longer to stop. See ability to stop and accelerate.
Driving through rushing water can
Driving on Wet Roads on Always drive slower in these types
be dangerous. Deep water can
page 9‑10. of driving conditions and avoid
sweep your vehicle downstream driving through large puddles and
and you and your passengers After Off-Road Driving deep‐standing or flowing water.
could drown. If it is only shallow
water, it can still wash away the Remove any brush or debris that
ground from under your tires. has collected on the underbody or { WARNING
chassis, or under the hood. These
Traction could be lost, and the Wet brakes can cause crashes.
accumulations can be a fire hazard.
vehicle could roll over. Do not They might not work as well in a
drive through rushing water. After operation in mud or sand, quick stop and could cause
have the brake linings cleaned and
pulling to one side. You could
checked. These substances can
Notice: Do not drive through lose control of the vehicle.
cause glazing and uneven braking.
standing water if it is deep Check the body structure, steering, After driving through a large
enough to cover the wheel hubs, suspension, wheels, tires, and puddle of water or a car/vehicle
axles or exhaust pipe. Deep water exhaust system for damage and wash, lightly apply the brake
can damage the axle and other check the fuel lines and cooling pedal until the brakes work
vehicle parts. system for any leakage. normally.
If the standing water is not too deep, More frequent maintenance service
drive slowly through it. At faster Flowing or rushing water creates
is required. Refer to the strong forces. Driving through
speeds, water splashes on the Maintenance Schedule on
ignition system and the vehicle can flowing water could cause the
page 11‑2 for more information. vehicle to be carried away. If this
stall. Stalling can also occur if you
get the exhaust pipe under water. (Continued)

. Pass with caution.
WARNING (Continued)
Hill and Mountain Roads
. Keep windshield wiping
Driving on steep hills or through
happens, you and other vehicle equipment in good shape.
mountains is different than driving
occupants could drown. Do not . Keep the windshield washer fluid on flat or rolling terrain. Tips for
ignore police warnings and be reservoir filled. driving in these conditions include:
very cautious about trying to drive . Have good tires with proper . Keep the vehicle serviced and in
through flowing water. tread depth. See Tires on good shape.
page 10‑38. . Check all fluid levels and brakes,
Hydroplaning . Turn off cruise control. tires, cooling system, and
Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water transmission.
can build up under the vehicle's Highway Hypnosis . Shift to a lower gear when going
tires so they actually ride on the Always be alert and pay attention to down steep or long hills.
water. This can happen if the road is your surroundings while driving.
wet enough and you are going fast
enough. When the vehicle is
If you become tired or sleepy, find a
safe place to park the vehicle
{ WARNING
hydroplaning, it has little or no and rest. If you do not shift down, the
contact with the road. brakes could get so hot that they
Other driving tips include:
There is no hard and fast rule about would not work well. You would
. Keep the vehicle well ventilated.
hydroplaning. The best advice is to then have poor braking or even
slow down when the road is wet. . Keep the interior none going down a hill. You could
temperature cool. crash. Shift down to let the engine
Other Rainy Weather Tips
. Keep your eyes moving — scan assist the brakes on a steep
Besides slowing down, other wet downhill slope.
the road ahead and to the sides.
weather driving tips include:
. Check the rearview mirror and
. Allow extra following distance.
vehicle instruments often.

. Pay attention to special road Try not to break the fragile traction.
{ WARNING signs (falling rocks area, winding If you accelerate too fast, the drive
roads, long grades, passing or wheels will spin and polish the
Coasting downhill in N (Neutral) no-passing zones) and take surface under the tires even more.
or with the ignition off is appropriate action.
dangerous. The brakes will have The Antilock Brake System (ABS)
improves vehicle stability during
to do all the work of slowing down Winter Driving hard stops on slippery roads, but
and they could get so hot that
they would not work well. You Driving on Snow or Ice apply the brakes sooner than when
on dry pavement. See Antilock
would then have poor braking or Drive carefully when there is snow Brake System (ABS) on page 9‑30.
even none going down a hill. or ice between the tires and the
Steering may also be affected road, creating less traction or grip. Allow greater following distance on
when ignition is off. You could Wet ice can occur at about 0°C (32° any slippery road and watch for
crash. Always have the engine F) when freezing rain begins to fall, slippery spots. Icy patches can
running and the vehicle in gear resulting in even less traction. Avoid occur on otherwise clear roads in
when going downhill. driving on wet ice or in freezing rain shaded areas. The surface of a
until roads can be treated with salt curve or an overpass can remain icy
or sand. when the surrounding roads are
. Stay in your own lane. Do not clear. Avoid sudden steering
swing wide or cut across the Drive with caution, whatever the maneuvers and braking while
center of the road. Drive at condition. Accelerate gently so on ice.
speeds that let you stay in your traction is not lost. Accelerating too
own lane. quickly causes the wheels to spin Turn off cruise control on slippery
and makes the surface under the surfaces.
. Be alert on top of hills; tires slick, so there is even less
something could be in your lane traction.
(stalled car, accident).
Blizzard Conditions
WARNING (Continued) WARNING (Continued)
Being stuck in snow can be a
serious situation. Stay with the cannot be seen or smelled. It can to the highest setting. See
vehicle unless there is help nearby. cause unconsciousness and even “Climate Control Systems” in
If possible, use Roadside death. the Index.
Assistance. See Roadside
If the vehicle is stuck in the snow: For more information about
Assistance Program (Mexico) on
page 13‑7 or Roadside Assistance carbon monoxide, see Engine
. Clear away snow from around
Program (U.S. and Canada) on Exhaust on page 9‑25.
the base of your vehicle,
page 13‑10. To get help and keep especially any that is blocking
everyone in the vehicle safe: the exhaust pipe. To save fuel, run the engine for only
. Turn on the hazard warning . Check again from time to short periods as needed to warm
flashers. time to be sure snow does the vehicle and then shut the engine
not collect there. off and close the window most of
. Tie a red cloth to an outside the way to save heat. Repeat this
mirror. . Open a window about 5 cm until help arrives but only when you
(2 in) on the side of the feel really uncomfortable from the
{ WARNING vehicle that is away from the
wind to bring in fresh air.
cold. Moving about to keep warm
also helps.
Snow can trap engine exhaust . Fully open the air outlets on If it takes some time for help to
under the vehicle. This may or under the instrument arrive, now and then when you run
cause exhaust gases to get panel. the engine, push the accelerator
inside. Engine exhaust contains pedal slightly so the engine runs
carbon monoxide (CO) which
. Adjust the climate control
system to a setting that faster than the idle speed. This
(Continued) circulates the air inside the keeps the battery charged to restart
vehicle and set the fan speed the vehicle and to signal for help
with the headlamps. Do this as little
(Continued) as possible to save fuel.
If the Vehicle Is Stuck Rocking the Vehicle to Get Vehicle Load Limits
it Out
Slowly and cautiously spin the It is very important to know how
wheels to free the vehicle when Turn the steering wheel left and much weight the vehicle can
stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. right to clear the area around the carry. This weight is called the
front wheels. Turn off any traction
If stuck too severely for the traction vehicle capacity weight and
system. Shift back and forth
system to free the vehicle, turn the
between R (Reverse) and a low includes the weight of all
traction system off and use the occupants, cargo and all
forward gear, spinning the wheels
rocking method. See Traction nonfactory-installed options.
as little as possible. To prevent
Control System (TCS) on Two labels on the vehicle show
transmission wear, wait until the
page 9‑32. how much weight it may
wheels stop spinning before shifting
gears. Release the accelerator properly carry, the Tire and
{ WARNING pedal while shifting, and press Loading Information label and
lightly on the accelerator pedal the Certification label.
If the vehicle's tires spin at high when the transmission is in gear.
speed, they can explode, and you Slowly spinning the wheels in the
or others could be injured. The forward and reverse directions { WARNING
vehicle can overheat, causing an causes a rocking motion that could
engine compartment fire or other Do not load the vehicle any
free the vehicle. If that does not get
damage. Spin the wheels as little the vehicle out after a few tries, it
heavier than the Gross
as possible and avoid going might need to be towed out. If the Vehicle Weight Rating
above 56 km/h (35 mph). vehicle does need to be towed out, (GVWR), or either the
see Towing the Vehicle on maximum front or rear Gross
page 10‑70. Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
This can cause systems to
break and change the way the
(Continued)
pillar (B-pillar). With the driver's Rating (GAWR) for the front and
WARNING (Continued) door open, you will find the label rear axle. See “Certification
vehicle handles. This could attached near the door lock Label” later in this section.
cause loss of control and a post. The Tire and Loading
Steps for Determining Correct
crash. Overloading can also Information label shows the
Load Limit
shorten the life of the vehicle. number of occupant seating
positions (1), and the maximum 1. Locate the statement “The
vehicle capacity weight (2) in combined weight of
Tire and Loading Information kilograms and pounds. occupants and cargo should
Label never exceed XXX kg or
The Tire and Loading
XXX lbs” on your vehicle's
Information label also shows the
placard.
tire size of the original
equipment tires (3) and the 2. Determine the combined
recommended cold tire inflation weight of the driver and
pressures (4). For more passengers that will be riding
information on tires and inflation in your vehicle.
see Tires on page 10‑38 and 3. Subtract the combined
Tire Pressure on page 10‑45. weight of the driver and
There is also important loading passengers from XXX kg or
information on the Certification XXX lbs.
Label Example label. It tells you the Gross 4. The resulting figure equals
Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) the available amount of cargo
A vehicle specific Tire and and the Gross Axle Weight
Loading Information label is and luggage load capacity.
attached to the vehicle's center For example, if the “XXX”
amount equals 1400 lbs and
there will be five 150 lb

passengers in your vehicle,
the amount of available cargo
and luggage load capacity is
650 lbs (1400 − 750 (5 x 150)
= 650 lbs).
5. Determine the combined
weight of luggage and cargo
being loaded on the vehicle.
That weight may not safely
exceed the available cargo
and luggage load capacity Example 1 Example 2
calculated in Step 4. 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for
6. If your vehicle will be towing Example 1 = 453 kg Example 2 = 453 kg
a trailer, the load from your (1,000 lbs). (1,000 lbs).
trailer will be transferred to 2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 2. Subtract Occupant Weight @
your vehicle. Consult this 68 kg (150 lbs) × 2 = 136 kg 68 kg (150 lbs) × 5 = 340 kg
manual to determine how this (300 lbs). (750 lbs).
reduces the available cargo
3. Available Occupant and 3. Available Cargo Weight =
and luggage load capacity of
your vehicle. Cargo Weight = 317 kg 113 kg (250 lbs).
(700 lbs).
See Trailer Towing on page 9‑57
for important information on
towing a trailer, towing safety
rules and trailering tips.
seating positions. The combined gross weight capacity of the

weight of the driver, passengers, vehicle. This is called Gross
and cargo should never exceed Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR).
the vehicle's capacity weight. The GVWR includes the weight
of the vehicle, all occupants,
Certification Label
fuel, and cargo.
The Certification/Tire label also
tells you the maximum weights
for the front and rear axles,
called Gross Axle Weight Rating
(GAWR). To find out the actual
Example 3 loads on the front and rear
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for axles, you need to go to a weigh
Example 3 = 453 kg station and weigh the vehicle.
(1,000 lbs). Your dealer can help you with
this. Be sure to spread out the
2. Subtract Occupant Weight @
load equally on both sides of the
91 kg (200 lbs) × 5 = 453 kg Label Example center line.
(1,000 lbs). A vehicle-specific Certification Never exceed the GVWR for the
3. Available Cargo Weight = label is attached to the lower vehicle, or the GAWR for either
0 kg (0 lbs). center pillar on the driver side of the front or rear axle.
Refer to the vehicle's Tire and the vehicle or on the rear edge
Loading Information label for of the driver door. The label
specific information about the shows the size of the vehicle's
vehicle's capacity weight and original tires and the inflation
pressures needed to obtain the
If the vehicle is carrying a heavy The label will help you decide
load, it should be spread out. how much cargo and installed WARNING (Continued)
See “Steps for Determining equipment your vehicle can . Put things in the cargo
Correct Load Limit” earlier in this carry. area of the vehicle. In the
section. Using heavier suspension cargo area, put them as
components to get added far forward as possible.
{ WARNING durability might not change your Try to spread the weight
Do not load the vehicle any weight ratings. Ask your dealer evenly.
heavier than the Gross to help you load your vehicle the . Never stack heavier
Vehicle Weight Rating right way. things, like suitcases,
(GVWR), or either the If you put things inside your inside the vehicle so that
maximum front or rear Gross vehicle – like suitcases, tools, some of them are above
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). packages, or anything else – the tops of the seats.
This can cause systems to they will go as fast as the . Do not leave an
break and change the way the vehicle goes. If you have to stop unsecured child restraint
vehicle handles. This could or turn quickly, or if there is a in the vehicle.
cause loss of control and a crash, they will keep going.
crash. Overloading can also . Secure loose items in the
shorten the life of the vehicle. { WARNING vehicle.
. Do not leave a seat folded
Things inside the vehicle can down unless needed.
Your warranty does not cover strike and injure people in a
parts or components that fail sudden stop or turn, or in a
because of overloading. crash.
(Continued)
Starting and above 110 km/h (68 mph) Ignition Positions

should be limited to
Operating five minutes per use.
. Avoid making hard stops for
New Vehicle Break-In the first 322 km (200 mi) or
Notice: The vehicle does not so. During this time the new
need an elaborate break-in. But it brake linings are not yet
will perform better in the long run broken in. Hard stops with
if you follow these guidelines: new linings can mean
premature wear and earlier
. Do not drive at any one replacement. Follow this
constant speed, fast or slow, breaking-in guideline every
for the first 805 km (500 mi). time you get new brake
Do not make full-throttle linings.
starts. Avoid downshifting to
brake or slow the vehicle.
. Do not tow a trailer during The ignition switch has four different
break-in. See Driving positions.
. During the first 1 000 km Characteristics and Towing
(600 mi), avoid using more Notice: Using a tool to force the
Tips on page 9‑54 for the
than moderate acceleration key to turn in the ignition could
trailer towing capabilities of
in lower gears and avoid cause damage to the switch or
your vehicle and more
vehicle speeds above break the key. Use the correct
information.
110 km/h (68 mph). key, make sure it is all the way in,
Following break‐in, engine speed and turn it only with your hand.
. Between the first 1 000 km and load can be gradually If the key cannot be turned by
(600 mi) and 5 000 km increased. hand, see your dealer.
(3,000 mi), heavy
acceleration in lower gears The key must be fully extended to
can be used. Vehicle speeds start the vehicle.
To shift out of P (Park), turn the If the vehicle must be shut off in an
ignition to ON/RUN and apply the emergency: { WARNING
brake pedal. 1. Brake using a firm and steady Turning off the vehicle while
1 (STOPPING THE ENGINE/LOCK/ pressure. Do not pump the moving may cause loss of power
OFF): When the vehicle is stopped, brakes repeatedly. This may assist in the brake and steering
turn the ignition switch to LOCK/ deplete power assist, requiring systems and disable the airbags.
OFF to turn the engine off. Retained increased brake pedal force. While driving, only shut the
Accessory Power (RAP) will remain 2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). vehicle off in an emergency.
active. See Retained Accessory This can be done while the
Power (RAP) on page 9‑22. vehicle is moving. After shifting
If the vehicle cannot be pulled over,
This is the only position from which to N (Neutral), firmly apply the
and must be shut off while driving,
the key can be removed. This locks brakes and steer the vehicle to a
turn the ignition to ACC/
the steering wheel, ignition and safe location.
ACCESSORY.
automatic transmission. 3. Come to a complete stop, shift
2 (ACC/ACCESSORY): This
The ignition switch can bind in the to P (Park), and turn the ignition
position provides power to some of
LOCK/OFF position with the wheels to LOCK/OFF. On vehicles with
the electrical accessories. It unlocks
turned off center. If this happens, an automatic transmission, the
the steering wheel and ignition. To
move the steering wheel from right shift lever must be in P (Park) to
move the key from ACC/
to left while turning the key to ACC/ turn the ignition switch to the
ACCESSORY to LOCK/OFF, push
ACCESSORY. If this does not work, LOCK/OFF position.
in the key and then turn it to
then the vehicle needs service. 4. Set the parking brake. See LOCK/OFF.
Do not turn the engine off when the Parking Brake on page 9‑31.
3 (ON/RUN): The ignition switch
vehicle is moving. This will cause a
stays in this position when the
loss of power assist in the brake
engine is running. This position can
and steering systems and disable
be used to operate the electrical
the airbags.
accessories, including the
ventilation fan and 12-volt power key is in the ignition. If the ignition uncharged battery or a battery with
outlets, as well as to display some becomes difficult to turn, see Keys low voltage, try charging or jump
warning and indicator lights. This on page 2‑1. starting the battery. See Jump
position can also be used for Starting on page 10‑67.
service and diagnostics, and to Key Lock Release
If charging or jump starting the
verify the proper operation of the battery does not work, locate the
malfunction indicator lamp as may hole below the ignition lock. Insert a
be required for emission inspection flat bladed tool or another key from
purposes. The transmission is also the key chain into the opening.
unlocked in this position on When the lever can be felt, actuate
automatic transmission vehicles. the lever toward the driver, and
The battery could be drained if the remove the key from the ignition.
key is left in the ACC/ACCESSORY
or ON/RUN position with the engine Starting the Engine
off. The vehicle might not start if the
battery is allowed to drain for an Move the shift lever to P (Park) or
extended period of time. N (Neutral). The engine will not start
in any other position. To restart the
4 (START): This position starts the Vehicles with an automatic vehicle when it is already moving,
engine. When the engine starts, transmission are equipped with an use N (Neutral) only.
release the key. The ignition switch electronic key lock release system.
will return to ON/RUN for normal Notice: Do not try to shift to
The key lock release is designed to P (Park) if the vehicle is moving.
driving. prevent ignition key removal unless If you do, you could damage the
A warning tone sounds when the the shift lever is in P (Park). transmission. Shift to P (Park)
driver door is opened if the ignition The key lock release is always only when the vehicle is stopped.
is still in ACC/ACCESSORY and the functional except in the case of an
uncharged or low voltage (less than
9-volt) battery. If the vehicle has an
Starting Procedure damage, this system also let go of the key and accelerator.
1. With your foot off the accelerator prevents cranking if the engine If the vehicle starts briefly but
pedal, turn the ignition key to is already running. Engine then stops again, repeat the
START. When the engine starts, cranking can be stopped by procedure. This clears the extra
let go of the key. The idle speed turning the ignition switch to gasoline from the engine. Do not
will go down as the engine ACC/ACCESSORY or race the engine immediately
warms. Do not race the engine LOCK/OFF. after starting it. Operate the
immediately after starting it. Notice: Cranking the engine for engine and transmission gently
Operate the engine and long periods of time, by returning until the oil warms up and
transmission gently to allow the the key to the START position lubricates all moving parts.
oil to warm up and lubricate all immediately after cranking has Notice: If you add electrical parts
moving parts. ended, can overheat and damage or accessories, you could change
The vehicle has a the cranking motor, and drain the the way the engine operates. Any
Computer-Controlled Cranking battery. Wait at least 15 seconds resulting damage would not be
System. This feature assists in between each try, to let the covered by the vehicle warranty.
starting the engine and protects cranking motor cool down. See Add-On Electrical Equipment
components. If the ignition key is 2. If the engine does not start after on page 9‑60.
turned to the START position, five to 10 seconds, especially in
and then released when the very cold weather (below −18°C Retained Accessory
engine begins cranking, the or 0°F), it could be flooded with Power (RAP)
engine will continue cranking for too much gasoline. Push the
These vehicle accessories can be
a few seconds or until the accelerator pedal all the way to
used for up to 10 minutes after the
vehicle starts. If the engine does the floor and hold it there as you
engine is turned off:
not start and the key is held in hold the key in START for a
START for many seconds, maximum of 15 seconds. Wait at . Audio System
cranking will be stopped after least 15 seconds between each . Power Windows
15 seconds to prevent cranking try, to allow the cranking motor
motor damage. To prevent gear to cool. When the engine starts, . Sunroof (if equipped)
Power to the audio system will To Use The Engine Coolant 4. Before starting the engine, be
continue to operate for up to Heater sure to unplug and store the
10 minutes or until the driver door is cord as it was before to keep it
opened. 1. Turn off the engine. away from moving engine parts.
Power to the power windows and 2. Open the hood and unwrap the If you do not it could be
sunroof will continue to operate for electrical cord. damaged.
up to 10 minutes or until any door is The electrical cord is located on The length of time the heater should
opened. the passenger side of the engine remain plugged in depends on
All these features will work when the compartment, in front of the air several factors. Ask a dealer in the
key is in ON/RUN or ACC/ cleaner. area where you will be parking the
ACCESSORY. vehicle for the best advice on this.
3. Plug it into a normal, grounded
110-volt AC outlet.
Engine Coolant Heater Shifting Into Park
The engine coolant heater, { WARNING { WARNING
if available, can help in cold weather
Plugging the cord into an
conditions at or below −18°C (0°F) It can be dangerous to get out of
for easier starting and better fuel ungrounded outlet could cause an
electrical shock. Also, the wrong the vehicle if the shift lever is not
economy during engine warm-up. fully in P (Park) with the parking
Plug in the coolant heater at least kind of extension cord could
overheat and cause a fire. You brake firmly set. The vehicle can
four hours before starting the roll. If you have left the engine
vehicle. An internal thermostat in could be seriously injured. Plug
the cord into a properly grounded running, the vehicle can move
the plug-end of the cord will prevent
three-prong 110-volt AC outlet. suddenly. You or others could be
engine coolant heater operation at
temperatures above −18°C (0°F). If the cord will not reach, use a injured. To be sure the vehicle will
heavy-duty three-prong extension not move, even when you are on
cord rated for at least 15 amps. fairly level ground, use the steps
(Continued)
Leaving the Vehicle With the If you have to leave the vehicle with
WARNING (Continued) Engine Running the engine running, the vehicle must
be in P (Park) and the parking
that follow. If you are pulling a brake set.
trailer, see Driving Characteristics { WARNING
and Towing Tips on page 9‑54. Release the button and check that
It can be dangerous to leave the the shift lever cannot be moved out
vehicle with the engine running. of P (Park).
Use this procedure to shift into It could overheat and catch fire.
P (Park): Torque Lock
It is dangerous to get out of the
1. Hold the brake pedal down and vehicle if the shift lever is not fully Torque lock is when the weight of
set the parking brake. in P (Park) with the parking brake the vehicle puts too much force on
the parking pawl in the
See Parking Brake on page 9‑31 firmly set. The vehicle can roll.
transmission. This happens when
for more information. Do not leave the vehicle when the parking on a hill and shifting the
2. Hold the button on the shift lever engine is running. If you have left transmission into P (Park) is not
and push the lever toward the the engine running, the vehicle done properly and then it is difficult
front of the vehicle into P (Park). can move suddenly. You or others to shift out of P (Park). To prevent
3. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. could be injured. To be sure the torque lock, set the parking brake
vehicle will not move, even when and then shift into P (Park). To find
4. Remove the key. out how, see “Shifting Into Park”
you are on fairly level ground,
always set the parking brake and listed previously.
move the shift lever to P (Park). If torque lock does occur, the
See Shifting Into Park on vehicle may need to be pushed
page 9‑23. If you are towing a uphill by another vehicle to relieve
trailer, see Driving Characteristics the parking pawl pressure, so you
and Towing Tips on page 9‑54. can shift out of P (Park).
Shifting out of Park Parking over Things Engine Exhaust

To shift out of P (Park): That Burn
1. Apply the brake pedal. { WARNING
2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN.
{ WARNING Engine exhaust contains carbon
3. Press the shift lever button. Things that can burn could touch monoxide (CO) which cannot be
hot exhaust parts under the seen or smelled. Exposure to CO
4. Move the shift lever. vehicle and ignite. Do not park can cause unconsciousness and
If you still are unable to shift out of over papers, leaves, dry grass, even death.
P (Park): or other things that can burn. Exhaust may enter the vehicle if:
1. Fully release the shift lever . The vehicle idles in areas
button. with poor ventilation (parking
2. Hold the brake pedal down and garages, tunnels, deep snow
press the shift lever button that may block underbody
again. airflow or tail pipes).
3. Move the shift lever. . The exhaust smells or
If you still cannot move the shift sounds strange or different.
lever from P (Park), see your dealer . The exhaust system leaks
for service. due to corrosion or damage.
. The vehicle exhaust system
has been modified, damaged,
or improperly repaired.
(Continued)
WARNING (Continued)
Running the Vehicle Automatic
While Parked Transmission
. There are holes or openings
It is better not to park with the
in the vehicle body from
engine running.
damage or aftermarket
modifications that are not If the vehicle is left with the engine
completely sealed. running, follow the proper steps to
be sure the vehicle will not move.
If unusual fumes are detected or
See Shifting Into Park on page 9‑23
if it is suspected that exhaust is and Engine Exhaust on page 9‑25.
coming into the vehicle:
If parking on a hill and pulling a
. Drive it only with the windows trailer, see Driving Characteristics
completely down. and Towing Tips on page 9‑54.
. Have the vehicle repaired
immediately.
Never park the vehicle with the The automatic transmission shift
engine running in an enclosed lever is located on the console
area such as a garage or a between the seats.
building that has no fresh air
P (Park): This position locks the
ventilation. front wheels. Use P (Park) when
starting the engine because the
vehicle cannot move easily.
is in ON/RUN. If you cannot shift out

{ WARNING of P (Park), ease pressure on the { WARNING
shift lever, then push the shift lever
It is dangerous to get out of the all the way into P (Park) as you Shifting into a drive gear while the
vehicle if the shift lever is not fully maintain brake application. Then engine is running at high speed is
in P (Park) with the parking brake press the shift lever button and dangerous. Unless your foot is
firmly set. The vehicle can roll. move the shift lever into another firmly on the brake pedal, the
Do not leave the vehicle when the gear. See Shifting out of Park on vehicle could move very rapidly.
engine is running. If you have left page 9‑25. You could lose control and hit
the engine running, the vehicle people or objects. Do not shift
R (Reverse): Use this gear to
can move suddenly. You or others into a drive gear while the engine
back up.
could be injured. To be sure the is running at high speed.
Notice: Shifting to R (Reverse)
vehicle will not move, even when while the vehicle is moving
you are on fairly level ground, forward could damage the Notice: Shifting out of P (Park) or
always set the parking brake and transmission. The repairs would N (Neutral) with the engine
move the shift lever to P (Park). not be covered by the vehicle running at high speed may
See Shifting Into Park on warranty. Shift to R (Reverse) only damage the transmission. The
page 9‑23 and Driving after the vehicle is stopped. repairs would not be covered by
Characteristics and Towing Tips the vehicle warranty. Be sure the
To rock the vehicle back and forth to engine is not running at high
on page 9‑54. get out of snow, ice or sand without speed when shifting the vehicle.
damaging the transmission, see If
The vehicle has an automatic the Vehicle Is Stuck on page 9‑14.
transmission shift lock control N (Neutral): In this position the
system. You must fully apply the engine and transmission do not
regular brake first and then press connect. Use N (Neutral) to restart a
the shift lever button before shifting vehicle that is already moving.
from P (Park) when the ignition key
D (Drive): This position is for Manual Mode range, the highest gear available is
normal driving. It provides the best displayed next to the M in the DIC.
fuel economy. If you need more Electronic Range Select See Driver Information Center (DIC)
power for passing, and you are: (ERS) Mode on page 5‑21 for more information.
. Going less than 56 km/h All gears below that number are
ERS or manual mode allows for the
(35 mph), push the accelerator available to use. For example, when
selection of the range of gear
pedal about halfway down. 4 (Fourth) is shown next to the M,
positions. Use this mode when
1 (First) through 4 (Fourth) gears are
. Going about 56 km/h (35 mph) or driving downhill or towing a trailer to
shifted automatically. To shift to
more, push the accelerator all limit the top gear and vehicle speed.
5 (Fifth) gear, press the + (Plus)
the way down. The shift position indicator within the
button or shift into D (Drive).
Driver Information Center (DIC) will
Notice: If the vehicle seems to display a number next to the M M (Manual Mode) will prevent
accelerate slowly or not shift indicating the highest available gear shifting to a lower gear range if the
gears when you go faster, and under manual mode and the driving engine speed is too high. If vehicle
you continue to drive the vehicle conditions when manual mode was speed is not reduced within the time
that way, you could damage the selected. allowed, the lower gear range shift
transmission. Have the vehicle will not be completed. Slow the
serviced right away. To use this feature:
vehicle, then press the − (Minus)
M (Manual Mode): Allows the 1. Move the shift lever to button to the desired lower gear
driver to select the range of gear M (Manual Mode). range.
positions. See Manual Mode on 2. Press the plus/minus button on While using the ERS, cruise control
page 9‑28. the shift lever, to increase or can be used.
decrease the gear range
available.
When shifting to M (Manual Mode),
the transmission will shift to a preset
lower gear range. For this preset
Fuel Economy Mode “ECO MODE ON” is also displayed. Drive Systems
See Fuel System Messages on
Vehicles with a 2.4L engine have a page 5‑27 for more information.
Fuel Economy Mode. When All-Wheel Drive
engaged, fuel economy mode can When Fuel Economy Mode is on:
Vehicles with this feature always
improve the vehicle's fuel economy. . The transmission will upshift send engine power to all four
sooner and downshift later. wheels. It is fully automatic, and
. The torque converter clutch will adjusts itself as needed for road
apply sooner and stay on longer. conditions.
. The gas pedal will be less When using a compact spare tire on
sensitive. an AWD vehicle, the system
automatically detects the compact
. The vehicle's computer will more spare and disables AWD. To restore
aggressively shut off fuel to the AWD operation and prevent
engine under deceleration. excessive wear on the system,
. The engine idle speed will be replace the compact spare with a
lower. full-size tire as soon as possible.
. Driving performance is more See Compact Spare Tire on
conservative. page 10‑67.
Press the “eco” (economy) button by
the shift lever to turn this feature on . The climate controls may take
or off. The “eco” light in the longer to heat or cool the cabin.
instrument cluster will come on . The rear defogger will stay on
when engaged. See Fuel Economy
for shorter periods of time.
Light on page 5‑19. A Driver
Information Center (DIC) message
Brakes If driving safely on a wet road and it suddenly slows or stops. Always
becomes necessary to slam on the leave enough room up ahead to
brakes and continue braking to stop, even with ABS.
Antilock Brake avoid a sudden obstacle, a
System (ABS) computer senses that the wheels Using ABS
are slowing down. If one of the Do not pump the brakes. Just hold
This vehicle has the Antilock Brake
wheels is about to stop rolling, the the brake pedal down firmly and let
System (ABS), an advanced
computer will separately work the ABS work. You might hear the ABS
electronic braking system that helps
brakes at each wheel. pump or motor operating and feel
prevent a braking skid.
ABS can change the brake pressure the brake pedal pulsate, but this is
When the engine is started and the normal.
to each wheel, as required, faster
vehicle begins to drive away, ABS
than any driver could. This can help Braking in Emergencies
checks itself. A momentary motor or
the driver steer around the obstacle
clicking noise might be heard while ABS allows the driver to steer and
while braking hard.
this test is going on, and it might brake at the same time. In many
even be noticed that the brake As the brakes are applied, the emergencies, steering can help
pedal moves a little. This is normal. computer keeps receiving updates more than even the very best
on wheel speed and controls braking.
braking pressure accordingly.
Remember: ABS does not change
the time needed to get a foot up to
the brake pedal or always decrease
stopping distance. If you get too
close to the vehicle in front of you,
If there is a problem with ABS, this there will not be enough time to
warning light stays on. See Antilock apply the brakes if that vehicle
Brake System (ABS) Warning Light
on page 5‑16.
Parking Brake brake is fully released and the power brake system under
brake warning light is off before conditions where the driver has
driving. quickly and forcefully applied the
To release the parking brake, hold brake pedal in an attempt to quickly
the regular brake pedal down, then stop or slow down the vehicle. The
push down momentarily on the stability system hydraulic brake
parking brake pedal until you feel control module increases brake
the pedal release. Slowly pull your pressure at each corner of the
foot up off the park brake pedal. vehicle until the ABS activates.
If the parking brake is not released Minor brake pedal pulsation or
when you begin to drive, the brake pedal movement during this time is
system warning light will be on and normal and the driver should
a chime will sound warning you that continue to apply the brake pedal as
the parking brake is still on. the driving situation dictates. The
brake assist feature will
To set the parking brake, hold the If you are towing a trailer and are automatically disengage when the
regular brake pedal down, then parking on a hill, see Driving brake pedal is released or brake
push the parking brake pedal down. Characteristics and Towing Tips on pedal pressure is quickly
page 9‑54. decreased.
If the ignition is on, the brake
system warning light will come on.
See Brake System Warning Light on Brake Assist Hill Start Assist (HSA)
page 5‑15. This vehicle has a brake assist This vehicle has a Hill Start Assist
Notice: Driving with the parking feature designed to assist the driver (HSA) feature, which may be useful
brake on can overheat the brake in stopping or decreasing vehicle when the vehicle is stopped on a
system and cause premature speed in emergency driving grade. This feature is designed to
wear or damage to brake system conditions. This feature uses the prevent the vehicle from rolling,
parts. Make sure that the parking stability system hydraulic brake either forward or rearward, during
control module to supplement the vehicle drive off. After the driver
completely stops and holds the Ride Control Systems conditions, the system should
vehicle in a complete standstill on a always be left on. But, TCS can be
grade, HSA will be automatically turned off if needed.
activated. During the transition Traction Control
period between when the driver System (TCS)
releases the brake pedal and starts
The vehicle has a Traction Control
to accelerate to drive off on a grade,
System (TCS) that limits wheel spin.
HSA holds the braking pressure to
On a front-wheel-drive vehicle, the
ensure that there is no rolling. The
system operates if it senses that
brakes will automatically release
one or both of the front wheels are
when the accelerator pedal is d flashes to indicate that the
spinning or beginning to lose
applied within the two-second traction control system is active.
traction. On an All-Wheel-Drive
window. It will not activate if the
(AWD) vehicle, the system will If there is a problem detected with
vehicle is in a drive gear and facing
operate if it senses that any of the TCS, SERVICE TRACTION
downhill, or if the vehicle is facing
wheels are spinning or beginning to CONTROL and SERVICE
uphill and in R (Reverse).
lose traction. When this happens, STABILITRAK may be displayed on
the system brakes the spinning the Driver Information Center (DIC)
wheel(s) and/or reduces engine
and d will be on. See Ride Control
power to limit wheel spin.
System Messages on page 5‑29.
The system may be heard or felt When this message is displayed
while it is working, but this is and d comes on and stays on, the
normal.
vehicle is safe to drive but the
TCS is on whenever the vehicle is system is not operational. Driving
started. To limit wheel spin, should be adjusted accordingly.
especially in slippery road
Notice: Do not repeatedly brake It may be necessary to turn the

or accelerate heavily when TCS is system off if the vehicle ever gets
off. The vehicle's driveline could stuck in sand, mud, or snow and
be damaged. rocking the vehicle is required. See
If the Vehicle Is Stuck on page 9‑14.
If d comes on and stays on, reset See also Winter Driving on
the system by: page 9‑12 for information on using
The TCS off light comes on and
1. Stopping the vehicle. TRACTION CONTROL OFF is TCS when driving in snowy or icy
displayed on the Driver Information conditions.
2. Turning the engine off and
waiting 15 seconds. Center (DIC) to indicate that the If cruise control is being used when
traction control system has been TCS activates, cruise control will
3. Starting the engine. turned off. See Ride Control System automatically disengage. Press the
If d still comes on and stays on at a Messages on page 5‑29. cruise control button to re-engage
speed above 20 km/h (13 mph), see TCS can be turned off by pressing when road conditions allow. See
your dealer for service. Cruise Control on page 9‑35.
and releasing g. When TCS is
A chime may also sound when the turned off, i comes on and the Adding non-GM accessories can
light comes on steady. affect the vehicle performance. See
system will not limit wheel spin.
Accessories and Modifications on
Driving should be adjusted
The g is located on the console. page 10‑2.
accordingly. Press and release g
again to turn the system back on.
When TCS is turned off on AWD
vehicles, the system may still make
noise. This is normal and necessary
with AWD hardware.
StabiliTrak® System If d comes on and stays on, reset

The vehicle has a vehicle stability the system by:
enhancement system called 1. Stopping the vehicle.
StabiliTrak. It is an advanced 2. Turning the engine off and
computer controlled system that waiting 15 seconds.
assists with directional control of the
vehicle in difficult driving conditions. When the stability control system 3. Starting the engine.
activates, the Traction Control
StabiliTrak activates when the System (TCS)/StabiliTrak light will If d still comes on and stays on at a
computer senses a difference flash on the instrument panel. This speed above 20 km/h (13 mph), see
between the intended path and the also occurs when traction control or your dealer for service.
direction the vehicle is actually TSC is activated. A noise may be
traveling. StabiliTrak selectively heard or vibration may be felt in the
applies braking pressure to the brake pedal. This is normal.
vehicle's brakes to help steer the Continue to steer the vehicle in the
vehicle in the intended direction. intended direction.
StabiliTrak is on automatically If there is a problem detected with
whenever the vehicle is started. To StabiliTrak, SERVICE
assist with directional control of the STABILITRAK is displayed on the g is on the console.
vehicle, the system should always Driver Information Center (DIC) and Both StabiliTrak and Traction
be left on. Trailer Sway Control d will stay on. See Ride Control Control can be turned off if needed
(TSC) is also on automatically when System Messages on page 5‑29.
the vehicle is started. See Trailer When this message is displayed by pressing and holding g until g
Sway Control (TSC) on page 9‑59. and/or d comes on and stays on, and i come on in the instrument
the vehicle is safe to drive but the cluster. STABILITRAK OFF is
system is not operational. Driving displayed on the DIC. This will also
should be adjusted accordingly. disable the TSC feature. When
StabiliTrak is turned off, the system
will not assist with directional control Cruise Control

of the vehicle or limit wheel spin. { WARNING
Driving should be adjusted With cruise control, the vehicle can
maintain a speed of about 40 km/h Cruise control can be dangerous
accordingly. Press and release g where you cannot drive safely at
again to turn both systems back on. (25 mph) or more without keeping
your foot on the accelerator. Cruise a steady speed. So, do not use
If cruise control is being used when control does not work at speeds the cruise control on winding
StabiliTrak activates, the cruise below 40 km/h (25 mph). roads or in heavy traffic.
control will automatically disengage.
Press the cruise control button to If the brakes are applied, the cruise Cruise control can be dangerous
re-engage when road conditions control is disengaged. on slippery roads. On such roads,
allow. See Cruise Control on If the vehicle has the StabiliTrak® fast changes in tire traction can
page 9‑35. system and begins to limit wheel cause excessive wheel slip, and
spin while using cruise control, the you could lose control. Do not use
cruise control automatically cruise control on slippery roads.
disengages. See StabiliTrak®
System on page 9‑34 or Traction
Control System (TCS) on
page 9‑32. When road conditions
allow you to safely use it again, the
cruise control can be turned
back on.
SET/− (Set/Coast): Move the Once the vehicle reaches about

thumbwheel down toward SET/- to 40 km/h (25 mph) or more, move the
set a speed and activate cruise thumbwheel up toward RES/+
control, or to make the vehicle briefly. The vehicle returns to the
decelerate. previous set speed and stays there.
Setting Cruise Control Increasing Speed While Using
If the cruise button is on when not in Cruise Control
use, it could get bumped and go into If the cruise control system is
cruise when not desired. Keep the already activated,
cruise button turned off when cruise . Move the thumbwheel up toward
control is not being used. RES/+ and hold it until the
1. Press ON/OFF 5 CRUISE. vehicle accelerates to the
ON/OFF 5 CRUISE: Press to turn desired speed, and then
2. Get to the speed desired. release it.
the cruise control system on and off.
3. Press the thumbwheel and
* CANCEL: Press to disengage
release it. The desired set speed
. To increase the speed in small
cruise control without erasing the amounts, move the thumbwheel
briefly appears in the Driver up toward RES/+ briefly and
set speed from memory.
Information Center (DIC) display. then release it. Each time this is
RES/+ (Resume/Accel): Move the done, the vehicle goes about
4. Take your foot off the accelerator
thumbwheel up toward RES/+ to 1.6 km/h (1 mph) faster.
pedal.
make the vehicle resume to a
previously set speed or to Resuming a Set Speed
accelerate.
If the cruise control is set at a
desired speed and then the brakes
are applied, the cruise control is
disengaged without erasing the set
speed from memory.
Reducing Speed While Using Using Cruise Control on Hills Erasing Speed Memory
Cruise Control How well the cruise control works The cruise control set speed is
If the cruise control system is on hills depends upon the vehicle erased from memory if ON/OFF 5
already activated, speed, load, and the steepness of CRUISE is pressed or if the vehicle
. Move the thumbwheel toward the hills. When going up steep hills, is turned off.
SET/− and hold until the desired you might have to step on the
lower speed is reached, then accelerator pedal to maintain the
release it. vehicle speed. When going
downhill, you might have to brake or
. To slow down in small amounts, shift to a lower gear to maintain the
move the thumbwheel toward vehicle's speed. When the brakes
SET/− briefly. Each time this is are applied the cruise control is
done, the vehicle goes about disengaged.
1.6 km/h (1 mph) slower.
Ending Cruise Control
Passing Another Vehicle While
Using Cruise Control There are three ways to end cruise
control:
Use the accelerator pedal to
increase the vehicle speed. When
. To disengage cruise control;
you take your foot off the pedal, the step lightly on the brake pedal or
vehicle will slow down to the clutch, the indicator light will
previous set cruise speed. go off.
. Press * CANCEL.
. To turn off the cruise control,
press ON/OFF 5 CRUISE. The
cruise control cannot be
resumed.
Object Detection { WARNING

The green vehicle ahead indicator
will appear when a vehicle is
Systems FCA is a warning system and
detected ahead. Whenever this
indicator does not appear, FCA will
does not apply the brakes. When
Forward Collision Alert approaching a slower-moving or
not respond. The indicator may
disappear on curves, highway exit
(FCA) System stopped vehicle ahead too rapidly, ramps, or hills, or due to poor
For vehicles with this feature, read or when following a vehicle too visibility. The FCA system will not
the following section before using it. closely, FCA may not provide a detect another vehicle ahead until it
warning with enough time to help is completely in the driving lane.
The Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
avoid a crash. FCA does not warn
system may help to avoid or reduce
the harm caused by front-end of pedestrians, animals, signs,
guardrails, bridges, construction
{ WARNING
crashes. FCA provides a flashing
visual alert and beeps when barrels, or other objects. Be ready FCA does not provide a warning
approaching a vehicle directly to take action and apply the to help avoid a crash, unless it
ahead too quickly. FCA also brakes. For more information, see detects a vehicle. FCA may not
provides a visual alert if following Defensive Driving on page 9‑3. detect a vehicle ahead if the FCA
another vehicle much too closely. sensor is blocked by dirt, snow,
The FCA symbol is on top of the or ice, or if the windshield is
Detecting the Vehicle Ahead
instrument panel to the right of the damaged. It may also not detect a
steering wheel. vehicle on winding or hilly roads,
The forward-looking FCA camera or in conditions that can limit
sensor is on the windshield ahead visibility such as fog, rain,
of the rearview mirror. FCA detects or snow, or if the headlamps or
vehicles within a distance of windshield are not cleaned or in
approximately 60 m (197 ft) and (Continued)
operates at speeds above 40 km/h
(25 mph).
Tailgating Alert changed and will affect both the

WARNING (Continued) Collision Alert and the Tailgating
The red FCA display will stay
continuously illuminated if the Alert features. The timing of both
proper condition. Keep the alerts will vary based on vehicle
windshield, headlamps, and FCA vehicle ahead remains much too
close. speed. The faster the vehicle speed,
sensors clean and in good repair. the further away the alert will occur.
Selecting the Alert Timing Consider traffic and weather
Collision Alert conditions when selecting the alert
timing. The range of selectable alert
timing may not be appropriate for all
drivers and driving conditions.
Unnecessary Alerts
FCA may sometimes set
unnecessary alerts to turning
vehicles, vehicles in other lanes,
When your vehicle approaches
objects that are not vehicles,
another vehicle too rapidly, the red
or shadows. These alerts are
FCA display will flash and sound
normal operation and the vehicle
several beeps. When this occurs,
does not need service.
the brake system prepares for driver
braking to occur more rapidly. The Collision Alert control is on the Other Messages
Continue to apply the brake pedal steering wheel. Press COLLISION
as the driving situation dictates. There are messages that may
ALERT to set the alert timing to far,
appear on the Driver Information
medium, near or off. The first button
Center (DIC) in the instrument
press shows the current control
cluster to provide information about
setting on the DIC. Additional button
FCA. See Object Detection System
presses will change this setting. The
Messages on page 5‑28.
chosen setting will remain until it is
Cleaning the System To be detected, objects must be at

WARNING (Continued) least 20 cm (8 in) off the ground and
If the FCA system does not seem to
below liftgate level. Objects must
operate properly, clean the outside close or too far from the vehicle. also be within 2.5 m (8 ft) from the
of the windshield area in front of the It is not available at speeds rear bumper. The distance objects
camera sensor before considering greater than 8 km/h (5 mph). To can be detected may be less during
taking the vehicle in for service. prevent injury, death, or vehicle warmer or humid weather.
damage, even with URPA, always
Ultrasonic Parking Assist check the area around the vehicle Turning the System On and Off
For vehicles with the Ultrasonic and check all mirrors before The URPA system can be turned on
Rear Parking Assist (URPA) system, backing. and off using the infotainment
it assists the driver with parking and system controls. See Vehicle
avoiding objects while in How the System Works Personalization on page 5‑31 for
R (Reverse). URPA operates at more information.
speeds less than 8 km/h (5 mph), URPA comes on automatically when
When the system is off, PARK
and the sensors on the rear bumper the shift lever is moved into
ASSIST OFF displays on the Driver
detect objects up to 2.5 m (8 ft) R (Reverse). A single tone sounds
Information Center (DIC). The
behind the vehicle, and at least to indicate the system is working.
message disappears after a short
20 cm (8 in) off the ground. URPA operates only at speeds less period of time.
than 8 km/h (5 mph).
URPA defaults to the on setting
{ WARNING An obstacle is indicated by audible each time the vehicle is started.
The URPA system does not beeps. The interval between the
beeps becomes shorter as the
detect children, pedestrians,
vehicle gets closer to the obstacle.
bicyclists, animals, or objects
When the distance is less than
below the bumper or that are too 30 cm (12 in) the beeping is a
(Continued) continuous tone for five seconds.
When the System Does Not PARK ASSIST OFF: If the URPA Side Blind Zone
Seem to Work Properly system does not activate due to a
temporary condition, the message
Alert (SBZA)
The following messages may be displays on the DIC. This can occur The vehicle may have a Side Blind
displayed on the DIC: under the following conditions: Zone Alert (SBZA) system. Read
SERVICE PARKING ASSIST: If . The driver has disabled the this entire section before using the
this message occurs, check the system. system.
following conditions:
. A trailer was attached to the
. The ultrasonic sensors are not vehicle, or an object was
{ WARNING
clean. Keep the vehicle's rear hanging out of the liftgate during
bumper free of mud, dirt, snow, SBZA does not detect vehicles
the last drive cycle. Once the rapidly approaching outside of the
ice, and slush. For cleaning object is removed, URPA will
instructions, see Exterior Care side blind zones, pedestrians,
return to normal operation.
on page 10‑73. bicyclists, or animals. Failure to
. A tow bar is attached to the use proper care when changing
. The park assist sensors are vehicle. lanes may result in injury, death,
covered by frost or ice. Frost or
. The bumper is damaged. Take or vehicle damage. Before
ice can form around and behind
the sensors and may not always the vehicle to your dealer to making a lane change, always
be seen; this can occur after repair the system. check mirrors, glance over your
washing the vehicle in cold shoulder, and use the turn
. Other conditions, such as
weather. The message may not signals.
vibrations from a jackhammer or
clear until the frost or ice has the compression of air brakes on
melted. a very large truck, are affecting When the system detects a vehicle
If the above conditions do not exist, system performance. in the side blind zone, amber SBZA
take the vehicle to your dealer to displays will light up in the side
repair the system. mirrors. This indicates that it may be
unsafe to change lanes. Before
making a lane change, always How the System Works a vehicle you have passed remains
check the SBZA display, check the in or drops back into the
outside and rearview mirrors, look detection zone.
over your shoulder for vehicles and SBZA can be disabled through
hazards, and use the turn signal. vehicle personalization. See Vehicle
SBZA Detection Zones Personalization on page 5‑31 for
more information. If the SBZA is
The SBZA sensor covers a zone of Left Side Mirror Right Side Mirror disabled by the driver, the SBZA
approximately one lane over from Display Display mirror displays will not light up
both sides of the vehicle, during normal driving.
or 3.5 m (11 ft). This zone starts at When the vehicle is started, both
each side mirror and goes back outside mirror displays will briefly When the System Does Not Seem
approximately 5.0 m (16 ft). The come on to indicate that the system to Work Properly
height of the zone is approximately is operating. While driving forward, Occasional missed alerts can occur
between 0.5 m (1.5 ft) and the left or right side mirror SBZA under normal circumstances and will
2.0 m (6 ft) off the ground. display will light up if a vehicle is increase in wet conditions. The
The SBZA detection zones do not detected in that blind zone. If you system does not need to be
change if the vehicle is towing a activate a turn signal and a vehicle serviced due to an occasional
trailer. So be extra careful when has been detected on the same missed alert. The number of missed
changing lanes while towing a side, the SBZA display will flash to alerts will increase with increased
trailer. give you extra warning not to rainfall or road spray.
change lanes.
If the SBZA displays do not light up
SBZA displays do not come on when the system is on and vehicles
while the vehicle is approaching or are in the blind zone, the system
passing other vehicles. At speeds may need service. Take the vehicle
greater than 32 km/h (20 mph), to your dealer.
SBZA displays may come on when
SBZA is designed to ignore not be selectable if the conditions SERVICE BLIND ZONE ALERT
stationary objects; however, the for normal system operation are not SYSTEM: If this message appears,
system may occasionally light up met. Until normal operating both SBZA displays will remain on
due to guard rails, signs, trees, conditions for SBZA are met, you indicating there is a problem with
shrubs, and other stationary objects. should not rely upon SBZA while the SBZA system. If these displays
This is normal system operation; the driving. remain on after continued driving,
vehicle does not need service. the system needs service. Take the
SBZA Error Messages vehicle to your dealer.
SBZA does not operate when the
left or right corners of the rear The following messages may
appear on the infotainment display: FCC Information
bumper are covered with mud, dirt,
snow, ice, or slush, or in heavy SIDE BLIND ZONE ALERT See Radio Frequency Statement on
rainstorms. For cleaning SYSTEM OFF: This message page 13‑20 for information
instructions, see Exterior Care on indicates that the driver has turned regarding Part 15 of the Federal
page 10‑73. If the infotainment the system off. Communications Commission (FCC)
display still shows the SIDE BLIND rules and Industry Canada
SIDE BLIND ZONE SYS. Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310.
ZONE SYS. UNAVAILABLE UNAVAILABLE: This message
message after cleaning the bumper, indicates that the SBZA system is
see your dealer. Rear Vision
disabled because the sensor is
The SBZA displays may remain on blocked and cannot detect vehicles Camera (RVC)
if a trailer is attached to the vehicle, in the blind zone. The sensor may The vehicle may have a Rear Vision
or a bicycle or object is extending be blocked by mud, dirt, snow, ice, Camera (RVC) system. Read this
out to either side of the vehicle. or slush. This message may also entire section before using it.
When SBZA is disabled for any activate during heavy rain or due to
road spray. The vehicle does not The RVC can assist the driver when
reason other than the driver turning backing up by displaying a view of
it off, the driver will not be able to need service. For cleaning, see
Exterior Care on page 10‑73. the area behind the vehicle.
turn SBZA back on using vehicle
personalization. The On option will
To cancel the delay, do one of the using the RVC. The Ultrasonic Rear
{ WARNING following: Park Assist (URPA) system must
. Press a hard key on the not be disabled to use the caution
The RVC system does not display symbols. The error message Rear
children, pedestrians, bicyclists, navigation system.
Parking Assist Symbols Unavailable
animals, or any other object . Shift into P (Park). may display if URPA has been
located outside the camera's field disabled and the symbols have
. Reach a vehicle speed of
of view, below the bumper, been turned on. See Ultrasonic
8 km/h (5 mph).
or under the vehicle. Perceived Parking Assist on page 9‑40.
distances may be different from Turning the Rear Vision Camera
System On or Off On vehicles with the Rear Cross
actual distances. Do not back the
Traffic Alert (RCTA), a warning
vehicle using only the RVC To turn the rear vision camera triangle with an arrow may also
screen, during longer, higher system on or off: display on the RVC screen to warn
speed backing maneuvers, of traffic coming from either
1. Shift into P (Park).
or where there could be cross direction. This system detects
traffic. Failure to use proper care 2. Press the CONFIG button. objects coming from up to 30 m
before backing may result in 3. Select Display. (98 ft) from the left or right side of
injury, death, or vehicle damage. the vehicle.
Always check behind and around 4. Select Rear Camera Options.
The symbols appear and may cover
the vehicle before backing. 5. Select Camera. When a check
an object when viewing the radio
mark appears next to the
screen when an object is detected
Camera option, then the RVC
An image appears on the radio by the URPA system.
system is on.
screen when the vehicle is shifted To turn the symbols on or off:
into R (Reverse). The radio screen Symbols
goes to the previous screen after 1. Shift into P (Park).
The RVC system may have a
approximately 10 seconds once the 2. Press the CONFIG button.
feature that lets the driver view
vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse).
symbols on the radio screen while 3. Select Display.
4. Select Rear Camera Options. Rear Vision Camera Error The area displayed by the camera is
5. Select Symbols. When a check Messages limited.
mark appears next to the SERVICE REAR VISION CAMERA It does not display objects that are
Symbols option, symbols will SYSTEM: This message can close to either corner or under the
appear. display on the radio screen when bumper and can vary depending on
the system is not receiving vehicle orientation or road
Guidelines information it requires from other conditions. The distance of the
The RVC system may have a vehicle systems. image that appears on the screen is
guideline overlay that can help the If any other problem occurs or if a different from the actual distance.
driver align the vehicle when problem persists, see your dealer. The following illustration shows the
backing into a parking spot. field of view that the camera
To turn the guidelines on or off: Rear Vision Camera Location provides.
1. Shift into P (Park).
2. Press the CONFIG button.
3. Select Display.
4. Select Rear Camera Options.
5. Select Guidelines. When a
check mark appears next to the
Guidelines option, guidelines will
appear.
The camera is located above the 1. View displayed by the camera.

license plate.

. Ice, snow, mud, or anything else
builds up on the camera lens. WARNING (Continued)
Clean the lens, rinse it with
water, and wipe it with a soft . Provide enough time to avoid
cloth. a crash.
. The back of the vehicle is in an . Detect lane markings under
accident, the position and bad weather conditions or if
mounting angle of the camera the windshield is dirty.
can change or the camera can . Detect lane markings and will
1. View displayed by the camera. be affected. Be sure to have the not detect road edges.
2. Corner of the rear bumper. camera and its position and
mounting angle checked at your
. Warn that the vehicle is
When the System Does Not dealer. crossing a lane marking if the
Seem To Work Properly system does not detect the
lane marking.
The RVC system may not work Lane Departure
properly or display a clear image if: Warning (LDW) If LDW only detects lane
markings on one side of the road,
. The RVC is turned off. See For vehicles with this feature, read it will only warn you when
“Turning the Rear Vision Camera the entire section before using it. departing the lane on the side
System On or Off” earlier in this
section. where it has detected a lane
{ WARNING marker. Even with LDW, always
. It is dark. keep your attention on the road
The LDW system is an aid to help and maintain proper vehicle
. The sun or the beam of
the vehicle stay in the driving position within the lane, or vehicle
headlights is shining directly into
the camera lens. lane. It does not steer the vehicle. damage, injury, or death could
The LDW system may not:
(Continued)
(Continued)
LDW operates at speeds of 56 km

WARNING (Continued) (35 mph) or greater. If LDW is on,
the LDW indicator will appear green
occur. Always keep the if the system detects a left or right
windshield clean and do not use lane marking. This indicator will
LDW in bad weather conditions. change to amber, flash, and three
chimes will sound if the vehicle
When the vehicle crosses a crosses a detected lane marking
detected lane marking, the LDW without using the turn signal.
indicator will flash and three beeps To change the volume of the
will sound. LDW will not warn if the warning chime, see “Chime Volume”
turn signal is on or if a sharp under Vehicle Personalization on
maneuver is made. To turn LDW on and off, press the page 5‑31 for more information.
How the System Works LANE DEPART button on the
When the System Does Not
steering wheel. The control indicator
The LDW camera sensor is on the will light when LDW is on. Seem To Work Properly
windshield ahead of the rearview If the LDW symbol does not appear:
mirror.
. The lane markings on the road
may not be seen.
. The camera sensor may be
blocked by dirt, snow or ice.
. The windshield may be
When the vehicle is started, the damaged.
LDW indicator on the instrument . The weather may be limiting
panel will come on briefly. visibility.
This is normal operation; the vehicle LDW Messages Fuel

does not need service. Clean the FRONT CAMERA BLOCKED,
windshield. Use of the recommended fuel is an
CLEAN WINDSHIELD: This
important part of the proper
message may appear because the
{ WARNING front camera is blocked and cannot
maintenance of this vehicle. To help
keep the engine clean and maintain
operate properly. It may also
If the LDW camera sensor is optimum vehicle performance, we
activate during heavy rain or due to
blocked by dirt, snow, or ice, or if recommend using TOP TIER
road spray.
the headlamps are not cleaned or Detergent Gasolines. See
properly aimed, or if the LANE DEPARTURE SYSTEM www.toptiergas.com for a list of TOP
windshield is dirty or damaged, it UNAVAILABLE: This message TIER Detergent Gasolines.
may appear if LDW does not
may not detect the lanes ahead.
activate due to a temporary
LDW may not help avoid a crash
condition.
under these conditions. Keep the
headlamps cleaned and properly SERVICE FRONT CAMERA: This
aimed and the windshield clean. message may appear to indicate
that LDW is not working properly.
If this message remains on after
LDW warnings may occasionally continued driving, the system needs
occur due to tar marks, shadows, service. Take the vehicle to your
cracks in the road, or other road dealer.
imperfections. This is normal system
operation, the vehicle does not need
service.
If the vehicle has a yellow fuel cap,
E85 or flex fuel can be used in the
vehicle. See Fuel E85 (85%
Ethanol) on page 9‑51.
Recommended Fuel octane-enhancing additive called

{ CAUTION methylcyclopentadienyl manganese
Use regular unleaded gasoline with tricarbonyl (MMT). We recommend
a posted octane rating of 87 or Do not use fuel containing against the use of gasolines
higher. If the octane rating is less methanol. It can corrode metal containing MMT. See Fuel Additives
than 87, an audible knocking noise, parts in the fuel system and also on page 9‑50.
commonly referred to as spark damage plastic and rubber parts.
knock, might be heard when driving. That damage would not be California Fuel
If this occurs, use a gasoline rated covered under the vehicle
at 87 octane or higher as soon as warranty. Requirements
possible. If heavy knocking is heard If the vehicle is certified to meet
when using gasoline rated at California Emissions Standards, it is
87 octane or higher, the engine Some gasolines that are not
reformulated for low emissions can designed to operate on fuels that
needs service. meet California specifications. See
contain an octane-enhancing
Gasolines containing oxygenates, additive called the underhood emission control
such as ethers and ethanol, as well methylcyclopentadienyl manganese label. If this fuel is not available in
as reformulated gasolines are tricarbonyl (MMT). Do not use states adopting California Emissions
available in some cities. If these gasolines with MMT as they can Standards, the vehicle will operate
gasolines comply with the reduce spark plug life and affect satisfactorily on fuels meeting
previousely described specification, emission control system federal specifications, but emission
then they are acceptable to use. performance. The malfunction control system performance might
However, E85 (85% ethanol) and indicator lamp may turn on. If this be affected. The malfunction
other fuels containing more than occurs, see your dealer for service. indicator lamp could turn on and the
15% ethanol must be used only in vehicle might fail a smog‐check test.
flex fuel vehicles. See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on
Gasoline Specifications page 5‑12. If this occurs, return to
At a minimum, gasoline should meet your authorized dealer for diagnosis.
ASTM specification D 4814. Some If it is determined that the condition
gasolines contain an
is caused by the type of fuel used, should have to be added to the fuel. gasoline additive recommended by
repairs might not be covered by the However, some gasolines contain General Motors. It is available at
vehicle warranty. only the minimum amount of your dealer.
additive required to meet U.S. Gasolines containing oxygenates,
Fuels in Foreign Environmental Protection Agency such as ethers and ethanol, and
regulations. To help keep fuel
Countries injectors and intake valves clean
reformulated gasolines might be
available in your area. We
If planning to drive in countries and avoid problems due to dirty recommend that you use these
outside the U.S. or Canada, the injectors or valves, look for gasoline gasolines, if they comply with the
proper fuel might be hard to find. that is advertised as TOP TIER specifications described earlier.
Check regional auto club or fuel Detergent Gasoline. Look for the However, E85 (85% ethanol) and
retail brand websites for availability TOP TIER label on the fuel pump to other fuels containing more than
in the country where driving. Never ensure gasoline meets enhanced 15% ethanol must not be used in
use leaded gasoline, fuel containing detergency standards developed by vehicles that were not designed for
methanol, or any other fuel not the auto companies. A list of those fuels.
recommended. Costly repairs marketers providing TOP TIER
caused by use of improper fuel Detergent Gasoline can be found at Notice: This vehicle was not
would not be covered by the vehicle www.toptiergas.com. designed for fuel that contains
warranty. methanol. Do not use fuel
For customers who do not use TOP containing methanol. It can
TIER Detergent Gasoline regularly, corrode metal parts in the fuel
Fuel Additives one bottle of GM Fuel System system and also damage plastic
To provide cleaner air, all gasolines Treatment PLUS, added to the fuel and rubber parts. That damage
in the United States are now tank at every engine oil change, can would not be covered under the
required to contain additives that help clean deposits from fuel vehicle warranty.
help prevent engine and fuel system injectors and intake valves. GM Fuel
deposits from forming, allowing the System Treatment PLUS is the only Some gasolines that are not
emission control system to work reformulated for low emissions can
properly. In most cases, nothing contain an octane-enhancing
additive called Many service stations will not have (0°F). In the range of −18°C (0°F) to
methylcyclopentadienyl manganese an 85% ethanol fuel (E85) pump 0°C (32°F), it may take more time to
tricarbonyl (MMT); ask the attendant available. The U.S. Department of start the engine.
where you buy gasoline whether the Energy has an alternative fuels E85 has less energy per liter
fuel contains MMT. We recommend website (www.afdc.energy.gov/afdc/ (gallon) than gasoline, so you will
against the use of such gasolines. locator/stations/) that can help you need to refill the fuel tank more
Fuels containing MMT can reduce find E85 fuel. Those stations that do often when using E85 than when
spark plug life and affect emission have E85 should have a label you are using gasoline. See Filling
control system performance. The indicating ethanol content. Do not the Tank on page 9‑52.
malfunction indicator lamp might use the fuel if the ethanol content is
turn on. If this occurs, return to your greater than 85%. Notice: Some additives are not
dealer for service. compatible with E85 fuel and can
At a minimum, E85 should meet harm the vehicle's fuel system.
ASTM Specification D 5798 or Do not add anything to E85.
Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) CGSB Specification 3.512. Filling Damage caused by additives
Vehicles that have a yellow fuel cap the tank with fuel mixtures that do would not be covered by the
can use either unleaded gasoline or not meet ASTM or CGSB vehicle warranty.
ethanol fuel containing up to 85% specifications can affect driveability
ethanol (E85). For all other vehicles, and could cause the malfunction Notice: This vehicle was not
use only the unleaded gasoline indicator lamp to come on. As the designed for fuel that contains
described under Recommended outside temperature approaches methanol. Do not use fuel
Fuel on page 9‑49. freezing, ethanol fuel distributors containing methanol. It can
should supply winter grade ethanol, corrode metal parts in the fuel
We encourage the use of E85 in the same as with unleaded system and also damage plastic
vehicles that are designed to use it. gasoline. and rubber parts. That damage
The ethanol in E85 is a “renewable” would not be covered under the
fuel, meaning it is made from The starting characteristics of E85 vehicle warranty.
renewable sources such as corn fuel make it unsuitable for use when
and other crops. temperatures fall below −18°C
Filling the Tank WARNING (Continued)

The tethered fuel cap is behind the
fuel door on the vehicle's passenger
side. To open the fuel door, push the
{ WARNING . Fuel can spray out if the fuel rearward center edge in and
cap is opened too quickly. release. When applied pressure is
Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn This spray can happen if the removed, the fuel door will spring
violently and can cause injury or tank is nearly full, and is partially open.
death. more likely in hot weather.
Open the fuel cap slowly and Turn the fuel cap counterclockwise
. To help avoid injuries to you
wait for any hiss noise to stop to remove. Do not release the cap
and others, read and follow
then unscrew the cap all too soon or it will spring back.
all the instructions on the fuel
the way Reinstall the cap by turning it
pump island.
clockwise until it clicks.
. Turn off the engine when
If the cap is not properly installed,
refueling.
the malfunction indicator lamp will
. Keep sparks, flames, and come on. See Malfunction Indicator
smoking materials away Lamp on page 5‑12 for more
from fuel. information.
. Do not leave the fuel pump Do not top off or overfill the tank.
unattended. Wait a few seconds before removing
. Do not reenter the vehicle the nozzle. Clean fuel from painted
while pumping fuel. surfaces as soon as possible. See
Exterior Care on page 10‑73.
. Keep children away from the
fuel pump and never let
children pump fuel.
(Continued)
Filling a Portable Fuel

{ WARNING Container
WARNING (Continued)
If a fire starts while you are keep it in contact with the fill
refueling, do not remove the
nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by
{ WARNING opening until filling is
complete.
shutting off the pump or by Filling a portable fuel container . Fill the container no more
notifying the station attendant. while it is in the vehicle can cause than 95% full to allow for
Leave the area immediately. fuel vapors that can ignite either expansion.
by static electricity or other . Do not smoke, light matches,
Notice: If a new fuel cap is means. You or others could be
or use lighters while
needed, be sure to get the right badly burned and the vehicle pumping fuel.
type of cap from your dealer. The could be damaged. Always:
. Avoid using cell phones or
wrong type of fuel cap might not . Use approved fuel other electronic devices.
fit properly, might cause the containers.
malfunction indicator lamp to . Remove the container from
light, and could damage the fuel
the vehicle, trunk, or pickup
tank and emissions system. See
bed before filling.
Malfunction Indicator Lamp on
page 5‑12. . Place the container on the
ground.
. Place the nozzle inside the fill
opening of the container
before dispensing fuel, and
(Continued)

. Do not tow a trailer during the
Towing first 800 km (500 miles), to WARNING (Continued)
prevent damage to the engine,
General Towing axle or other parts. . Fully open the air outlets on
Information or under the instrument
. Then, during the first 800 km panel.
Only use towing equipment that has (500 miles) trailer towing, do not
drive over 80 km/h (50 mph) and . Also adjust the Climate
been designed for the vehicle.
do not make starts at full throttle. Control system to a setting
Contact your dealer or trailering
that brings in only outside air.
dealer for assistance with preparing . The vehicle can tow in D (Drive). See “Climate Control
the vehicle for towing a trailer. Read Use a lower gear if the Systems” in the Index.
the entire section before towing a transmission shifts too often.
trailer. For more information about
. Do not use the Fuel Economy
For towing a disabled vehicle, see Carbon Monoxide, see Engine
Mode when towing.
Towing the Vehicle on page 10‑70. Exhaust on page 9‑25.
For towing the vehicle behind
another vehicle such as a motor
{ WARNING Towing a trailer requires a certain
home, see Recreational Vehicle When towing a trailer, exhaust amount of experience. The
Towing on page 10‑70. gases may collect at the rear of combination you are driving is
the vehicle and enter if the longer and not as responsive as the
Driving Characteristics liftgate, trunk/hatch, or rear-most vehicle itself. Get acquainted with
and Towing Tips window is open. the handling and braking of the rig
before setting out for the open road.
Driving with a Trailer When towing a trailer:
Before starting, check all trailer hitch
. Do not drive with the liftgate,
When towing a trailer: parts and attachments, safety
trunk/hatch, or rear-most chains, electrical connectors, lamps,
. Become familiar with the state window open. tires and mirrors. If the trailer has
and local laws that apply
(Continued) electric brakes, start the
specifically to trailer towing.
combination moving and then apply Passing When turning with a trailer, make
the trailer brake controller by hand wider turns than normal so the
More passing distance is needed
to be sure the brakes work. trailer will not strike soft shoulders,
when towing a trailer. Because the
During the trip, check occasionally curbs, road signs, trees or other
rig is longer, it is necessary to go
to be sure that the load is secure objects. Use the turn signal well in
farther beyond the passed vehicle
and the lamps and any trailer advance and avoid jerky or sudden
before returning to the lane.
brakes still work. maneuvers.
Backing Up Turn Signals When Towing a
Towing with a Stability Control
Hold the bottom of the steering Trailer
System wheel with one hand. To move the
When towing, the sound of the trailer to the left, move your hand to The turn signal indicators on the
stability control system might be the left. To move the trailer to the instrument panel flash whenever
heard. The system is reacting to the right, move your hand to the right. signaling a turn or lane change.
vehicle movement caused by the Always back up slowly and, Properly hooked up, the trailer
trailer, which mainly occurs during if possible, have someone lamps also flash, telling other
cornering. This is normal when guide you. drivers the vehicle is turning,
towing heavier trailers. changing lanes or stopping.
Making Turns When towing a trailer, the arrows on
Following Distance Notice: Making very sharp turns the instrument panel flash for turns
Stay at least twice as far behind the while trailering could cause the even if the bulbs on the trailer are
vehicle ahead as you would when trailer to come in contact with the burned out. Check occasionally to
driving the vehicle without a trailer. vehicle. The vehicle could be be sure the trailer bulbs are still
This can help to avoid situations damaged. Avoid making very working.
that require heavy braking and sharp turns while trailering.
sudden turns.
Driving on Grades Parking on Hills 4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then

apply the parking brake and shift
Reduce speed and shift to a lower
gear before starting down a long or { WARNING into P (Park).
steep downgrade. If the 5. Release the brake pedal.
transmission is not shifted down, the Parking the vehicle on a hill with
brakes might have to be used so the trailer attached can be Leaving After Parking on a Hill
much that they would get hot and no dangerous. If something goes 1. Apply and hold the brake pedal
longer work well. wrong, the rig could start to move. while you:
People can be injured, and both
The vehicle can tow in D (Drive). . Start the engine.
the vehicle and the trailer can be
Use a lower gear if the transmission . Shift into a gear.
damaged. When possible, always
shifts too often.
park the rig on a flat surface. . Release the parking brake.
When towing at high altitude on
steep uphill grades, engine coolant 2. Let up on the brake pedal.
boils at a lower temperature than at If parking the rig on a hill:
3. Drive slowly until the trailer is
normal altitudes. If the engine is 1. Press the brake pedal, but do clear of the chocks.
turned off immediately after towing not shift into P (Park) yet. Turn
at high altitude on steep uphill the wheels into the curb if facing 4. Stop and have someone pick up
grades, the vehicle could show downhill or into traffic if facing and store the chocks.
signs similar to engine overheating. uphill.
To avoid this, let the engine run
2. Have someone place chocks
while parked, preferably on level
under the trailer wheels.
ground, with the transmission in
P (Park) for a few minutes before 3. When the wheel chocks are in
turning the engine off. If the place, release the brake pedal
overheat warning comes on, see until the chocks absorb the load.
Engine Overheating on page 10‑18.
Maintenance When Trailer Trailer Towing Maximum trailer weight is calculated

Towing assuming only the driver is in the
Before pulling a trailer, there are tow vehicle and it has all the
The vehicle needs service more three important considerations that required trailering equipment. The
often when pulling a trailer. See the have to do with weight: weight of additional optional
Maintenance Schedule on equipment, passengers and cargo in
. The weight of the trailer
page 11‑2. Things that are the tow vehicle must be subtracted
especially important in trailer . The weight of the trailer tongue from the maximum trailer weight.
operation are automatic . The total weight on the vehicle's
transmission fluid, engine oil, axle Use the following chart to determine
tires how much the vehicle can weigh,
lubricant, belts, cooling system and
brake system. Inspect these before Weight of the Trailer based upon the vehicle model and
and during the trip. options.
How heavy can a trailer safely be?
Check periodically to see that all
Speed, altitude, road grades,
hitch nuts and bolts are tight.
outside temperature, special
Engine Cooling When Trailer equipment, and the amount of
Towing tongue weight the vehicle can carry
must be considered. See “Weight of
The cooling system may temporarily the Trailer Tongue” later in this
overheat during severe operating section.
conditions. See Engine Overheating
on page 10‑18.
Maximum Trailer GCWR*

Weight with Trailer
Vehicle Brakes†
2.4L L4 Engine, FWD 680 kg (1,500 lbs) 2 625 kg (5,787 lbs)
2.4L L4 Engine, AWD 680 kg (1,500 lbs) 2 700 kg (5,952 lbs)
3.6L V6 Engine, FWD 1 588 kg (3,500 lbs) 3 600 kg (7,937 lbs)
3.6L V6 Engine, AWD 1 588 kg (3,500 lbs) 3 700 kg (8,157 lbs)
† For trailers without trailer brakes the maximum trailer weight is 454 kg
(1,000 lbs). See Towing Equipment on page 9‑59.
If a weight-carrying hitch or a
*The Gross Combination Weight weight of the vehicle. The Gross weight-distributing hitch is being
Rating (GCWR) is the total Vehicle Weight (GVW) includes the used, the trailer tongue (1) should
allowable weight of the completely curb weight of the vehicle, any weigh 10 to 15 percent of the total
loaded vehicle and trailer including cargo carried in it, and the people loaded trailer weight (2).
any passengers, cargo, equipment who will be riding in the vehicle. After loading the trailer, weigh the
and conversions. The GCWR for the If there are a lot of options, trailer and then the tongue,
vehicle should not be exceeded. equipment, passengers or cargo in separately, to see if the weights are
Ask your dealer for our trailering the vehicle, it will reduce the tongue proper. If they are not, adjustments
information or advice. weight the vehicle can carry, which might be made by moving some
will also reduce the trailer weight the items around in the trailer.
Weight of the Trailer Tongue vehicle can tow. If towing a trailer, Trailering may be limited by the
the tongue load must be added to vehicle's ability to carry tongue
The tongue load (1) of any trailer is
the GVW because the vehicle will weight. Tongue weight cannot cause
an important weight to measure
be carrying that weight, too. See the vehicle to exceed the GVWR
because it affects the total gross
(Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) or Towing Equipment the trailer to help prevent the tongue
the RGAWR (Rear Gross Axle from contacting the road if it
Weight Rating). The effect of Hitches becomes separated from the hitch.
additional weight may reduce the Use the correct hitch equipment. Leave enough slack so the rig can
trailering capacity more than the See your dealer or a hitch dealer for turn. Never allow safety chains to
total of the additional weight. assistance. drag on the ground.
It is important that the vehicle does . The rear bumper on the vehicle Trailer Brakes
not exceed any of its ratings — is not intended for hitches. Do
GCWR, GVWR, RGAWR, Maximum Does the trailer have its own
not attach rental hitches or other brakes? Be sure to read and follow
Trailer Rating or Tongue Weight. bumper-type hitches to it. Use
The only way to be sure it is not the instructions for the trailer brakes
only a frame-mounted hitch that so they are installed, adjusted, and
exceeding any of these ratings is to does not attach to the bumper.
weigh the vehicle and trailer. maintained properly.
. Will any holes be made in the Because the vehicle has antilock
Total Weight on the Vehicle's body of the vehicle when the brakes, do not tap into the vehicle's
Tires trailer hitch is installed? If so, brake system. If this is done, both
Inflate the vehicle's tires to the seal the holes when the hitch is brake systems will not work well,
upper limit for cold tires. These removed. If the holes are not or at all.
numbers can be found on the sealed, dirt, water, and deadly
Certification label or see Vehicle carbon monoxide (CO) from the Trailer Sway
Load Limits on page 9‑14 for more exhaust can get into the vehicle.
See Engine Exhaust on Control (TSC)
information. Do not go over the
GVW limit for the vehicle, or the page 9‑25. The vehicle has a Trailer Sway
GAWR, including the weight of the Safety Chains Control (TSC) feature as part of the
trailer tongue. If using a weight StabiliTrak system. If TSC detects
distributing hitch, do not go over the Always attach chains between the that the trailer is swaying, the
rear axle limit before applying the vehicle and the trailer. Cross the vehicle's brakes are automatically
weight distribution spring bars. safety chains under the tongue of applied.
Conversions and
Add-Ons
Add-On Electrical
Equipment
When TSC is applying the brakes,
the TCS/StabiliTrak indicator light Notice: Some electrical
flashes to notify the driver to reduce equipment can damage the
speed. If the trailer continues to vehicle or cause components to
sway, StabiliTrak will reduce engine not work and would not be
torque to help slow the vehicle. covered by the warranty. Always
check with your dealer before
TSC will not function if StabiliTrak is adding electrical equipment.
turned off. See StabiliTrak® System
on page 9‑34. Add-on equipment can drain the
vehicle's 12-volt battery, even if the
vehicle is not operating.
The vehicle has an airbag system.
Before attempting to add anything
electrical to the vehicle, see
Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle on page 3‑30 and Adding
Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle on page 3‑31.
Vehicle Care 10-1
Power Steering Fluid (3.6L

Vehicle Care V6 Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19
Taillamps, Turn Signal,
Sidemarker, Stoplamps,
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20 and Back-Up Lamps . . . . . . 10-28
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21 License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . 10-31
General Information Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22 Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . 10-32
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 10-2 Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23
California Proposition All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23 Electrical System
65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2 Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . 10-24 Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32
California Perchlorate Automatic Transmission Shift Engine Compartment Fuse
Materials Requirements . . . . 10-2 Lock Control Function Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33
Accessories and Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24 Instrument Panel Fuse
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2 Ignition Transmission Lock Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-36
Vehicle Checks Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24 Wheels and Tires
Doing Your Own Park Brake and P (Park) Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-38
Service Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3 Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . 10-25 All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-39
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4 Wiper Blade Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-39
Engine Compartment Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25 Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-40
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5 Headlamp Aiming Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . 10-40
Engine Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8 Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . 10-26 Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8 Tire Terminology and
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . 10-11 Bulb Replacement Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-43
Automatic Transmission Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-27 Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-45
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12 Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27 Tire Pressure Monitor
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . 10-12 Headlamps, Front Turn System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-47
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14 Signal, Sidemarker, and Tire Pressure Monitor
Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15 Parking Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-48
Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . 10-18 Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28 Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-51
Power Steering Fluid (2.4L Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-51
L4 Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19
10-2 Vehicle Care
When It Is Time for New General Information cause cancer and birth defects or
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-52 other reproductive harm. Engine
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-53 For service and parts needs, visit exhaust, many parts and systems,
Different Size Tires and your dealer. You will receive many fluids, and some component
Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-55 genuine GM parts and GM-trained wear by-products contain and/or
Uniform Tire Quality and supported service people. emit these chemicals.
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-55 Genuine GM parts have one of
Wheel Alignment and Tire these marks: California Perchlorate
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . 10-57 Materials Requirements
Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-58 Certain types of automotive
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . 10-58 applications, such as airbag
Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-60 initiators, safety belt pretensioners,
Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . 10-67 and lithium batteries contained in
Remote Keyless Entry transmitters,
Jump Starting may contain perchlorate materials.
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-67 Special handling may be necessary.
Towing For additional information, see
Towing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . 10-70 www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/
Recreational Vehicle perchlorate.
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-70
Accessories and
Appearance Care
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-73 California Proposition Modifications
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-76 65 Warning Adding non‐dealer accessories or
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-79 Most motor vehicles, including this making modifications to the vehicle
one, contain and/or emit chemicals can affect vehicle performance and
known to the State of California to safety, including such things as
airbags, braking, stability, ride and
Vehicle Care 10-3
handling, emissions systems, Vehicle Checks This vehicle has an airbag system.
aerodynamics, durability, and Before attempting to do your own
electronic systems like antilock service work, see Servicing the
brakes, traction control, and stability Doing Your Own Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on
control. These accessories or Service Work page 3‑30.
modifications could even cause Keep a record with all parts receipts
malfunction or damage not covered
by the vehicle warranty.
{ WARNING and list the mileage and the date of
any service work performed. See
Damage to vehicle components It can be dangerous to work on Maintenance Records on
resulting from modifications or the your vehicle if you do not have page 11‑15.
installation or use of non‐GM the proper knowledge, service
manual, tools, or parts. Always Notice: Even small amounts of
certified parts, including control contamination can cause damage
module or software modifications, is follow owner manual procedures
to vehicle systems. Do not allow
not covered under the terms of the and consult the service manual
contaminants to contact the
vehicle warranty and may affect for your vehicle before doing any fluids, reservoir caps,
remaining warranty coverage for service work. or dipsticks.
affected parts.
GM Accessories are designed to If doing some of your own service
complement and function with other work, use the proper service
systems on the vehicle. See your manual. It tells you much more
dealer to accessorize the vehicle about how to service the vehicle
using genuine GM Accessories than this manual can. To order the
installed by a dealer technician. proper service manual, see Service
Also, see Adding Equipment to the Publications Ordering Information
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on on page 13‑16.
page 3‑31.
10-4 Vehicle Care
Hood To close the hood:

To open the hood: 1. Before closing the hood, be sure
all the filler caps are on properly.
2. Lower the hood 30 cm (12 in)
above the vehicle and release it
so it fully latches. Check to
make sure the hood is closed
and repeat the process if
necessary.
2. Move the secondary hood

release lever to the right to
release the striker. The lever is
near the middle of the hood.
1. Pull the release handle located
below the instrument panel to 3. Lift the hood.
the left of the steering wheel.
Vehicle Care 10-5
Engine Compartment Overview
2.4L L4 Engine
10-6 Vehicle Care
1. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on 11. Windshield Washer Fluid

page 10‑12. Reservoir. See Washer Fluid
2. Engine Cover on page 10‑8. on page 10‑20.
3. Engine Oil Dipstick (Out of

View). See Engine Oil on
page 10‑8.
4. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See Engine
Oil on page 10‑8.
5. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See
Brakes on page 10‑21.
6. Engine Compartment Fuse
Block on page 10‑33.
7. Remote Positive (+) Terminal.
See Jump Starting on
page 10‑67.
8. Remote Negative (−) Terminal.
page 10‑67.
9. Battery on page 10‑23 (Out
of View).
10. Engine Coolant Surge Tank
and Pressure Cap. See Engine
Coolant on page 10‑15.
Vehicle Care 10-7
3.6L V6 Engine
10-8 Vehicle Care
1. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on 10. Battery on page 10‑23 (Out 3. Engine Cover
page 10‑12. of View). To remove:
2. Power Steering Fluid Reservoir 11. Engine Coolant Surge Tank 1. Remove the oil fill cap (1).
(Under Engine Cover). See and Pressure Cap. See Engine
Power Steering Fluid (2.4L L4 Coolant on page 10‑15. 2. Remove the engine cover
Engine) on page 10‑19 or Power bolt (2).
12. Windshield Washer Fluid
Steering Fluid (3.6L V6 Engine) Reservoir. See Washer Fluid 3. Raise the engine cover (3) to
on page 10‑19. on page 10‑20. release from the retainers.
3. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See Engine 4. Lift and remove the engine
Oil on page 10‑8. Engine Cover cover.
4. Engine Cover on page 10‑8. 5. Reverse Steps 1–4 to reinstall
5. Engine Oil Dipstick (Out of engine cover.
View). See Engine Oil on
page 10‑8. Engine Oil
6. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See To ensure proper engine
Brakes on page 10‑21. performance and long life, careful
7. Engine Compartment Fuse attention must be paid to engine oil.
Block on page 10‑33. Following these simple, but
important steps will help protect
8. Remote Positive (+) Terminal. your investment:
page 10‑67.
. Always use engine oil approved
Engine Cover 3.6L V6 to the proper specification and of
9. Remote Negative (−) Terminal. the proper viscosity grade. See
See Jump Starting on 1. Oil Fill Cap “Selecting the Right Engine Oil”
page 10‑67. 2. Engine Cover Bolt in this section.
Vehicle Care 10-9

. Check the engine oil level Checking the oil level too soon When to Add Engine Oil
regularly and maintain the after engine shutoff will not
proper oil level. See “Checking provide an accurate oil level
Engine Oil” and “When to Add reading.
Engine Oil” in this section.
. Change the engine oil at the { WARNING
appropriate time. See Engine Oil
Life System on page 10‑11. The engine oil dipstick handle
may be hot; it could burn you. 2.4L L4 Engine
. Always dispose of engine oil
properly. See “What to Do with Use a towel or glove to touch the
Used Oil” in this section. dipstick handle.
Checking Engine Oil 2. Pull out the dipstick and clean it

It is a good idea to check the engine with a paper towel or cloth, then
oil level at each fuel fill. In order to push it back in all the way.
get an accurate reading, the vehicle Remove it again, keeping the tip 3.6L V6 Engine
must be on level ground. The down, and check the level. If the oil is below the cross-hatched
engine oil dipstick handle is a loop. area at the tip of the dipstick, add
See Engine Compartment Overview 1 L (1 qt) of the recommended oil
on page 10‑5 for the location of the and then recheck the level. See
engine oil dipstick. “Selecting the Right Engine Oil” in
Obtaining an accurate oil level this section for an explanation of
reading is essential: what kind of oil to use. For engine
oil crankcase capacity, see
1. If the engine has been running
Capacities and Specifications on
recently, turn off the engine and
page 12‑2.
allow several minutes for the oil
to drain back into the oil pan.
10-10 Vehicle Care
Notice: Do not add too much oil. Selecting the Right Engine Oil vehicle warranty. Check with your
Oil levels above or below the dealer or service provider on
Selecting the right engine oil
acceptable operating range whether the oil is approved to the
depends on both the proper oil
shown on the dipstick are harmful dexos1 specification.
specification and viscosity grade.
to the engine. If you find that you
See Recommended Fluids and Viscosity Grade
have an oil level above the
Lubricants on page 11‑12.
operating range, i.e., the engine SAE 5W-30 is the best viscosity
has so much oil that the oil level Specification grade for the vehicle. Do not use
gets above the cross-hatched other viscosity grade oils such as
Use and ask for licensed engine oils
area that shows the proper SAE 10W-30, 10W-40, or 20W-50.
with the dexos1® approved
operating range, the engine could Cold Temperature Operation: In an
certification mark. Engine oils
be damaged. You should drain area of extreme cold, where the
meeting the requirements for the
out the excess oil or limit driving temperature falls below −29°C
vehicle should have the dexos1
of the vehicle and seek a service (−20°F), an SAE 0W-30 oil may be
approved certification mark. This
professional to remove the used. An oil of this viscosity grade
certification mark indicates that the
excess amount of oil. will provide easier cold starting for
oil has been approved to the dexos1
See Engine Compartment Overview specification. the engine at extremely low
on page 10‑5 for the location of the temperatures. When selecting an oil
engine oil fill cap. of the appropriate viscosity grade,
Add enough oil to put the level always select an oil of the correct
somewhere in the proper operating specification. See “Specification”
range. Push the dipstick all the way earlier in this section for more
back in when through. information.
Notice: Failure to use the

recommended engine oil or
equivalent can result in engine
damage not covered by the
Vehicle Care 10-11
Engine Oil Additives/Engine Used oil can be a threat to the necessary. A CHANGE ENGINE
Oil Flushes environment. If you change your OIL SOON message comes on. See
own oil, be sure to drain all the oil Engine Oil Messages on page 5‑26.
Do not add anything to the oil. The from the filter before disposal. Never Change the oil as soon as possible
recommended oils with the dexos dispose of oil by putting it in the within the next 1 000 km (600 mi).
specification and displaying the trash or pouring it on the ground, It is possible that, if driving under
dexos certification mark are all that into sewers, or into streams or the best conditions, the oil life
is needed for good performance and bodies of water. Recycle it by taking system might indicate that an oil
engine protection. it to a place that collects used oil. change is not necessary for up to a
Engine oil system flushes are not year. The engine oil and filter must
recommended and could cause Engine Oil Life System be changed at least once a year
engine damage not covered by the and, at this time, the system must
vehicle warranty. When to Change Engine Oil be reset. Your dealer has trained
This vehicle has a computer system service people who will perform this
What to Do with Used Oil work and reset the system. It is also
that indicates when to change the
Used engine oil contains certain engine oil and filter. This is based important to check the oil regularly
elements that can be unhealthy for on a combination of factors which over the course of an oil drain
your skin and could even cause include engine revolutions, engine interval and keep it at the proper
cancer. Do not let used oil stay on temperature, and miles driven. level.
your skin for very long. Clean your Based on driving conditions, the If the system is ever reset
skin and nails with soap and water, mileage at which an oil change is accidentally, the oil must be
or a good hand cleaner. Wash or indicated can vary considerably. For changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi)
properly dispose of clothing or rags the oil life system to work properly, since the last oil change.
containing used engine oil. See the the system must be reset every time Remember to reset the oil life
manufacturer's warnings about the the oil is changed. system whenever the oil is changed.
use and disposal of oil products.
When the system has calculated
that oil life has been diminished, it
indicates that an oil change is
10-12 Vehicle Care
How to Reset the Engine Oil The system is reset when the the procedure can be found in the
Life System CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON service manual. To purchase a
message goes off. service manual, see Service
Reset the system whenever the Publications Ordering Information
engine oil is changed so that the If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
message comes back on when the on page 13‑16.
system can calculate the next
engine oil change. To reset the vehicle is started, the engine oil life Change the fluid and filter at the
system: system has not been reset. Repeat intervals listed in Maintenance
the procedure. Schedule on page 11‑2, and be sure
1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN, to use the fluid listed in
with the engine off.
Automatic Transmission Recommended Fluids and
2. Press the DIC MENU button to Lubricants on page 11‑12.
display the Vehicle
Fluid
Information menu. How to Check Automatic Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
3. Press either the up or down Transmission Fluid See Engine Compartment Overview
arrows to view REMAINING It is not necessary to check the on page 10‑5 for the location of the
OIL LIFE. transmission fluid level. engine air cleaner/filter.
4. Press the SET/CLR button until A transmission fluid leak is the only
reason for fluid loss. If a leak When to Inspect the Engine Air
100% is displayed.
occurs, take the vehicle to your Cleaner/Filter
5. Turn the key to LOCK/OFF. dealer and have it repaired as soon Inspect or replace the air cleaner/
Or: as possible. filter at the scheduled maintenance
1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with There is a special procedure for intervals. See Maintenance
the engine off. checking and changing the Schedule on page 11‑2 for more
transmission fluid. Because this information. If driving in dusty/dirty
2. Fully press and release the conditions, inspect the filter at each
procedure is difficult, this should be
accelerator pedal three times engine oil change.
done at your dealer. Contact your
within five seconds.
dealer for additional information or
Vehicle Care 10-13
How to Inspect the Engine Air 2. Align the air cleaner housing
Cleaner/Filter cover tabs to the air cleaner
housing.
To inspect the air cleaner/filter,
remove the filter from the vehicle 3. Install the air cleaner housing
and lightly shake the filter to release cover using the four screws.
loose dust and dirt. If the filter
remains covered with dirt, a new { WARNING
filter is required. Never use
compressed air to clean the filter. Operating the engine with the air
cleaner/filter off can cause you or
To inspect or replace the engine air
cleaner/filter: others to be burned. The air
cleaner not only cleans the air; it
1. Open the hood. See Hood on 3. Remove the four air cleaner helps to stop flames if the engine
page 10‑4. housing cover screws.
backfires. Use caution when
2. Locate the air filter housing on 4. Pull straight up on the cover, and working on the engine and do not
the passenger side of the engine while holding the cover, remove drive with the air cleaner/filter off.
compartment. See Engine the air cleaner filter.
Compartment Overview on 5. Inspect or replace the air cleaner Notice: If the air cleaner/filter is
page 10‑5. filter. off, dirt can easily get into the
How to Reinstall Engine Air engine, which could damage it.
Always have the air cleaner/filter
Cleaner/Filter in place when you are driving.
1. Install the air cleaner filter into
the air cleaner housing. The
outer air cleaner filter seal must
be fitted properly in the air
cleaner housing.
10-14 Vehicle Care
Cooling System If the coolant inside the coolant

surge tank is boiling, do not do
anything else until it cools down.
The vehicle should be parked on a
level surface.
The coolant level should be at the
COLD FILL line. If it is not, the
vehicle may have a leak at the
radiator hoses, heater hoses,
radiator, water pump, or somewhere
else in the cooling system.
3.6L V6 Engine { WARNING

2.4L L4 Engine 1. Engine Cooling Fans (Out
of View) Heater and radiator hoses, and
1. Engine Cooling Fan (Out other engine parts, can be very
of View) 2. Engine Coolant Surge Tank and hot. Do not touch them. If you do,
Pressure Cap you can be burned.
2. Engine Coolant Surge Tank and
Pressure Cap
{ WARNING Do not run the engine if there is a
leak. If you run the engine, it
An electric engine cooling fan could lose all coolant. That could
under the hood can start up even cause an engine fire, and you
when the engine is not running could be burned. Get any leak
and can cause injury. Keep fixed before you drive the vehicle.
hands, clothing, and tools away
from any underhood electric fan.
Vehicle Care 10-15
If there seems to be no leak, with The following explains the cooling Use a 50/50 mixture of clean,
the engine on, check to see if the system and how to check and add drinkable water and DEX-COOL
electric engine cooling fan is coolant when it is low. If there is a coolant. If using this mixture,
running. If the engine is problem with engine overheating, nothing else needs to be added.
overheating, the fan should be see Engine Overheating on This mixture:
running. If it is not, the vehicle page 10‑18. . Gives freezing protection down
needs service. Turn off the engine. to −37°C (−34°F), outside
What to Use
Notice: Using coolant other than temperature.
DEX-COOL® can cause premature
engine, heater core, or radiator { WARNING . Gives boiling protection up to
129°C (265°F), engine
corrosion. In addition, the engine Adding only plain water or some temperature.
coolant could require changing other liquid to the cooling system
sooner, at 50 000 km (30,000 mi) . Protects against rust and
can be dangerous. Plain water corrosion.
or 24 months, whichever occurs
and other liquids, can boil before
first. Any repairs would not be . Will not damage aluminum parts.
the proper coolant mixture will.
Always use DEX-COOL The coolant warning system is set . Helps keep the proper engine
(silicate-free) coolant in the for the proper coolant mixture. temperature.
vehicle. With plain water or the wrong Notice: If an improper coolant
mixture, the engine could get too mixture is used, the engine could
Engine Coolant hot but you would not get the overheat and be badly damaged.
overheat warning. The engine The repair cost would not be
The cooling system in the vehicle is could catch fire and you or others covered by the vehicle warranty.
filled with DEX-COOL® engine could be burned. Use a 50/ Too much water in the mixture
coolant. This coolant is designed to 50 mixture of clean, drinkable can freeze and crack the engine,
remain in the vehicle for 5 years or water and DEX-COOL coolant. radiator, heater core, and other
240 000 km (150,000 mi), whichever
parts.
occurs first.
10-16 Vehicle Care
Never dispose of engine coolant by The coolant surge tank is in the

putting it in the trash, pouring it on engine compartment on the driver { WARNING
the ground, or into sewers, streams, side of the vehicle. See Engine
or bodies of water. Have the coolant Compartment Overview on Steam and scalding liquids from a
changed by an authorized service page 10‑5. hot cooling system can blow out
center, familiar with legal and burn you badly. They are
requirements regarding used How to Add Coolant to the under pressure, and if you turn
coolant disposal. This will help Coolant Surge Tank the coolant surge tank pressure
protect the environment and your Notice: This vehicle has a cap — even a little — they can
health. specific coolant fill procedure. come out at high speed. Never
Failure to follow this procedure turn the cap when the cooling
Checking Coolant system, including the coolant
could cause the engine to
The vehicle must be on a level overheat and be severely surge tank pressure cap, is hot.
surface when checking the coolant damaged. Wait for the cooling system and
level. coolant surge tank pressure cap
If you have not found a problem yet,
Check to see if coolant is visible in check to see if coolant is visible in to cool if you ever have to turn
the coolant surge tank. If the coolant the coolant surge tank. If coolant is the pressure cap.
inside the coolant surge tank is visible but the coolant level is not at
boiling, do not do anything else until the COLD FILL line, add a 50/
it cools down. If coolant is visible
but the coolant level is not at or
50 mixture of clean, drinkable water
and DEX-COOL coolant at the
{ WARNING
above the COLD FILL line, add a coolant surge tank, but be sure the Adding only plain water or some
50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable cooling system, including the other liquid to the cooling system
water and DEX-COOL coolant at the coolant surge tank pressure cap, is can be dangerous. Plain water
coolant surge tank, but be sure the cool before you do it. See Engine and other liquids, can boil before
cooling system is cool before this is Overheating on page 10‑18 for more the proper coolant mixture will.
done. See Cooling System on information.
page 10‑14 for more information. (Continued)
Vehicle Care 10-17
parts. Use the recommended

WARNING (Continued) coolant and the proper coolant
mixture.
The coolant warning system is set
for the proper coolant mixture.
With plain water or the wrong
mixture, the engine could get too
hot but you would not get the
overheat warning. The engine
could catch fire and you or others
could be burned. Use a 50/ 1. Remove the coolant surge tank
50 mixture of clean, drinkable pressure cap when the cooling
water and DEX-COOL coolant. system, including the coolant 3. Fill the coolant surge tank with
surge tank pressure cap and the proper DEX-COOL coolant
upper radiator hose, is no mixture, to the COLD FILL line.
longer hot.
{ WARNING 4. With the coolant surge tank
Turn the pressure cap slowly pressure cap off, start the
You can be burned if you spill counterclockwise about engine and let it run until the
coolant on hot engine parts. one-quarter of a turn. If you hear upper radiator hose can be felt
Coolant contains ethylene glycol a hiss, wait for that to stop. This getting hot. Watch out for the
and it will burn if the engine parts will allow any pressure still left to engine cooling fan(s).
are hot enough. Do not spill be vented out the
discharge hose. By this time, the coolant level
coolant on a hot engine.
inside the coolant surge tank
2. Keep turning the pressure cap may be lower. If the level is
Notice: In cold weather, water slowly, and remove it. lower, add more of the proper
can freeze and crack the engine, DEX-COOL coolant mixture to
radiator, heater core and other
10-18 Vehicle Care
the coolant surge tank until the The decision may be made not to lift If Steam is Coming from the
level reaches the COLD the hood when this warning Engine Compartment
FILL line. appears, but instead get service
help right away. See Roadside
5. Replace the pressure cap. Be
Assistance Program (Mexico) on
{ WARNING
sure the pressure cap is
hand-tight. page 13‑7 or Roadside Assistance Steam from an overheated engine
Program (U.S. and Canada) on can burn you badly, even if you
Check the level in the coolant surge page 13‑10. just open the hood. Stay away
tank when the cooling system has
cooled down. If the coolant is not at If the decision to lift the hood is from the engine if you see or hear
the proper level, repeat Steps 1– made, make sure the vehicle is steam coming from it. Just turn it
3 and reinstall the pressure cap. parked on a level surface. off and get everyone away from
If the coolant still is not at the proper Then check to see if the engine the vehicle until it cools down.
level when the system cools down cooling fan(s) are running. If the Wait until there is no sign of
again, see your dealer. engine is overheating, the fan(s) steam or coolant before you open
should be running. If they are not, the hood.
Engine Overheating do not continue to run the engine If you keep driving when the
and have the vehicle serviced. engine is overheated, the liquids
The vehicle has an indicator to warn
of engine overheating. There is an Notice: Engine damage from in it can catch fire. You or others
engine coolant temperature warning running the engine without could be badly burned. Stop the
light on the vehicle's instrument coolant is not covered by the engine if it overheats, and get out
panel. See Engine Coolant warranty. of the vehicle until the engine
Temperature Gauge on page 5‑9. is cool.
Vehicle Care 10-19
If No Steam is Coming from If the temperature overheat gauge is Power Steering Fluid
the Engine Compartment no longer in the overheat zone or an
overheat warning no longer
(3.6L V6 Engine)
If an engine overheat warning is displays, the vehicle can be driven.
displayed but no steam can be seen Continue to drive the vehicle slowly
or heard, the problem may not be for about 10 minutes. Keep a safe
too serious. Sometimes the engine vehicle distance from the vehicle in
can get a little too hot when the front. If the warning does not come
vehicle: back on, continue to drive normally.
. Climbs a long hill on a hot day. If the warning continues, pull over,
stop, and park the vehicle The power steering fluid reservoir is
. Stops after high-speed driving.
right away. located toward the rear of the
. Idles for long periods in traffic. engine compartment on the
If there is no sign of steam, idle the passenger side of the vehicle. See
. Tows a trailer.
engine for three minutes while Engine Compartment Overview on
If the overheat warning is displayed parked. If the warning is still page 10‑5 for reservoir location.
with no sign of steam: displayed, turn off the engine until it
cools down. When to Check Power Steering
1. Turn the air conditioning off.
Fluid
2. Turn the heater on to the highest Power Steering Fluid
temperature and to the highest The power steering fluid does not
fan speed. Open the windows as (2.4L L4 Engine) need to be checked unless there is
necessary. a leak in the system or you hear an
The vehicle has electric power unusual noise. Have the system
3. In heavy traffic, let the engine steering and does not use power inspected and repaired if there is a
idle in N (Neutral) while stopped. steering fluid. fluid loss.
If it is safe to do so, pull off the
road, shift to P (Park) or
N (Neutral) and let the
engine idle.
10-20 Vehicle Care
How to Check Power Steering Notice: Use of the incorrect fluid Open the cap with the washer
Fluid may damage the vehicle and the symbol on it and add washer fluid
damages may not be covered by until full. See Engine Compartment
To check the power steering fluid: the vehicle's warranty. Always Overview on page 10‑5 for reservoir
1. Turn the engine off and let it use the correct fluid listed in location.
cool down. Recommended Fluids and Notice
Lubricants on page 11‑12.
2. Remove the engine cover. Refer . When using concentrated
to Engine Cover on page 10‑8. washer fluid, follow the
Washer Fluid
3. Wipe the cap and the top of the manufacturer instructions for
reservoir clean. What to Use adding water.
4. Unscrew the cap and wipe the Read the manufacturer's . Do not mix water with
dipstick with a clean rag. instructions before refilling the ready-to-use washer fluid.
windshield washer fluid. If operating Water can cause the solution
5. Replace the cap and completely
the vehicle in an area where the to freeze and damage the
tighten it.
temperature may fall below freezing, washer fluid tank and other
6. Remove the cap again and look use a fluid that has sufficient parts of the washer system.
at the fluid level on the dipstick. protection against freezing. . Fill the washer fluid tank only
The fluid level should be between Adding Washer Fluid three-quarters full when it is
MAX and MIN line at room very cold. This allows for
temperature. If the fluid is on or fluid expansion if freezing
below MIN line, add fluid. occurs, which could damage
the tank if it is
What to Use completely full.
To determine what kind of fluid to
use, refer to Recommended Fluids
and Lubricants on page 11‑12.
Always use the proper fluid.
Vehicle Care 10-21

. Do not use engine coolant Notice: Continuing to drive with Brake Adjustment
(antifreeze) in the windshield worn-out brake pads could result
washer. It can damage the Every time the brakes are applied,
in costly brake repair.
windshield washer system with or without the vehicle moving,
and paint. Some driving conditions or climates the brakes adjust for wear.
can cause a brake squeal when the
brakes are first applied or lightly Replacing Brake System Parts
Brakes applied. This does not mean The braking system on a vehicle is
This vehicle has disc brakes. Disc something is wrong with the brakes. complex. Its many parts have to be
brake pads have built-in wear Properly torqued wheel nuts are of top quality and work well together
indicators that make a high-pitched necessary to help prevent brake if the vehicle is to have really good
warning sound when the brake pads pulsation. When tires are rotated, braking. The vehicle was designed
are worn and new pads are needed. inspect brake pads for wear and and tested with top-quality brake
The sound can come and go or be evenly tighten wheel nuts in the parts. When parts of the braking
heard all the time the vehicle is proper sequence to torque system are replaced, be sure to get
moving, except when applying the specifications in Capacities and new, approved replacement parts.
brake pedal firmly. Specifications on page 12‑2. If this is not done, the brakes might
not work properly. For example,
{ WARNING Brake linings should always be
replaced as complete axle sets.
installing disc brake pads that are
wrong for the vehicle, can change
The brake wear warning sound Brake Pedal Travel the balance between the front and
means that soon the brakes will rear brakes — for the worse. The
not work well. That could lead to See your dealer if the brake pedal braking performance expected can
a crash. When the brake wear does not return to normal height, change in many other ways if the
warning sound is heard, have the or if there is a rapid increase in wrong replacement brake parts are
vehicle serviced. pedal travel. This could be a sign installed.
that brake service might be
required.
10-22 Vehicle Care
Brake Fluid hydraulic system fixed, since a What to Add

leak means that sooner or later Use only new DOT 3 brake fluid
the brakes will not work well. from a sealed container. See
Do not top off the brake fluid. Recommended Fluids and
Adding fluid does not correct a leak. Lubricants on page 11‑12.
If fluid is added when the linings are Always clean the brake fluid
worn, there will be too much fluid reservoir cap and the area around
when new brake linings are the cap before removing it. This
The brake master cylinder reservoir installed. Add or remove brake fluid, helps keep dirt from entering the
is filled with DOT 3 brake fluid as as necessary, only when work is reservoir.
indicated on the reservoir cap. See done on the brake hydraulic system.
Engine Compartment Overview on
page 10‑5 for the location of the { WARNING { WARNING
reservoir. With the wrong kind of fluid in the
If too much brake fluid is added, it
There are only two reasons why the brake hydraulic system, the
can spill on the engine and burn,
brake fluid level in the reservoir brakes might not work well. This
if the engine is hot enough. You
might go down: could cause a crash. Always use
or others could be burned, and
. The brake fluid level goes down the proper brake fluid.
the vehicle could be damaged.
because of normal brake lining Add brake fluid only when work is
wear. When new linings are done on the brake hydraulic
installed, the fluid level goes system.
back up.
. A fluid leak in the brake When the brake fluid falls to a low
hydraulic system can also cause level, the brake warning light comes
a low fluid level. Have the brake on. See Brake System Warning
Light on page 5‑15.
Vehicle Care 10-23
Notice Battery Infrequent Usage: Remove the

. Using the wrong fluid can black, negative (−) cable from the
Refer to the replacement number on battery to keep the battery from
badly damage brake the original battery label when a
hydraulic system parts. For running down.
new battery is needed.
example, just a few drops of Extended Storage: Remove the
mineral-based oil, such as black, negative (−) cable from the
engine oil, in the brake { WARNING battery or use a battery trickle
hydraulic system can Battery posts, terminals, and charger.
damage brake hydraulic
related accessories contain lead
system parts so badly that
and lead compounds, chemicals All-Wheel Drive
they will have to be replaced.
known to the State of California to Transfer Case
Do not let someone put in
the wrong kind of fluid. cause cancer and reproductive
harm. Wash hands after handling. Under normal driving conditions,
. If brake fluid is spilled on the transfer case fluid does not require
vehicle's painted surfaces, changing or checking unless there
the paint finish can be Vehicle Storage is a fluid leak or unusual noise.
damaged. Be careful not to If required, have the transfer case
spill brake fluid on the { WARNING serviced by your dealer.
vehicle. If you do, wash it off
immediately. Batteries have acid that can burn
you and gas that can explode.
You can be badly hurt if you are
not careful. See Jump Starting on
page 10‑67 for tips on working
around a battery without
getting hurt.
10-24 Vehicle Care
Starter Switch Check If the vehicle starts in any other 3. With the engine off, turn the
position, contact your dealer for ignition on, but do not start the
service. engine. Without applying the
{ WARNING regular brake, try to move the
When you are doing this Automatic Transmission shift lever out of P (Park) with
normal effort. If the shift lever
inspection, the vehicle could Shift Lock Control moves out of P (Park), contact
move suddenly. If the vehicle Function Check your dealer for service.
moves, you or others could be
injured.
{ WARNING Ignition Transmission
When you are doing this
Lock Check
1. Before starting this check, be
sure there is enough room inspection, the vehicle could While parked, and with the parking
around the vehicle. move suddenly. If the vehicle brake set, try to turn the ignition to
moves, you or others could be LOCK/OFF in each shift lever
2. Firmly apply both the parking position.
brake and the regular brake. injured.
See Parking Brake on . The ignition should turn to
page 9‑31. 1. Before starting this check, be LOCK/OFF only when the shift
sure there is enough room lever is in P (Park).
Do not use the accelerator
pedal, and be ready to turn off around the vehicle. It should be . The ignition key should come
the engine immediately if it parked on a level surface. out only in LOCK/OFF.
starts. 2. Firmly apply the parking brake. Contact your dealer if service is
3. Try to start the engine in each See Parking Brake on required.
gear. The vehicle should start page 9‑31.
only in P (Park) or N (Neutral). Be ready to apply the regular
brake immediately if the vehicle
begins to move.
Vehicle Care 10-25

. To check the P (Park)
Park Brake and P (Park) mechanism's holding ability:
Front Wiper Blade
Mechanism Check Replacement
With the engine running, shift to
P (Park). Then release the To replace the front wiper blades:
{ WARNING parking brake followed by the 1. Lift the wiper arm from the
regular brake. windshield until no further
When you are doing this check, movement is possible.
Contact your dealer if service is
the vehicle could begin to move. required.
You or others could be injured
and property could be damaged.
Make sure there is room in front
Wiper Blade Replacement
of the vehicle in case it begins to Windshield wiper blades should be
roll. Be ready to apply the regular inspected for wear and cracking.
brake at once should the vehicle See Maintenance Schedule on
begin to move. page 11‑2.
2. Press the square button on the
Replacement blades come in top side, at the end of the wiper
Park on a fairly steep hill, with the different types and are removed in arm, and pull the wiper blade out
vehicle facing downhill. Keeping different ways. For proper type and of the end of the wiper arm.
your foot on the regular brake, set length, see Maintenance
Replacement Parts on page 11‑13. 3. Install the wiper blade connector
the parking brake.
by sliding into the end of the
. To check the parking brake's Notice: Allowing the wiper arm to wiper arm until the square button
holding ability: With the engine touch the windshield when no on the wiper blade clicks into
running and the transmission in wiper blade is installed could place with the wiper arm.
N (Neutral), slowly remove foot damage the windshield. Any
damage that occurs would not be 4. Place the wiper arm with the
pressure from the regular brake
covered by your warranty. Do not wiper blade in place back on the
pedal. Do this until the vehicle is
allow the wiper arm to touch the windshield.
held by the parking brake only.
windshield.
10-26 Vehicle Care
Rear Wiper Blade Replacement To replace the wiper blade: Headlamp Aiming
The rear wiper blade and wiper arm 1. Lift the wiper arm away from the
Headlamp aim has been preset and
have a cover for protection. The windshield.
should need no further adjustment.
cover must be removed before the
wiper blade can be replaced. If the vehicle is damaged in a crash,
the headlamp aim may be affected.
To remove the cover: If adjustment to the headlamps is
necessary, see your dealer.
2. Push the release lever (2) to

1. Slide a plastic tool under the disengage the hook and push
cover and push upward to the wiper arm (1) out of the
unsnap. blade assembly (3).
2. Slide the cover towards the 3. Push the new blade assembly
wiper blade tip to unhook it from securely on the wiper arm until
the blade assembly. the release lever clicks into
3. Remove the cover. place.
4. After wiper blade replacement, 4. Replace the wiper cover.
ensure that cover hook slides
into the slot in the blade
assembly.
5. Snap the cover down to secure.
Vehicle Care 10-27
Bulb Replacement Headlamps, Front Turn To replace one of these bulbs:
For the proper type of replacement Signal, Sidemarker, and

bulbs, see Replacement Bulbs on Parking Lamps
page 10‑32.
For any bulb changing procedure
not listed in this section, contact
your dealer.
Halogen Bulbs
{ WARNING
Halogen bulbs have pressurized
gas inside and can burst if you 1. Turn the tire to reach the access
drop or scratch the bulb. You or port cap located in the front of
others could be injured. Be sure wheel well cover.
1. Low-Beam Headlamp
to read and follow the instructions 2. Remove the screw (1) and turn
on the bulb package. 2. High-Beam Headlamp the access port cap (2)
3. Sidemarker Lamp counterclockwise to remove.
4. Park/Turn Signal Lamp 3. If replacing a headlamp bulb,
remove the dust cover cap from
the back of the headlamp
housing by turning the cap
counterclockwise.
10-28 Vehicle Care
4. Turn the bulb socket Fog Lamps Taillamps, Turn Signal,

counterclockwise to remove it
from the lamp assembly. To replace one of these bulbs: Sidemarker, Stoplamps,
5. Remove the bulb from the
and Back-Up Lamps
socket or disconnect the bulb
assembly from the harness
connector.
6. Install the new bulb.
7. Reinstall the bulb socket to the
lamp assembly, turning
clockwise.
8. Replace the dust cover cap on
headlamps.
9. Reinstall the wheel well cover
access port cap and secure by 1. Locate the fog lamp assembly
installing the screw. under the front fascia. 1. Stop/Tail/Turn Signal/
2. Remove the bulb from the lamp Sidemarker Lamp
assembly by turning it 2. Auxiliary Taillamp
counterclockwise and pulling
straight out. 3. Back-up Lamp
3. Disconnect the electrical
connector.
4. Reverse Steps 2 and 3 for
assembly.
Vehicle Care 10-29
Stop/Tail/Turn Signal/
Sidemarker Lamp
To replace one of these lamps:
1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate
on page 2‑8.
2. Remove the two screw covers
from the taillamp assembly.
6. Turn the bulb socket 11. Verify that the taillamp

counterclockwise and pull it out. assembly tab, located at the
7. Pull the bulb straight out of the bottom of the taillamp
socket. assembly, is aligned to the
fascia bracket before securing
8. Install the new bulb. with screws.
9. Push the bulb socket in and turn Auxiliary Taillamp
it clockwise.
10. Reverse Steps 2–5 to reinstall
3. Remove the two screws the lamp assembly. 1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate
securing the taillamp assembly. on page 2‑8.
4. Pull the taillamp assembly out of 2. Remove the interior trim access
the vehicle body. panel.
5. Disconnect the lamp wiring
harness.
10-30 Vehicle Care
Back–Up Lamp
Removal of the lamp assembly is
not required to replace the back-up
lamp bulb.
1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate
on page 2‑8.
2. Remove the interior trim access
panel.
3. Remove the five attachment 6. Turn the bulb socket

nuts (1) securing the taillamp counterclockwise and pull it out.
assembly to the liftgate. 7. Pull the bulb straight out of the
4. Disengage the retaining hook (2) socket.
and pull the taillamp assembly 8. Install the new bulb.
out of the vehicle liftgate.
9. Push the bulb socket in and turn
5. Disconnect the lamp wiring it clockwise.
harness.
10. Reverse Steps 2–5 to reinstall
lamp assembly.
3. Turn the bulb socket

counterclockwise and pull it out.
Vehicle Care 10-31
4. Pull the bulb straight out of the License Plate Lamp 1. Bulb Socket
socket. 2. Bulb
5. Install the new bulb. 3. Lamp Assembly
6. Push the bulb socket in and turn To replace one of these bulbs:
it clockwise.
1. Open the liftgate partway. See
7. Reinstall the interior trim access Liftgate on page 2‑8.
panel.
2. Push the left end of the lamp
assembly toward the right.
3. Pull the lamp assembly down to
remove it from the liftgate.
4. Turn the bulb socket (1)
Lamp Assembly counterclockwise to remove it
from the lamp assembly (3).
5. Pull the bulb (2) straight out of
the bulb socket (1).
6. Push the replacement bulb
straight into the bulb socket and
turn the bulb socket clockwise to
install it into the lamp assembly.
7. Push the lamp assembly into the
liftgate engaging the clip side
first.
Bulb Assembly
10-32 Vehicle Care
8. Push on the lamp side opposite Electrical System There are two fuse blocks in the
the clip until the lamp assembly vehicle: one in the engine
snaps into place. compartment and one in the
Fuses instrument panel.
Replacement Bulbs The wiring circuits in the vehicle are There is a fuse puller located in the
Bulb protected from short circuits by engine compartment fuse block.
Exterior Lamp fuses. This greatly reduces the See Engine Compartment Fuse
Number
chance of damage caused by Block on page 10‑33. It can be used
Auxiliary Taillamp 161 electrical problems. to easily remove fuses from the fuse
Back-Up Lamp 921 Look at the silver-colored band block.
Fog Lamp H11 LL inside the fuse. If the band is broken
or melted, replace the fuse. Be sure
Headlamp 9005LL to replace a bad fuse with a new
High Beam one of the identical size and rating.
Headlamp H11 LL Replace a bad fuse with a new one
Low Beam of the identical size and rating.
License Plate Lamp W5WLL If there is a problem on the road and
a fuse needs to be replaced, the
Parking Lamp/Turn 7444NA
same amperage fuse can be
Signal Front
borrowed. Choose some feature of
Sidemarker Front 194 the vehicle that is not needed to use
and replace it as soon as possible.
Taillamp/Turn Signal 3057K RD
Lamp/Stop Lamp/
Sidemarker
For replacement bulbs not listed

here, contact your dealer.
Vehicle Care 10-33
Engine Compartment
Fuse Block
To remove the fuse block cover,

squeeze the clips on the cover and
lift it straight up. See Engine The vehicle may not be equipped
Compartment Overview on J-Case Usage
with all of the fuses, relays, and Fuses
page 10‑5. features shown.
Notice: Spilling liquid on any 4 Power Windows –
J-Case Usage
electrical component on the Right
Fuses
vehicle may damage it. Always 5 Memory Seat
keep the covers on any electrical 1 Cool Fan 1
Module
component. 2 Cool Fan 2
6 Power Seat – Left
3 Brake Booster
10-34 Vehicle Care
J-Case Usage Mini Fuses Usage Mini Fuses Usage

Fuses
17 Transmission 29 Front Wiper
7 Instrument Panel Control Module
30 Rear Wiper
Fuse Block 1 Battery
31 Air Conditioning
8 Rear Defogger 18 Trailer Parking Light
Compressor
9 Starter 19 AIR Pump Solenoid
32 Rear Latch
10 AIR Pump Motor 20 Engine Control
33 Heated Mirrors
Module Battery
11 Instrument Panel
34 Horn
Fuse Block 2 21 Canister Vent
35 Right High-Beam
12 Sunroof 22 Trailer Left Side (If
Headlamp
Equipped)
13 Antilock Brake
36 Left High-Beam
System Pump 23 Lift Gate Module
Headlamp
14 Instrument Panel 24 Power Lumbar
37 Ignition Even Coil
Fuse Block 3
25 Trailer Right Side (If
38 Ignition Odd Coil
15 Power Windows Equipped)
– Left 39 Windshield Washer
26 Rear Accessory
16 Antilock Brake Power Outlet 40 Front Fog Lamps
System Module 41 Post Catalytic
27 Memory Mirror
77 Power Seat - Right Module Converter Oxygen
Sensor
28 Regulated Voltage
Control Battery 42 Engine Control
Sensor Module
Vehicle Care 10-35
Mini Fuses Usage Mini Fuses Usage Micro Usage

Relays
43 Pre–Catalytic 78 Passenger Power
Converter Oxygen Lumber 65 Fog Lamp
Sensor
66 Engine Control
44 Transmission Midi Fuse Usage
67 Starter
Control Module 55 Electric Power
Steering 68 Run/Crank
45 Mirror
46 Fuel System Control Mini Relays Usage
Module Ignition Micro Usage
Relays 69 Cooling Fan High
47 Spare
56 AIR Pump Solenoid 70 AIR Pump Motor
48 Rear Drive Module
57 Brake Booster
49 Lift Gate Module
Logic 58 Cooling Fan Low
50 Instrument Panel 59 Headlamp
Fuse Block Ignition High Beam
51 Heated Seat– Front 60 Cooling Fan Control
52 Fuel System Control 61 Wiper On/Off
Module Control
53 Engine Control 62 Air Conditioning
Module Compressor
54 Rear Vision Camera 63 Rear Defogger
64 Wiper Speed
10-36 Vehicle Care
Instrument Panel Fuse To reinstall the door, insert the tabs

on the top of the door into the
Block console first, then push the door
back into its original location.
The vehicle may not be equipped
with all of the fuses, relays, and
features shown.
The instrument panel fuse block is

located on the passenger side panel
of the center console. To access the
fuses, open the fuse panel door
from the passenger side by pulling
it out.
Instrument Panel Fuse Block

Vehicle Care 10-37
Mini Fuses Usage Mini Fuses Usage Mini Fuses Usage

1 Steering Wheel 13 Auxiliary Power 24 Spare
Dimming Front
25 Transmission Gear
2 Spare 14 Heater, Ventilation Shift Position
and Air Conditioning Indicator
3 Spare
Ignition
26 Spare
4 Body Control
15 Display
Module 1 27 Spare
16 Body Control
5 Infotainment 28 Spare
Module 5
6 Body Control 30 Body Control
17 Auxiliary
Module 7 Module 3
Power Rear
7 Noise Control 31 Amplifier
18 Instrument Panel
Module
Cluster Ignition 32 Discrete Logic
8 Body Control Ignition Switch
19 Universal Garage
Module 4
Door Opener 33 Communications
9 Radio Integration Module
20 Body Control
10 Spare Module 6 34 Body Control
Module 2
11 Ultrasonic Rear 21 Spare
Parking Assist 35 Sensing and
22 Sensing and
Module Diagnostic Module
Diagnostic Module
Battery
12 Heater, Ventilation Ignition
and Air Conditioning 36 Data Link
23 Front Camera
Battery Connection
10-38 Vehicle Care
Mini Fuses Usage Wheels and Tires WARNING (Continued)

37 Instrument Panel
Cluster Battery Tires and a serious crash. See
Every new GM vehicle has Vehicle Load Limits on
38 Passenger Sensing
high-quality tires made by a page 9‑14.
System Module
39 Spare leading tire manufacturer. See . Underinflated tires pose
the warranty manual for the same danger as
information regarding the tire overloaded tires. The
J-Case Usage resulting crash could
warranty and where to get
Fuses
service. For additional cause serious injury.
29 Front Blower Motor information refer to the tire Check all tires frequently
40 Body Control manufacturer. to maintain the
Module 8 recommended pressure.
{ WARNING Tire pressure should be
Relays Usage checked when the tires
. Poorly maintained and are cold.
41 Logistic Relay (If improperly used tires are
Equipped) dangerous.
. Overinflated tires are more
likely to be cut, punctured,
42 Retained Accessory . Overloading the tires can
Power Relay or broken by a sudden
cause overheating as a impact— such as when
result of too much flexing. hitting a pothole. Keep
There could be a blowout tires at the recommended
(Continued) pressure.
(Continued)
Vehicle Care 10-39
WARNING (Continued)
All-Season Tires Winter Tires
This vehicle may come with This vehicle was not, originally,
. Worn or old tires can all-season tires. These tires are equipped with winter tires. Winter
cause a crash. If the tread designed to provide good overall tires are designed for increased
is badly worn, performance on most road surfaces traction on snow and ice-covered
replace them. and weather conditions. Original roads. Consider installing winter
equipment tires designed to GM's tires on the vehicle if frequent
. Replace any tires that specific tire performance criteria driving on snow or ice-covered
have been damaged by have a TPC specification code roads is expected. See your dealer
impacts with potholes, molded onto the sidewall. Original for details regarding winter tire
curbs, etc. equipment all-season tires can be availability and proper tire selection.
identified by the last two characters Also, see Buying New Tires on
. Improperly repaired tires of this TPC code, which will page 10‑53.
can cause a crash. Only be “MS.”
the dealer or an With winter tires, there may be
Consider installing winter tires on decreased dry road traction,
authorized tire service the vehicle if frequent driving on increased road noise, and shorter
center should repair, snow or ice-covered roads is tread life. After changing to winter
replace, dismount, and expected. All-season tires provide tires, be alert for changes in vehicle
mount the tires. adequate performance for most handling and braking.
. Do not spin the tires in winter driving conditions, but they If using winter tires:
may not offer the same level of
excess of 56 km/h . Use tires of the same brand and
traction or performance as winter
(35 mph) on slippery tires on snow or ice-covered roads. tread type on all four wheel
surfaces such as snow, See Winter Tires on page 10‑39. positions.
mud, ice, etc. Excessive
spinning may cause the
tires to explode.
10-40 Vehicle Care

. Use only radial ply tires of the
same size, load range, and
Tire Sidewall Labeling and service description. See the
“Tire Size” illustration later in this
speed rating as the original Useful information about a tire is section.
equipment tires. molded into its sidewall. The
Winter tires with the same speed examples show a typical (2) TPC Spec (Tire
rating as the original equipment tires passenger vehicle tire and a Performance Criteria
may not be available for H, V, W, Y, compact spare tire sidewall. Specification): Original
and ZR speed rated tires. If winter equipment tires designed to
tires with a lower speed rating are GM's specific tire performance
chosen, never exceed the tire's criteria have a TPC specification
maximum speed capability. code molded onto the sidewall.
GM's TPC specifications meet or
Summer Tires exceed all federal safety
This vehicle may come with high guidelines.
performance summer tires. These (3) DOT (Department of
tires have a special tread and
Transportation): The
compound that are optimized for
maximum dry and wet road Department of Transportation
performance. This special tread and (DOT) code indicates that the
compound will decrease Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example tire is in compliance with the
performance in cold climates, and U.S. Department of
on ice and snow. We recommend (1) Tire Size: The tire size is a Transportation Motor Vehicle
installing winter tires on the vehicle combination of letters and Safety Standards.
if frequent driving in cold numbers used to define a
temperatures or on snow or ice particular tire's width, height, DOT Tire Date of
covered roads is expected. See aspect ratio, construction type, Manufacture: The last four
Winter Tires on page 10‑39. digits of the TIN indicate the tire
manufactured date. The first two
Vehicle Care 10-41
digits represent the week performance factors: treadwear, (2) Temporary Use Only: The
(01–52) and the last two digits, traction, and temperature compact spare tire or temporary
the year. For example, the third resistance. For more information use tire should not be driven at
week of the year 2010 would see Uniform Tire Quality speeds over 80 km/h (50 mph).
have a four-digit DOT date Grading on page 10‑55. The compact spare tire is for
of 0310. (7) Maximum Cold Inflation emergency use when a regular
(4) Tire Identification Number Load Limit: Maximum load that road tire has lost air and gone
(TIN): The letters and numbers can be carried and the flat. If the vehicle has a compact
following the DOT (Department maximum pressure needed to spare tire, see Compact Spare
of Transportation) code are the support that load. Tire on page 10‑67 and If a Tire
Tire Identification Number (TIN). Goes Flat on page 10‑58.
The TIN shows the (3) Tire Identification Number
manufacturer and plant code, (TIN): The letters and numbers
tire size, and date the tire was following the DOT (Department
manufactured. The TIN is of Transportation) code are the
molded onto both sides of the Tire Identification Number (TIN).
tire, although only one side may The TIN shows the
have the date of manufacture. manufacturer and plant code,
(5) Tire Ply Material : The type tire size, and date the tire was
of cord and number of plies in manufactured. The TIN is
the sidewall and under the tread. molded onto both sides of the
tire, although only one side may
(6) Uniform Tire Quality Compact Spare Tire Example
have the date of manufacture.
Grading (UTQG): Tire (1) Tire Ply Material : The type
manufacturers are required to of cord and number of plies in
grade tires based on three the sidewall and under the tread.
10-42 Vehicle Care
(4) Maximum Cold Inflation criteria have a TPC specification vehicle tire engineered to
Load Limit: Maximum load that code molded onto the sidewall. standards set by the U.S. Tire
can be carried and the GM's TPC specifications meet or and Rim Association.
maximum pressure needed to exceed all federal safety (2) Tire Width: The three-digit
support that load. guidelines. number indicates the tire section
(5) Tire Inflation: The width in millimeters from
temporary use tire or compact Tire Designations sidewall to sidewall.
spare tire should be inflated to Tire Size (3) Aspect Ratio: A two-digit
420 kPa (60 psi). For more number that indicates the tire
The following is an example of a
information on tire pressure and height-to-width measurements.
typical passenger vehicle
inflation see Tire Pressure on For example, if the tire size
tire size.
page 10‑45. aspect ratio is 60, as shown in
(6) Tire Size: A combination of item 3 of the illustration, it would
letters and numbers define a mean that the tire's sidewall is
tire's width, height, aspect ratio, 60 percent as high as it is wide.
construction type, and service (4) Construction Code: A letter
description. The letter T as the code is used to indicate the type
first character in the tire size of ply construction in the tire.
means the tire is for temporary (1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire:
The United States version of a The letter R means radial ply
use only. construction; the letter D means
metric tire sizing system. The
(7) TPC Spec (Tire letter P as the first character in diagonal or bias ply
Performance Criteria the tire size means a passenger construction; and the letter B
Specification): Original means belted-bias ply
equipment tires designed to construction.
GM's specific tire performance
Vehicle Care 10-43
(5) Rim Diameter : Diameter of steering, power brakes, power before a tire has built up heat
the wheel in inches. windows, power seats, and air from driving. See Tire Pressure
(6) Service Description: These conditioning. on page 10‑45.
characters represent the load Aspect Ratio: The relationship Curb Weight: The weight of a
index and speed rating of the of a tire's height to its width. motor vehicle with standard and
tire. The load index represents Belt: A rubber coated layer of optional equipment including the
the load carrying capacity a tire cords between the plies and the maximum capacity of fuel, oil,
is certified to carry. The speed tread. Cords may be made from and coolant, but without
rating is the maximum speed a steel or other reinforcing passengers and cargo.
tire is certified to carry a load. materials. DOT Markings: A code molded
Bead: The tire bead contains into the sidewall of a tire
Tire Terminology and signifying that the tire is in
Definitions steel wires wrapped by steel
cords that hold the tire onto compliance with the U.S.
Air Pressure: The amount of the rim. Department of Transportation
air inside the tire pressing (DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety
outward on each square inch of Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire Standards. The DOT code
the tire. Air pressure is in which the plies are laid at includes the Tire Identification
expressed in kPa (kilopascal) alternate angles less than Number (TIN), an alphanumeric
or psi (pounds per square inch). 90 degrees to the centerline of designator which can also
the tread. identify the tire manufacturer,
Accessory Weight: The production plant, brand, and
combined weight of optional Cold Tire Pressure: The
amount of air pressure in a tire, date of production.
accessories. Some examples of
optional accessories are measured in kPa (kilopascal) GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight
automatic transmission, power or psi (pounds per square inch) Rating. See Vehicle Load Limits
on page 9‑14.
10-44 Vehicle Care
GAWR FRT: Gross Axle Weight Maximum Inflation Pressure: outward when mounted on a
Rating for the front axle. See The maximum air pressure to vehicle. The side of the tire that
Vehicle Load Limits on which a cold tire can be inflated. contains a whitewall, bears
page 9‑14. The maximum air pressure is white lettering, or bears
GAWR RR: Gross Axle Weight molded onto the sidewall. manufacturer, brand, and/or
Rating for the rear axle. See Maximum Load Rating: The model name molding that is
Vehicle Load Limits on load rating for a tire at the higher or deeper than the same
page 9‑14. maximum permissible inflation moldings on the other sidewall
pressure for that tire. of the tire.
Intended Outboard Sidewall :
The side of an asymmetrical tire, Maximum Loaded Vehicle Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: A
that must always face outward Weight: The sum of curb tire used on passenger cars and
when mounted on a vehicle. weight, accessory weight, some light duty trucks and
vehicle capacity weight, and multipurpose vehicles.
Kilopascal (kPa): The metric
unit for air pressure. production options weight. Recommended Inflation
Normal Occupant Weight: The Pressure: Vehicle
Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire: A manufacturer's recommended
tire used on light duty trucks and number of occupants a vehicle
is designed to seat multiplied by tire inflation pressure as shown
some multipurpose passenger on the tire placard. See Tire
vehicles. 68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle Load
Limits on page 9‑14. Pressure on page 10‑45 and
Load Index: An assigned Vehicle Load Limits on
number ranging from 1 to 279 Occupant Distribution : page 9‑14.
that corresponds to the load Designated seating positions.
carrying capacity of a tire. Outward Facing Sidewall: The
side of an asymmetrical tire that
has a particular side that faces
Vehicle Care 10-45
Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic of a tire when only 1.6 mm Vehicle Maximum Load on the
tire in which the ply cords that (1/16 in) of tread remains. See Tire: Load on an individual tire
extend to the beads are laid at When It Is Time for New Tires due to curb weight, accessory
90 degrees to the centerline of on page 10‑52. weight, occupant weight, and
the tread. UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality cargo weight.
Rim: A metal support for a tire Grading Standards): A tire Vehicle Placard: A label
and upon which the tire beads information system that provides permanently attached to a
are seated. consumers with ratings for a vehicle showing the vehicle
Sidewall: The portion of a tire tire's traction, temperature, and capacity weight and the original
between the tread and the bead. treadwear. Ratings are equipment tire size and
determined by tire recommended inflation pressure.
Speed Rating: An manufacturers using See “Tire and Loading
alphanumeric code assigned to government testing procedures. Information Label” under Vehicle
a tire indicating the maximum The ratings are molded into the Load Limits on page 9‑14.
speed at which a tire can sidewall of the tire. See Uniform
operate. Tire Quality Grading on Tire Pressure
Traction: The friction between page 10‑55. Tires need the correct amount of
the tire and the road surface. Vehicle Capacity Weight: The air pressure to operate
The amount of grip provided. number of designated seating effectively.
Tread: The portion of a tire that positions multiplied by
comes into contact with 68 kg (150 lb) plus the rated
the road. cargo load. See Vehicle Load
Limits on page 9‑14.
Treadwear Indicators: Narrow
bands, sometimes called wear
bars, that show across the tread
10-46 Vehicle Care
Notice: Neither tire The Tire and Loading How to Check

underinflation nor Information label on the vehicle Use a good quality pocket-type
overinflation is good. indicates the original equipment gauge to check tire pressure.
Underinflated tires, or tires tires and the correct cold tire Proper tire inflation cannot be
that do not have enough air, inflation pressures. The determined by looking at the tire.
can result in: recommended pressure is the Check the tire inflation pressure
. Tire overloading and minimum air pressure needed to when the tires are cold, meaning
overheating which could support the vehicle's maximum the vehicle has not been driven
lead to a blowout. load carrying capacity. See for at least three hours or no
Vehicle Load Limits on more than 1.6 km (1 mi).
. Premature or page 9‑14.
irregular wear. Remove the valve cap from the
How the vehicle is loaded tire valve stem. Press the tire
. Poor handling. affects vehicle handling and ride gauge firmly onto the valve to
. Reduced fuel economy. comfort. Never load the vehicle get a pressure measurement.
with more weight than it was If the cold tire inflation pressure
Overinflated tires, or tires that designed to carry.
have too much air, can matches the recommended
result in: When to Check pressure on the Tire and
Loading Information label, no
. Unusual wear. Check the tires once a month or
further adjustment is necessary.
more. Do not forget the compact
. Poor handling. If the inflation pressure is low,
spare, if the vehicle has one.
. Rough ride. add air until the recommended
The cold compact spare tire
pressure is reached. If the
. Needless damage from pressure should be at 420 kPa
inflation pressure is high, press
road hazards. (60 psi). See Compact Spare
on the metal stem in the center
Tire on page 10‑67.
of the tire valve to release air.
Vehicle Care 10-47
Recheck the tire pressure with tire inflation pressure label, you not reached the level to trigger
the tire gauge. should determine the proper tire illumination of the TPMS low tire
inflation pressure for those tires.) pressure telltale.
Return the valve caps on the
valve stems to prevent leaks As an added safety feature, your Your vehicle has also been
vehicle has been equipped with a equipped with a TPMS malfunction
and keep out dirt and moisture.
tire pressure monitoring system indicator to indicate when the
(TPMS) that illuminates a low tire system is not operating properly.
Tire Pressure Monitor pressure telltale when one or more The TPMS malfunction indicator is
System of your tires is significantly combined with the low tire pressure
under-inflated. telltale. When the system detects a
The Tire Pressure Monitor System
Accordingly, when the low tire malfunction, the telltale will flash for
(TPMS) uses radio and sensor
pressure telltale illuminates, you approximately one minute and then
technology to check tire pressure
should stop and check your tires as remain continuously illuminated.
levels. The TPMS sensors monitor
soon as possible, and inflate them This sequence will continue upon
the air pressure in your tires and
to the proper pressure. Driving on a subsequent vehicle start-ups as
transmit tire pressure readings to a
significantly under-inflated tire long as the malfunction exists.
receiver located in the vehicle.
causes the tire to overheat and can When the malfunction indicator is
Each tire, including the spare (if
lead to tire failure. Under-inflation illuminated, the system may not be
provided), should be checked
also reduces fuel efficiency and tire able to detect or signal low tire
monthly when cold and inflated to
tread life, and may affect the pressure as intended. TPMS
the inflation pressure recommended
vehicle's handling and stopping malfunctions may occur for a variety
by the vehicle manufacturer on the
ability. of reasons, including the installation
vehicle placard or tire inflation
Please note that the TPMS is not a of replacement or alternate tires or
pressure label. (If your vehicle has
substitute for proper tire wheels on the vehicle that prevent
tires of a different size than the size
maintenance, and it is the driver's the TPMS from functioning properly.
indicated on the vehicle placard or
responsibility to maintain correct tire Always check the TPMS malfunction
pressure, even if under-inflation has telltale after replacing one or more
tires or wheels on your vehicle to
10-48 Vehicle Care
ensure that the replacement or and wheel assembly. The TPMS inflated to the correct inflation
alternate tires and wheels allow the sensors monitor the air pressure in pressure. Using the DIC, tire
TPMS to continue to function the tires and transmits the tire pressure levels can be viewed. For
properly. pressure readings to a receiver additional information and details
See Tire Pressure Monitor located in the vehicle. about the DIC operation and
Operation on page 10‑48. displays see Driver Information
Center (DIC) on page 5‑21.
Federal Communications The low tire pressure warning light
Commission (FCC) Rules and may come on in cool weather when
with Industry Canada the vehicle is first started, and then
Standards turn off as the vehicle is driven. This
See Radio Frequency Statement on could be an early indicator that the
When a low tire pressure condition air pressure is getting low and
page 13‑20 for information
is detected, the TPMS illuminates needs to be inflated to the proper
regarding Part 15 of the Federal
the low tire pressure warning light pressure.
Communications Commission (FCC)
located on the instrument cluster.
Rules and with Industry Canada A Tire and Loading Information label
If the warning light comes on, stop
Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310. shows the size of the original
as soon as possible and inflate the
equipment tires and the correct
tires to the recommended pressure
Tire Pressure Monitor shown on the tire loading
inflation pressure for the tires when
Operation they are cold. See Vehicle Load
information label. See Vehicle Load
Limits on page 9‑14, for an example
This vehicle may have a Tire Limits on page 9‑14.
of the Tire and Loading Information
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). A message to check the pressure in label and its location. Also see Tire
The TPMS is designed to warn the a specific tire displays in the Driver Pressure on page 10‑45.
driver when a low tire pressure Information Center (DIC). The low
condition exists. TPMS sensors are tire pressure warning light and the
mounted onto each tire and wheel DIC warning message come on at
assembly, excluding the spare tire each ignition cycle until the tires are
Vehicle Care 10-49
The TPMS can warn about a low TPMS Malfunction Light and
. The TPMS sensor matching
tire pressure condition but it does Message process was not done or not
not replace normal tire completed successfully after
maintenance. See Tire Inspection The TPMS will not function properly rotating the tires. The
on page 10‑51, Tire Rotation on if one or more of the TPMS sensors malfunction light and the DIC
page 10‑51 and Tires on are missing or inoperable. When the message should go off after
page 10‑38. system detects a malfunction, the successfully completing the
low tire pressure warning light sensor matching process. See
Notice: Tire sealant materials are flashes for about one minute and "TPMS Sensor Matching
not all the same. A non-approved then stays on for the remainder of Process" later in this section
tire sealant could damage the the ignition cycle. A DIC warning
TPMS sensors. TPMS sensor message also displays. The low tire
. One or more TPMS sensors are
damage caused by using an pressure warning light and DIC missing or damaged. The DIC
incorrect tire sealant is not warning message come on at each message and the TPMS
covered by the vehicle warranty. ignition cycle until the problem is malfunction light should go off
Always use only the corrected. Some of the conditions when the TPMS sensors are
GM-approved tire sealant that can cause these to come installed and the sensor
available through your dealer or on are: matching process is performed
included in the vehicle. successfully. See your dealer for
. One of the road tires has been service.
replaced with the spare tire. The
spare tire does not have a
. Replacement tires or wheels do
TPMS sensor. The malfunction not match the original equipment
light and DIC message should tires or wheels. Tires and wheels
go off after the road tire is other than those recommended
replaced and the sensor could prevent the TPMS from
matching process is performed functioning properly. See Buying
successfully. See "TPMS Sensor New Tires on page 10‑53.
Matching Process" later in this
section.
10-50 Vehicle Care

. Operating electronic devices or relearn tool, in the following order: 4. Press the SET/CLR button to
being near facilities using radio driver side front tire, passenger side begin the sensor matching
wave frequencies similar to the front tire, passenger side rear tire, process.
TPMS could cause the TPMS and driver side rear. See your
sensors to malfunction. A message requesting
dealer for service or to purchase a acceptance of the process
If the TPMS is not functioning relearn tool. should display.
properly, it cannot detect or signal a There are two minutes to match the
low tire condition. See your dealer 5. Press the SET/CLR button again
first tire/wheel position, and to confirm the selection.
for service if the TPMS malfunction five minutes overall to match all four
light and DIC message comes on tire/wheel positions. If it takes The horn sounds twice to signal
and stays on. longer, the matching process stops the receiver is in relearn mode
and must be restarted. and the TIRE LEARNING
TPMS Sensor Matching ACTIVE message displays on
Process The TPMS sensor matching the DIC screen.
process is:
Each TPMS sensor has a unique 6. Start with the driver side
identification code. The identification 1. Set the parking brake. front tire.
code needs to be matched to a new 2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with
tire/wheel position after rotating the 7. Place the relearn tool against
the engine off. the tire sidewall, near the valve
tires or replacing one or more of the
TPMS sensors. The TPMS sensor 3. Use the MENU button to select stem. Then press the button to
matching process should also be the Vehicle Information Menu in activate the TPMS sensor.
performed after replacing a spare the Driver Information Center A horn chirp confirms that the
tire with a road tire containing the (DIC). Use the arrow keys to sensor identification code has
TPMS sensor. The malfunction light scroll to the Tire Pressure been matched to this tire and
and the DIC message should go off screen. wheel position.
at the next ignition cycle. The 8. Proceed to the passenger side
sensors are matched to the tire/ front tire, and repeat the
wheel positions, using a TPMS procedure in Step 7.
Vehicle Care 10-51
9. Proceed to the passenger side Replace the tire if: Tire Rotation
rear tire, and repeat the
procedure in Step 7.
. The indicators at three or Tires should be rotated every
more places around the tire 12 000 km (7,500 mi). See
10. Proceed to the driver side rear can be seen.
tire, and repeat the procedure Maintenance Schedule on
in Step 7. The horn sounds two . There is cord or fabric page 11‑2.
times to indicate the sensor showing through the tire's Tires are rotated to achieve a
identification code has been rubber. uniform wear for all tires. The
matched to the driver side rear first rotation is the most
tire, and the TPMS sensor
. The tread or sidewall is
matching process is no longer cracked, cut, or snagged important.
active. The TIRE LEARNING deep enough to show cord or Anytime unusual wear is
ACTIVE message on the DIC fabric. noticed, rotate the tires as soon
display screen goes off. as possible, check for proper tire
. The tire has a bump, bulge,
11. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. or split. inflation pressure, and check for
12. Set all four tires to the damaged tires or wheels. If the
. The tire has a puncture, cut, unusual wear continues after the
recommended air pressure
or other damage that cannot rotation, check the wheel
level as indicated on the Tire
and Loading Information label. be repaired well because of alignment. See When It Is Time
the size or location of the for New Tires on page 10‑52
Tire Inspection damage. and Wheel Replacement on
page 10‑57.
We recommend that the tires,
including the spare tire, if the
vehicle has one, be inspected
for signs of wear or damage at
least once a month.
10-52 Vehicle Care
Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor Lightly coat the center of the
System. See Tire Pressure wheel hub with wheel bearing
Monitor Operation on grease after a wheel change or
page 10‑48. tire rotation to prevent corrosion
Check that all wheel nuts are or rust build-up. Do not get
properly tightened. See “Wheel grease on the flat wheel
Nut Torque” under Capacities mounting surface or on the
and Specifications on wheel nuts or bolts.
page 12‑2.
When It Is Time for New
{ WARNING Tires
Use this rotation pattern when Factors such as maintenance,
rotating the tires. Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the temperatures, driving speeds,
parts to which it is fastened, can vehicle loading, and road conditions
Do not include the compact make wheel nuts become loose affect the wear rate of the tires.
spare tire in the tire rotation. after time. The wheel could come
Adjust the front and rear tires to off and cause an accident. When
the recommended inflation changing a wheel, remove any
pressure on the Tire and rust or dirt from places where the
Loading Information label after wheel attaches to the vehicle. In
an emergency, a cloth or a paper
the tires have been rotated. See
towel can be used; however, use
Tire Pressure on page 10‑45
a scraper or wire brush later to
and Vehicle Load Limits on remove all rust or dirt.
page 9‑14.
Vehicle Care 10-53
equipped, be replaced after six at least a month, remove the tires or

years, regardless of tread wear. The raise the vehicle to reduce the
tire manufacturer date is the last weight from the tires.
four digits of the DOT Tire
Identification Number (TIN) which is Buying New Tires
molded into one side of the tire
sidewall. The first two digits GM has developed and matched
represent the week (01–52) and the specific tires for the vehicle. The
last two digits, the year. For original equipment tires installed
example, the third week of the year were designed to meet General
2010 would have a four-digit DOT Motors Tire Performance Criteria
date of 0310. Specification (TPC Spec)
Treadwear indicators are one way to Vehicle Storage system rating. When
tell when it is time for new tires. replacement tires are needed,
Tires age when stored normally GM strongly recommends
Treadwear indicators appear when
mounted on a parked vehicle. Park
the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in)
a vehicle that will be stored for at
buying tires with the same TPC
or less of tread remaining. See Tire Spec rating.
least a month in a cool, dry, clean
Inspection on page 10‑51 and Tire
area away from direct sunlight to GM's exclusive TPC Spec
Rotation on page 10‑51.
slow aging. This area should be free system considers over a dozen
The rubber in tires ages over time. of grease, gasoline, or other critical specifications that impact
This also applies to the spare tire, substances that can deteriorate
if the vehicle has one, even if it is
the overall performance of the
rubber.
never used. Multiple factors vehicle, including brake system
Parking for an extended period can performance, ride and handling,
including temperatures, loading
cause flat spots on the tires that traction control, and tire
conditions, and inflation pressure
may result in vibrations while pressure monitoring
maintenance affect how fast aging
driving. When storing a vehicle for
takes place. GM recommends that performance. GM's TPC Spec
tires, including the spare if
10-54 Vehicle Care
number is molded onto the tire's Winter tires with the same speed
sidewall near the tire size. If the rating as the original equipment { WARNING
tires have an all-season tread tires may not be available for H, Mixing tires of different sizes,
design, the TPC Spec number V, W, Y and ZR speed rated brands, or types may cause
will be followed by MS for mud tires. Never exceed the winter loss of control of the vehicle,
and snow. See Tire Sidewall tire's maximum speed capability resulting in a crash or other
Labeling on page 10‑40. when using winter tires with a vehicle damage. Use the
GM recommends replacing worn lower speed rating. correct size, brand, and type
tires in complete sets of four. of tires on all wheels.
Uniform tread depth on all tires { WARNING
will help to maintain the Tires could explode during
performance of the vehicle. improper service. Attempting { WARNING
Braking and handling to mount or dismount a tire
performance may be adversely could cause injury or death. Using bias-ply tires on the
affected if all the tires are not Only your dealer or authorized vehicle may cause the wheel
replaced at the same time. tire service center should rim flanges to develop cracks
If proper rotation and mount or dismount the tires. after many miles of driving.
maintenance have been done, A tire and/or wheel could fail
all four tires should wear out at suddenly and cause a crash.
about the same time. See Tire Use only radial-ply tires with
Rotation on page 10‑51 for the wheels on the vehicle.
information on proper tire
rotation. However, if it is If the vehicle tires must be
necessary to replace only one replaced with a tire that does not
axle set of worn tires, place the have a TPC Spec number, make
new tires on the rear axle.
Vehicle Care 10-55
sure they are the same size, may be affected. If the vehicle has Uniform Tire Quality
load range, speed rating, and electronic systems such as antilock
brakes, rollover airbags, traction
Grading
construction (radial) as the
original tires. control, electronic stability control, Quality grades can be found
or All-Wheel Drive, the performance where applicable on the tire
Vehicles that have a tire of these systems can also be sidewall between tread shoulder
pressure monitoring system affected. and maximum section width. For
could give an inaccurate example:
low-pressure warning if non-TPC { WARNING
Spec rated tires are installed. Treadwear 200 Traction AA
See Tire Pressure Monitor If different sized wheels are used, Temperature A
System on page 10‑47. there may not be an acceptable
level of performance and safety if The following information relates
The Tire and Loading tires not recommended for those to the system developed by the
Information label indicates the wheels are selected. This United States National Highway
original equipment tires on the increases the chance of a crash Traffic Safety Administration
vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits and serious injury. Only use GM (NHTSA), which grades tires by
on page 9‑14. specific wheel and tire systems treadwear, traction, and
developed for the vehicle, and temperature performance. This
Different Size Tires and have them properly installed by a applies only to vehicles sold in
Wheels GM certified technician. the United States. The grades
are molded on the sidewalls of
If wheels or tires are installed that most passenger car tires. The
are a different size than the original See Buying New Tires on
equipment wheels and tires, vehicle page 10‑53 and Accessories and Uniform Tire Quality Grading
performance, including its braking, Modifications on page 10‑2. (UTQG) system does not apply
ride and handling characteristics, to deep tread, winter tires,
stability, and resistance to rollover compact spare tires, tires with
10-56 Vehicle Care
nominal rim diameters of graded 150 would wear one and straight-ahead braking traction
10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm), one-half (1½) times as well on tests, and does not include
or to some limited-production the government course as a tire acceleration, cornering,
tires. graded 100. The relative hydroplaning, or peak traction
While the tires available on performance of tires depends characteristics.
General Motors passenger cars upon the actual conditions of
Temperature – A, B, C
and light trucks may vary with their use, however, and may
depart significantly from the The temperature grades are A
respect to these grades, they
norm due to variations in driving (the highest), B, and C,
must also conform to federal
habits, service practices and representing the tire's resistance
safety requirements and
differences in road to the generation of heat and its
additional General Motors Tire
characteristics and climate. ability to dissipate heat when
Performance Criteria (TPC)
tested under controlled
standards. Traction – AA, A, B, C conditions on a specified indoor
All Passenger Car Tires Must The traction grades, from laboratory test wheel. Sustained
Conform to Federal Safety highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, high temperature can cause the
Requirements In Addition To and C. Those grades represent material of the tire to degenerate
These Grades. the tire's ability to stop on wet and reduce tire life, and
Treadwear pavement as measured under excessive temperature can lead
controlled conditions on to sudden tire failure. The grade
The treadwear grade is a specified government test C corresponds to a level of
comparative rating based on the surfaces of asphalt and performance which all
wear rate of the tire when tested concrete. A tire marked C may passenger car tires must meet
under controlled conditions on a have poor traction performance. under the Federal Motor Safety
specified government test Warning: The traction grade Standard No. 109. Grades B and
course. For example, a tire assigned to this tire is based on A represent higher levels of
Vehicle Care 10-57
performance on the laboratory road, the tires and wheels might

test wheel than the minimum need to be rebalanced. See your { WARNING
required by law. Warning: The dealer for proper diagnosis.
Using the wrong replacement
temperature grade for this tire is wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel
established for a tire that is Wheel Replacement nuts can be dangerous. It could
properly inflated and not Replace any wheel that is bent, affect the braking and handling of
overloaded. Excessive speed, cracked, or badly rusted or the vehicle. Tires can lose air,
underinflation, or excessive corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming and cause loss of control, causing
loading, either separately or in loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and a crash. Always use the correct
combination, can cause heat wheel nuts should be replaced. wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel
buildup and possible tire failure. If the wheel leaks air, replace it. nuts for replacement.
Some aluminum wheels can be
repaired. See your dealer if any of
Wheel Alignment and Tire these conditions exist. Notice: The wrong wheel can
Balance Your dealer will know the kind of
also cause problems with bearing
life, brake cooling, speedometer
The tires and wheels were aligned wheel that is needed. or odometer calibration,
and balanced at the factory to Each new wheel should have the headlamp aim, bumper height,
provide the longest tire life and best same load-carrying capacity, vehicle ground clearance, and tire
overall performance. Adjustments to diameter, width, offset, and be or tire chain clearance to the
wheel alignment and tire balancing mounted the same way as the one it body and chassis.
will not be necessary on a regular replaces.
basis. However, check the
alignment if there is unusual tire Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel
wear or if the vehicle is pulling to nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor
one side or the other. If the vehicle System (TPMS) sensors with new
vibrates when driving on a smooth GM original equipment parts.
10-58 Vehicle Care
Used Replacement Wheels

WARNING (Continued)
If a Tire Goes Flat
It is unusual for a tire to blow out
{ WARNING chains could cause you to lose while driving, especially if the tires
control of the vehicle and you or are maintained properly. See Tires
Replacing a wheel with a used
others may be injured in a crash. on page 10‑38. If air goes out of a
one is dangerous. How it has
A Type S low-profile cable can be tire, it is much more likely to leak
been used or how far it has been out slowly. But if there ever is a
driven may be unknown. It could used only if the cable
blowout, here are a few tips about
fail suddenly and cause a crash. manufacturer recommends it for what to expect and what to do:
When replacing wheels, use a use on the vehicle, the tire size
new GM original equipment combination, and road conditions. If a front tire fails, the flat tire
wheel. Follow the manufacturer's creates a drag that pulls the vehicle
instructions. To help avoid toward that side. Take your foot off
damage to the vehicle, drive the accelerator pedal and grip the
Tire Chains slowly, readjust or remove the steering wheel firmly. Steer to
maintain lane position, and then
cable if it is contacting the vehicle
gently brake to a stop, well off the
{ WARNING and do not spin the vehicle's tires.
road, if possible.
Install the cables on the front tires
Do not use tire chains. There is only. Cables should not be A rear blowout, particularly on a
not enough clearance. Tire chains installed on the spare tire or on curve, acts much like a skid and
used on a vehicle without the the optional 19-inch tire. may require the same correction as
proper amount of clearance can used in a skid. Stop pressing the
cause damage to the brakes, accelerator pedal and steer to
suspension or other vehicle parts. straighten the vehicle. It may be
The area damaged by the tire very bumpy and noisy. Gently brake
to a stop, well off the road,
(Continued)
if possible.
Vehicle Care 10-59
{ WARNING { WARNING { WARNING

Driving on a flat tire will cause Lifting a vehicle and getting under Changing a tire can be
permanent damage to the tire. it to do maintenance or repairs is dangerous. The vehicle can slip
Re-inflating a tire after it has been dangerous without the off the jack and roll over or fall
driven on while severely appropriate safety equipment and causing injury or death. Find a
underinflated or flat may cause a training. If a jack is provided with level place to change the tire. To
blowout and a serious crash. the vehicle, it is designed only for help prevent the vehicle from
Never attempt to re-inflate a tire changing a flat tire. If it is used for moving:
that has been driven on while anything else, you or others could 1. Set the parking brake firmly.
severely underinflated or flat. be badly injured or killed if the
Have your dealer or an authorized vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack 2. Put an automatic
tire service center repair or is provided with the vehicle, only transmission in P (Park) or a
replace the flat tire as soon as use it for changing a flat tire. manual transmission in
possible. 1 (First) or R (Reverse).
3. Turn off the engine and do
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire
not restart while the vehicle
and wheel damage by driving slowly
is raised.
to a level place, well off the road,
if possible. Turn on the hazard 4. Do not allow passengers to
warning flashers. See Hazard remain in the vehicle.
Warning Flashers on page 6‑3. 5. Place wheel blocks on both
sides of the tire at the
opposite corner of the tire
being changed.
10-60 Vehicle Care
When the vehicle has a flat tire (2), Tire Changing

use the following example as a
guide to assist in the placement of Removing the Spare Tire and
the wheel blocks (1). Tools
Hex-Head Jack with Three-Piece

Wrench
1. Wheel Block
1. Wheel Wrench
2. Flat Tire
2. Jack
The following information explains Coin/Pierce Jack with One-Piece
how to repair or change a tire. Wrench To access the spare tire and tools:
1. Extension 1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate
on page 2‑8.
2. Wheel Wrench
2. Lift the load floor up.
3. Jack
Vehicle Care 10-61
3. If you have a coin/pierce jack 4. Turn the retainer nut

and one-piece wrench, remove counterclockwise and remove
the extension (1), wheel the spare tire.
wrench (2) and jack (3). Place either end of the extension
If you have a hex-head jack and into a retainer hole to loosen the
three-piece wrench, remove the retainer nut if unable to by hand.
wheel wrench (1) and jack (2). 5. Place the spare tire next to the
Place the tools next to the tire tire being changed.
being changed.
Removing the Flat Tire and
Installing the Spare Tire
1. Do a safety check before
3. Turn the wheel wrench
proceeding. See If a Tire Goes
counterclockwise to loosen all
Flat on page 10‑58 for more
the wheel nuts, but do not
information.
remove them yet.
2. For vehicles with a wheel cover
Notice: Make sure that the jack
or center cap, pull the cover or
lift head is in the correct position
center cap away from the wheel
or you may damage your vehicle.
to remove it. Store the wheel
The repairs would not be covered
cover in the cargo area until you
by your warranty.
have the flat tire repaired or
replaced.
10-62 Vehicle Care
{ WARNING { WARNING
Getting under a vehicle when it is Lifting a vehicle and getting under
lifted on a jack is dangerous. it to do maintenance or repairs is
If the vehicle slips off the jack, dangerous without the
you could be badly injured or appropriate safety equipment and
killed. Never get under a vehicle training. If a jack is provided with
when it is supported only by the vehicle, it is designed only for
a jack. changing a flat tire. If it is used for
anything else, you or others could
be badly injured or killed if the
vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack
4. Position the jack lift head at the { WARNING is provided with the vehicle, only
jack location nearest the flat tire.
The location is indicated by a Raising the vehicle with the jack use it for changing a flat tire.
mark on the bottom edge of the improperly positioned can
front and rear door plastic damage the vehicle and even 6. Place the jack under the vehicle.
molding. The jack must not be make the vehicle fall. To help
used in any other position. avoid personal injury and vehicle
5. Place the jack notch under the damage, be sure to fit the jack lift
frame rail seam. head into the proper location
before raising the vehicle.
Vehicle Care 10-63
7. If you have a coin/pierce jack, 8. Raise the vehicle by turning the

attach the jack handle extension jack handle clockwise. Raise the
to the jack by sliding the hook vehicle far enough off the
through the end of the jack and ground so there is enough room
insert the other end of the jack for the road tire to clear the
handle into the wrench. ground.
If you have a hex-head jack,
attach the jack lift-assist tool by
placing the hex of the jack
lift-assist tool over the hex head
of the jack.
Hex Head Jack and Wrench
9. Remove all of the wheel nuts.

10. Remove the flat tire.
Coin/Pierce Jack and Wrench

10-64 Vehicle Care
13. Reinstall the wheel nuts.

{ WARNING Tighten each nut by hand until
the wheel is held against
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the the hub.
parts to which it is fastened, can
make wheel nuts become loose 14. Lower the vehicle by turning
after time. The wheel could come the jack handle
off and cause an accident. When counterclockwise.
changing a wheel, remove any
rust or dirt from places where the { WARNING
wheel attaches to the vehicle. In
Wheel nuts that are improperly or
an emergency, a cloth or a paper
incorrectly tightened can cause
towel can be used; however, use
11. Remove any rust or dirt from the wheels to become loose or
a scraper or wire brush later to
the wheel bolts, mounting come off. The wheel nuts should
remove all rust or dirt. surfaces, and spare wheel. be tightened with a torque wrench
12. Place the compact spare tire to the proper torque specification
on the wheel-mounting surface. after replacing. Follow the torque
specification supplied by the
{ WARNING aftermarket manufacturer when
using accessory locking wheel
Never use oil or grease on bolts nuts. See Capacities and
or nuts because the nuts might Specifications on page 12‑2 for
come loose. The vehicle's wheel original equipment wheel nut
could fall off, causing a crash. torque specifications.
Vehicle Care 10-65
Notice: Improperly tightened 16. Lower the jack all the way and
wheel nuts can lead to brake remove the jack from under the WARNING (Continued)
pulsation and rotor damage. To vehicle.
avoid expensive brake repairs, cause injury. In a sudden stop or
17. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly collision, loose equipment could
evenly tighten the wheel nuts in with the wheel wrench.
the proper sequence and to the strike someone. Store all these in
proper torque specification. See When reinstalling the wheel cover or the proper place.
Capacities and Specifications on center cap on the full-size tire,
page 12‑2 for the wheel nut tighten all five plastic caps hand
torque specification. snug with the aid of the wheel
wrench and tighten them with the
wheel wrench an additional
one-quarter of a turn.
Notice: Wheel covers will not fit
on the vehicle's compact spare.
If you try to put a wheel cover on
the compact spare, the cover or
the spare could be damaged.
Storing a Flat or Spare Tire
and Tools
1. Cable
{ WARNING 2. Liftgate Hinges
15. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly in 3. Center of the Wheel
Storing a jack, a tire, or other
a crisscross sequence, as
shown. equipment in the passenger 4. Door Striker
compartment of the vehicle could
(Continued)
10-66 Vehicle Care
To store the flat tire: 4. Pull the cable (1) through the
door striker (4) then the center of
the wheel (3).
8. Make sure the metal tube is

centered at the striker. Push the
1. Remove the cable package. The tube toward the front of the
cable is stored in a plastic bag vehicle.
under the compact spare tire. 5. Hook the cable onto the outside 9. Close the liftgate and make sure
2. Remove the small center cap by portion of the liftgate hinges (2). it is latched properly.
tapping the back of the cap with 6. Hook the other end of the cable The compact spare is for temporary
the extension of the shaft, if the onto the outside portion of the use only. Replace the compact
vehicle has aluminum wheels. liftgate hinge on the other side of spare tire with a full-size tire as
3. Put the flat tire in the rear the vehicle. soon as you can.
storage area with the valve stem 7. Pull on the cable to make sure it
pointing toward the rear of the is secure.
vehicle.
Vehicle Care 10-67
Compact Spare Tire (50 mph). To conserve the tread of Jump Starting
the spare tire, have the standard tire
repaired or replaced as soon as For more information about the
{ WARNING convenient and return the spare tire vehicle battery, see Battery on
to the storage area. page 10‑23.
Driving with more than one
compact spare tire at a time could Notice: When the compact spare Jump starting can be used on
result in loss of braking and is installed, do not take the vehicles with run-down batteries by
handling. This could lead to a vehicle through an automatic car using jumper cables and another
crash and you or others could be wash with guide rails. The vehicle.
injured. Use only one compact compact spare can get caught on
spare tire at a time. the rails which can damage the
tire, wheel, and other parts of the
{ WARNING
vehicle. Batteries can hurt you. They can
If this vehicle has a compact spare be dangerous because:
tire, it was fully inflated when new; Do not use the compact spare on
however, it can lose air over time. other vehicles. . They contain acid that can
Check the inflation pressure Do not mix the compact spare tire or burn you.
regularly. It should be 420 kPa wheel with other wheels or tires. . They contain gas that can
(60 psi). They will not fit. Keep the spare tire explode or ignite.
Stop as soon as possible and check and its wheel together. . They contain enough
that the spare tire is correctly Notice: Tire chains will not fit the electricity to burn you.
inflated after being installed on the compact spare. Using them can
vehicle. The compact spare tire is damage the vehicle and the If you do not follow these steps
designed for temporary use only. chains. Do not use tire chains on exactly, some or all of these
The vehicle will perform differently the compact spare. things can hurt you.
with the spare tire installed and it is
recommended that the vehicle
speed be limited to 80 km/h
10-68 Vehicle Care
Be sure to use the following steps to order, making sure that the
{ WARNING do it safely. Ignoring these steps cables do not touch each other or
could result in costly damage to the other metal.
Using an open flame near a vehicle that would not be covered
battery can cause battery gas to by the warranty.
explode. People have been hurt
doing this, and some have been Trying to start the vehicle by
blinded. Use a flashlight if you pushing or pulling it will not work,
need more light. and it could damage the vehicle.
Notice: If any accessories are left
Be sure the battery has enough
on or plugged in during the jump
water. You do not need to add
starting procedure, they could be
water to the battery installed in damaged. The repairs would not
your new vehicle. But if a battery be covered by the vehicle
has filler caps, be sure the right warranty. Whenever possible,
amount of fluid is there. If it is low, turn off or unplug all accessories
add water to take care of that on either vehicle when jump
first. If you do not, explosive gas 1. Remote Positive (+) Terminal
starting the vehicle.
could be present. 2. Remote Negative (−) Terminal
Notice: If the jumper cables are
Battery fluid contains acid that connected or removed in the 1. The vehicle used to jump start
can burn you. Do not get it on wrong order, electrical shorting must have 12-volt battery with a
you. If you accidentally get it in may occur and damage the negative ground.
your eyes or on your skin, flush vehicle. The repairs would not be Notice: Only use a vehicle that
the place with water and get covered by the vehicle warranty. has a 12-volt system with a
medical help immediately. Always connect and remove the negative ground for jump
jumper cables in the correct starting. If the other vehicle does
Vehicle Care 10-69
not have a 12-volt system with a battery. Use a remote

negative ground, both vehicles { WARNING positive (+) terminal if the
can be damaged. vehicle has one.
An electric fan can start up even
2. The vehicles should be close when the engine is not running 8. Do not let the other end touch
enough for the jumper cables to and can injure you. Keep hands, metal. Connect it to the
reach, but the vehicles should clothing and tools away from any positive (+) terminal of the good
not be touching. Touching could underhood electric fan. battery. Use a remote
cause grounding and possible positive (+) terminal if the
electrical system damage. vehicle has one.
5. The remote positive (+)
Put both vehicles in P (Park) and terminal (1) is located on the 9. Connect the black negative (−)
set the parking brake firmly. underhood fuse block, on the cable to the negative (−) terminal
3. Unplug accessories plugged into driver side. Lift the red cap to of the good battery. Use a
the cigarette lighter or the remote negative (−) terminal if
uncover the terminal.
accessory power outlet. Turn off the vehicle has one.
The remote negative (−)
the radio and all lamps that are Do not let the other end touch
terminal (2) is a stud behind the
not needed. Turn off the ignition anything until the next step. The
metal tab stamped with GND (−)
on both vehicles. other end of the negative (−)
near the driver side strut tower.
4. Locate the positive (+) and cable does not go to the dead
6. The jumper cables should be in battery. It goes to a heavy,
negative (−) terminals on both
good working condition with no unpainted metal engine part or
vehicles. Some vehicles have
loose or missing insulation. The to a remote negative (−) terminal
remote jump starting terminals.
vehicles could be damaged if on the vehicle with the dead
they are not. battery.
7. Connect the red positive (+) 10. Connect the other end of the
cable to the positive (+) terminal negative (−) cable away from
on the vehicle with the dead the dead battery, but not near
engine parts that move.
10-70 Vehicle Care
11. Start the vehicle with the good Towing home. The two most common types
battery and run the engine. of recreational vehicle towing are
known as dinghy towing and dolly
12. Press the unlock symbol on the Towing the Vehicle towing. Dinghy towing is towing the
remote keyless entry
transmitter to disarm the Notice: Incorrectly towing a vehicle with all four wheels on the
security system, if equipped. disabled vehicle may cause ground. Dolly towing is towing the
damage. The damage would not vehicle with two wheels on the
13. Try to start the vehicle that had be covered by the vehicle ground and two wheels up on a
the dead battery. If it will not warranty. device known as a dolly.
start after a few tries, it needs
service. Have the vehicle towed on a flatbed Here are some important things to
car carrier. A wheel lift tow truck consider before recreational vehicle
Notice: If the jumper cables are could damage the vehicle. towing:
connected or removed in the
wrong order, electrical shorting Consult your dealer or a . What is the towing capacity of
may occur and damage the professional towing service if the the towing vehicle? Be sure to
vehicle. The repairs would not be disabled vehicle must be towed. read the tow vehicle
covered by the vehicle warranty. manufacturer's
To tow the vehicle behind another recommendations.
Always connect and remove the vehicle for recreational purposes,
jumper cables in the correct such as behind a motor home, see . What is the distance that will be
order, making sure that the “Recreational Vehicle Towing” in this travelled? Some vehicles have
cables do not touch each other or section. restrictions on how far and how
other metal. long they can tow.
Jumper Cable Removal Recreational Vehicle . Is the proper towing equipment
Reverse the sequence exactly when Towing going to be used? See your
dealer or trailering professional
removing the jumper cables. Recreational vehicle towing means for additional advice and
towing the vehicle behind another equipment recommendations.
vehicle – such as behind a motor
Vehicle Care 10-71

. Is the vehicle ready to be 6. To prevent the battery from
towed? Just as preparing the draining while the vehicle is
vehicle for a long trip, make sure being towed, remove fuse 32,
the vehicle is prepared to be the Discrete Logic Ignition
towed. Switch fuse, from the instrument
Dinghy Towing panel fuse block and store it in a
safe location. See Instrument
Front-wheel‐drive and Panel Fuse Block on
all-wheel-drive vehicles may be page 10‑36.
dinghy towed from the front. These
vehicles can also be towed by Notice: If the vehicle is towed
placing them on a platform trailer without performing each of the
with all four wheels off of the steps listed under “Dinghy
ground. For other towing options, To tow the vehicle from the front Towing,” the automatic
see “Dolly Towing” following in this with all four wheels on the ground: transmission could be damaged.
section. Be sure to follow all steps of the
1. Position the vehicle that will be dinghy towing procedure prior to
For vehicles being dinghy towed, towed and secure it to the and after towing the vehicle.
the vehicle should be run at the towing vehicle.
beginning of each day and at each Notice: If 105 km/h (65 mph) is
2. Turn the ignition key to ON/RUN. exceeded while towing the
RV fuel stop for about five minutes.
This will ensure proper lubrication of 3. Shift the transmission to vehicle, it could be damaged.
transmission components. N (Neutral). Never exceed 105 km/h (65 mph)
while towing the vehicle.
4. Turn the ignition key to ACC/
ACCESSORY. Once the destination has been
reached:
5. Turn all accessories off.
1. Set the parking brake.
10-72 Vehicle Care
2. Shift the transmission to Dolly Towing (All-Wheel‐Drive To tow the vehicle from the front
P (Park). Vehicles) with the rear wheels on the ground,
3. Turn the ignition key to do the following:
All-wheel‐drive vehicles should not
LOCK/OFF. be towed with two wheels on the 1. Put the front wheels on a dolly.
4. Install fuse 32, the Discrete ground. To properly tow these 2. Move the shift lever to P (Park).
Logic Ignition Switch fuse. See vehicles, they should be placed on
a platform trailer with all four wheels 3. Set the parking brake.
Instrument Panel Fuse Block on
page 10‑36. off of the ground or dinghy towed 4. Secure the vehicle to the dolly.
from the front.
5. Start the engine and let it idle for 5. Follow the dolly manufacturer's
more than three minutes before Dolly Towing (Front-Wheel‐ instructions for preparing the
driving the vehicle. Drive Vehicles) vehicle and dolly for towing.
Notice: Too much or too little 6. Release the parking brake.
fluid can damage the
transmission. Be sure that the
transmission fluid is at the proper
level before towing with all four
wheels on the ground.
Notice: Do not tow a vehicle with
the front drive wheels on the
ground if one of the front tires is
a compact spare tire. Towing with
two different tire sizes on the
front of the vehicle can cause
severe damage to the
transmission.
Vehicle Care 10-73
Towing the Vehicle From Appearance Care

the Rear
Exterior Care
Locks
Locks are lubricated at the factory.
Use a de-icing agent only when
absolutely necessary, and have the
locks greased after using. See
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants.
Notice: Towing the vehicle from Washing the Vehicle
the rear could damage it. Also,
repairs would not be covered by To preserve the vehicle's finish,
the vehicle warranty. Never have wash it often and out of direct
the vehicle towed from the rear. sunlight.
Notice: Do not use
petroleum-based, acidic,
or abrasive cleaning agents as
they can damage the vehicle's
paint, metal, or plastic parts.
If damage occurs, it would not be
covered by the vehicle's warranty.
Approved cleaning products can
be obtained from your dealer.
Follow all manufacturer
directions regarding correct
10-74 Vehicle Care
product usage, necessary safety repaired. Foreign materials such as that are made for a basecoat/
precautions, and appropriate calcium chloride and other salts, ice clearcoat paint finish on the
disposal of any vehicle care melting agents, road oil and tar, tree vehicle.
product. sap, bird droppings, chemicals from To keep the paint finish looking new,
Notice: Avoid using industrial chimneys, etc., can keep the vehicle garaged or
high-pressure washes closer than damage the vehicle's finish if they covered whenever possible.
30 cm (12 in) to the surface of the remain on painted surfaces. Wash
vehicle. Use of power washers the vehicle as soon as possible. Protecting Exterior Bright Metal
exceeding 8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) If necessary, use non-abrasive Parts
can result in damage or removal cleaners that are marked safe for Regularly clean bright metal parts
of paint and decals. painted surfaces to remove foreign with water or chrome polish on
matter. chrome or stainless steel trim,
Rinse the vehicle well, before
washing and after, to remove all Occasional hand waxing or mild if necessary.
cleaning agents completely. If they polishing should be done to remove For aluminum, never use auto or
are allowed to dry on the surface, residue from the paint finish. See chrome polish, steam, or caustic
they could stain. your dealer for approved cleaning soap to clean. A coating of wax,
products. rubbed to a high polish, is
Dry the finish with a soft, clean
Do not apply waxes or polishes to recommended for all bright metal
chamois or an all-cotton towel to
uncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber, parts.
avoid surface scratches and water
spotting. decals, simulated wood, or flat paint
as damage can occur. Cleaning Exterior Lamps/
Finish Care Lenses and Emblems
Notice: Machine compounding or
Application of aftermarket clearcoat aggressive polishing on a Use only lukewarm or cold water, a
sealant/wax materials is not basecoat/clearcoat paint finish soft cloth, and a car washing soap
recommended. If painted surfaces may damage it. Use only to clean exterior lamps, lenses and
are damaged, see your dealer to non-abrasive waxes and polishes emblems. Follow instructions under
have the damage assessed and "Washing the Vehicle" in this
section.
Vehicle Care 10-75
Windshield and Wiper Blades clean cloth. See Recommended calcium, or sodium chloride.
Fluids and Lubricants on These chlorides are used on
Clean the outside of the windshield
page 11‑12. roads for conditions such as ice
with glass cleaner.
and dust. Always wash the
Clean rubber blades using a lint-free Tires chrome with soap and water after
cloth or paper towel soaked with Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to exposure.
windshield washer fluid or a mild clean the tires. Notice: To avoid surface damage,
detergent. Wash the windshield
Notice: Using petroleum-based do not use strong soaps,
thoroughly when cleaning the
tire dressing products on the chemicals, abrasive polishes,
blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and
vehicle may damage the paint cleaners, brushes, or cleaners
a buildup of vehicle wash/wax
finish and/or tires. When applying that contain acid on aluminum or
treatments may cause wiper
a tire dressing, always wipe off chrome-plated wheels. Use only
streaking.
any overspray from all painted approved cleaners. Also, never
Replace the wiper blades if they are surfaces on the vehicle. drive a vehicle with aluminum or
worn or damaged. Damage can be chrome-plated wheels through an
caused by extreme dusty Wheels and Trim — Aluminum automatic car wash that uses
conditions, sand, salt, heat, sun, or Chrome silicone carbide tire cleaning
snow, and ice. Use a soft, clean cloth with mild brushes. Damage could occur
soap and water to clean the wheels. and the repairs would not be
Weatherstrips covered by the vehicle warranty.
After rinsing thoroughly with clean
Apply silicone grease on water, dry with a soft, clean towel.
weatherstrips to make them last Steering, Suspension, and
A wax may then be applied.
longer, seal better, and not stick or Chassis Components
squeak. Lubricate weatherstrips Notice: Chrome wheels and other
Visually inspect the front and rear
once a year. Black marks from chrome trim may be damaged if
suspension and steering system for
rubber material on painted surfaces the vehicle is not washed after
damaged, loose, or missing parts or
can be removed by rubbing with a driving on roads that have been
signs of wear. Inspect the power
sprayed with magnesium,
steering for proper hook-up, binding,
10-76 Vehicle Care
leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Visually material to parts repaired or Interior Care
check constant velocity joints, replaced to restore corrosion
rubber boots, and axle seals for protection. To prevent dirt particle abrasions,
leaks. regularly clean the vehicle's interior.
Original manufacturer replacement Immediately remove any soils. Note
Body Component Lubrication parts will provide the corrosion that newspapers or dark garments
protection while maintaining the that can transfer color to home
Lubricate all key lock cylinders, vehicle warranty.
hood hinges, liftgate hinges, and the furnishings can also permanently
steel fuel door hinge unless the Finish Damage transfer color to the vehicle's
components are plastic. Applying interior.
Quickly repair minor chips and
silicone grease on weatherstrips scratches with touch-up materials Use a soft bristle brush to remove
with a clean cloth will make them available from your dealer to avoid dust from knobs and crevices on the
last longer, seal better, and not stick corrosion. Larger areas of finish instrument cluster. Using a mild
or squeak. damage can be corrected in your soap solution, immediately remove
dealer's body and paint shop. hand lotions, sunscreen, and insect
Underbody Maintenance repellent from all interior surfaces or
Use plain water to flush dirt and Chemical Paint Spotting permanent damage may result.
debris from the vehicle's underbody. Airborne pollutants can fall upon Your dealer may have products for
Your dealer or an underbody car and attack painted vehicle surfaces cleaning the interior. Use cleaners
washing system can do this. If not causing blotchy, ring-shaped specifically designed for the
removed, rust and corrosion can discolorations, and small, irregular surfaces being cleaned to prevent
develop. dark spots etched into the paint permanent damage. Apply all
Sheet Metal Damage surface. cleaners directly to the cleaning
cloth. Do not spray cleaners directly
If the vehicle is damaged and on any switches or controls.
requires sheet metal repair or Cleaners should be removed
replacement, make sure the body quickly. Never allow cleaners to
repair shop applies anti-corrosion
Vehicle Care 10-77
remain on the surface being 3.78 L (1 gal) of water. Notice: Cleaning the windshield
cleaned for extended periods A concentrated soap solution will with water during the first three to
of time. leave a residue that creates six months of ownership will
Cleaners may contain solvents that streaks and attracts dirt. Do not reduce tendency to fog.
can become concentrated in the use solutions that contain strong
or caustic soap. Speaker Covers
interior. Before using cleaners, read
and adhere to all safety instructions . Do not heavily saturate the Vacuum around a speaker cover
on the label. While cleaning the upholstery when cleaning. gently, so that the speaker will not
interior, maintain adequate be damaged. Clean spots with just
. Do not use solvents or cleaners water and mild soap.
ventilation by opening the doors and containing solvents.
windows. Coated Moldings
To prevent damage, do not clean Interior Glass
Coated moldings should be cleaned.
the interior using the following To clean, use a terry cloth fabric
cleaners or techniques: dampened with water. Wipe droplets
. When lightly soiled, wipe with a
left behind with a clean dry cloth. sponge or soft lint-free cloth
. Never use a razor or any other dampened with water.
sharp object to remove a soil Commercial glass cleaners may be
from any interior surface. used, if necessary, after cleaning . When heavily soiled, use warm
the interior glass with plain water. soapy water.
. Never use a brush with stiff
bristles. Notice: To prevent scratching,
never use abrasive cleaners on
. Never rub any surface automotive glass. Abrasive
aggressively or with excessive cleaners or aggressive cleaning
pressure. may damage the rear window
. Do not use laundry detergents or defogger.
dishwashing soaps with
degreasers. For liquid cleaners,
use approximately 20 drops per
10-78 Vehicle Care
Fabric/Carpet/Suede 3. Start on the outside edge of the Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces
soil and gently rub toward the and Vehicle Information and
Start by vacuuming the surface
center. Fold the cleaning cloth to Radio Displays
using a soft brush attachment. If a
a clean area frequently to
rotating brush attachment is being For vehicles with high gloss
prevent forcing the soil in to the
used during vacuuming, only use it surfaces or vehicle displays, use a
fabric.
on the floor carpet. Before cleaning, microfiber cloth to wipe surfaces.
gently remove as much of the soil 4. Continue gently rubbing the Before wiping the surface with the
as possible using one of the soiled area until there is no microfiber cloth, use a soft bristle
following techniques: longer any color transfer from brush to remove dirt that could
the soil to the cleaning cloth. scratch the surface. Then use the
. Gently blot liquids with a paper
towel. Continue blotting until no 5. If the soil is not completely microfiber cloth by gently rubbing to
more soil can be removed. removed, use a mild soap clean. Never use window cleaners
solution followed only by club or solvents. Periodically hand wash
. For solid soils, remove as much the microfiber cloth separately,
soda or plain water.
as possible prior to vacuuming. using mild soap. Do not use bleach
If the soil is not completely or fabric softener. Rinse thoroughly
To clean:
removed, it may be necessary to and air dry before next use.
1. Saturate a clean lint-free use a commercial upholstery
colorfast cloth with water or club cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small Notice: Do not attach a device
soda. Microfiber cloth is hidden area for colorfastness before with a suction cup to the display.
recommended to prevent lint using a commercial upholstery This may cause damage and
transfer to the fabric or carpet. cleaner or spot lifter. If ring would not be covered by the
formation occurs, clean the entire warranty.
2. Remove excess moisture by
gently wringing until water does fabric or carpet.
not drip from the cleaning cloth. Following the cleaning process, a
paper towel can be used to blot
excess moisture.
Vehicle Care 10-79
Instrument Panel, Leather, Do not use cleaners that increase Care of Safety Belts
Vinyl, and Other Plastic gloss, especially on the instrument
Keep belts clean and dry.
Surfaces panel. Reflected glare can decrease
visibility through the windshield
Use a soft microfiber cloth under certain conditions. { WARNING
dampened with water to remove
dust and loose dirt. For a more Notice: Use of air fresheners may Do not bleach or dye safety belts.
thorough cleaning, use a soft cause permanent damage to It may severely weaken them. In
microfiber cloth dampened with a plastics and painted surfaces. a crash, they might not be able to
mild soap solution. If an air freshener comes in provide adequate protection.
contact with any plastic or Clean safety belts only with mild
Notice: Soaking or saturating painted surface in the vehicle,
leather, especially perforated soap and lukewarm water.
blot immediately and clean with a
leather, as well as other interior soft cloth dampened with a mild
surfaces, may cause permanent
damage. Wipe excess moisture
soap solution. Damage caused by Floor Mats
air fresheners would not be
from these surfaces after covered by the vehicle warranty.
cleaning and allow them to dry { WARNING
naturally. Never use heat, steam, Cargo Cover and
spot lifters, or spot removers. Do Convenience Net If a floor mat is the wrong size or
not use cleaners that contain is not properly installed, it can
Wash with warm water and mild interfere with the pedals.
silicone or wax-based products.
detergent. Do not use chlorine Interference with the pedals can
Cleaners containing these
bleach. Rinse with cold water, and cause unintended acceleration
solvents can permanently change
then dry completely. and/or increased stopping
the appearance and feel of leather
or soft trim and are not distance which can cause a crash
recommended. and injury. Make sure the floor
mat does not interfere with the
pedals.
10-80 Vehicle Care
Use the following guidelines for Removing and Replacing the The driver side floor mat is held in
proper floor mat usage. Floor Mat place by two retainers.
. The original equipment floor 1. Pull up on the rear of the floor
mats were designed for your mat to unlock each retainer and
vehicle. If the floor mats need remove.
replacing, it is recommended 2. Reinstall by lining up the floor
that GM certified floor mats be mat retainer openings over the
purchased. Non-GM floor mats carpet retainers and snap into
may not fit properly and may position.
interfere with the accelerator or
brake pedal. Always check that 3. Make sure the floor mat is
the floor mats do not interfere properly secured and verify that
with the pedals. it does not interfere with the
pedals.
. Use the floor mat with the
correct side up. Do not turn
it over.
. Do not place anything on top of
the driver side floor mat.
. Use only a single floor mat on
the driver side.
. Do not place one floor mat on
top of another.
Service and Maintenance 11-1
Service and General Information technicians, the dealer is the place

for routine maintenance such as oil
Maintenance Your vehicle is an important
investment. This section describes
changes and tire rotations and
additional maintenance items like
the required maintenance for the tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper
General Information vehicle. Follow this schedule to help blades.
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 11-1 protect against major repair
Notice: Damage caused by
expenses resulting from neglect or
improper maintenance can lead to
Maintenance Schedule inadequate maintenance. It may
costly repairs and may not be
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 11-2 also help to maintain the value of
the vehicle if it is sold. It is the
Special Application Services Maintenance intervals, checks,
responsibility of the owner to have
Special Application inspections, recommended fluids,
all required maintenance performed.
Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-8 and lubricants are important to
Your dealer has trained technicians keep the vehicle in good working
Additional Maintenance who can perform required condition.
and Care maintenance using genuine
The Tire Rotation and Required
Additional Maintenance replacement parts. They have up‐to‐
Services are the responsibility of the
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-9 date tools and equipment for fast
vehicle owner. It is recommended to
and accurate diagnostics. Many
Recommended Fluids, have your dealer perform these
dealers have extended evening and
Lubricants, and Parts services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi.
Saturday hours, courtesy
Recommended Fluids and Proper vehicle maintenance helps to
transportation, and online
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-12 keep the vehicle in good working
scheduling to assist with service
Maintenance Replacement condition, improves fuel economy,
needs.
Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-13 and reduces vehicle emissions.
Your dealer recognizes the
Maintenance Records importance of providing
Maintenance Records . . . . . . 11-15 competitively priced maintenance
and repair services. With trained
11-2 Service and Maintenance
Because of the way people use

. Frequently towing a trailer.
vehicles, maintenance needs vary.
Maintenance
. Used for high speed or
There may need to be more competitive driving. Schedule
frequent checks and services. The
Additional Required Services ‐
. Used for taxi, police, or delivery Owner Checks and Services
Normal are for vehicles that: service.
At Each Fuel Stop
. Carry passengers and cargo Refer to the information in the
Maintenance Schedule Additional
. Check the engine oil level. See
within recommended limits on Engine Oil on page 10‑8.
the Tire and Loading Information Required Services ‐ Severe chart.
label. See Vehicle Load Limits Once a Month
on page 9‑14. { WARNING . Check the tire inflation
. Are driven on reasonable road Performing maintenance work can pressures. See Tire Pressure on
surfaces within legal driving page 10‑45.
be dangerous and can cause
limits. serious injury. Perform . Inspect the tires for wear. See
. Use the recommended fuel. See maintenance work only if the Tire Inspection on page 10‑51.
Recommended Fuel on required information, proper tools, . Check the windshield washer
page 9‑49. and equipment are available. fluid level. See Washer Fluid on
Refer to the information in the If they are not, see your dealer to page 10‑20.
Maintenance Schedule Additional have a trained technician do the
work. See Doing Your Own Engine Oil Change
Required Services ‐ Normal chart.
Service Work on page 10‑3. When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL
The Additional Required Services ‐
SOON message displays, have the
Severe are for vehicles that are:
engine oil and filter changed within
. Mainly driven in heavy city traffic the next 1 000 km/600 mi. If driven
in hot weather. under the best conditions, the
. Mainly driven in hilly or engine oil life system might not
mountainous terrain. indicate the need for vehicle service
for more than a year. The engine oil

. Check engine coolant level. See or missing parts or signs of
and filter must be changed at least Engine Coolant on page 10‑15. wear. See Exterior Care on
once a year and the oil life system . Check windshield washer fluid page 10‑73.
must be reset. Your trained dealer level. See Washer Fluid on . Check restraint system
technician can perform this work. page 10‑20. components. See Safety System
If the engine oil life system is reset Check on page 3‑17.
accidentally, service the vehicle
. Visually inspect windshield wiper
within 5 000 km/3,000 mi since the blades for wear, cracking, . Visually inspect fuel system for
last service. Reset the oil life or contamination. See Exterior damage or leaks.
system when the oil is changed. Care on page 10‑73. Replace
worn or damaged wiper blades.
. Visually inspect exhaust system
See Engine Oil Life System on and nearby heat shields for
page 10‑11. See Wiper Blade Replacement
on page 10‑25. loose or damaged parts.
Tire Rotation and Required . Check tire inflation pressures.
. Lubricate body components. See
Services Every 12 000 km/ See Tire Pressure on Exterior Care on page 10‑73.
7,500 mi page 10‑45. . Check starter switch. See Starter
Rotate the tires, if recommended for . Inspect tire wear. See Tire Switch Check on page 10‑24.
the vehicle, and perform the Inspection on page 10‑51. . Check automatic transmission
following services. See Tire . shift lock control function. See
Rotation on page 10‑51. Visually check for fluid leaks.
Automatic Transmission Shift
. Check engine oil level and oil
. Inspect engine air cleaner filter. Lock Control Function Check on
life percentage. If needed, See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on page 10‑24.
change engine oil and filter, and page 10‑12. . Check ignition transmission lock.
reset oil life system. See Engine . Inspect brake system. See Ignition Transmission Lock
Oil on page 10‑8 and Engine Oil Check on page 10‑24.
. Visually inspect steering,
Life System on page 10‑11.
suspension, and chassis
components for damaged, loose,

. Check parking brake and
automatic transmission park
mechanism. See Park Brake and
P (Park) Mechanism Check on
page 10‑25.
. Check accelerator pedal for
damage, high effort, or binding.
Replace if needed.
. Visually inspect gas strut for
signs of wear, cracks, or other
damage. Check the hold open
ability of the strut. See your
dealer if service is required.
. Inspect sunroof track and seal,
if equipped. See Sunroof on
page 2‑18.

Footnotes — Maintenance (5) Or every five years, whichever

Schedule Additional Required comes first. See Cooling System on
Services — Normal page 10‑14.
(1) Or every two years, whichever (6) Or every 10 years, whichever
comes first. More frequent comes first.
replacement may be needed if the
(7) Inspect for fraying, excessive
vehicle is driven in areas with heavy
cracking, or damage; replace,
traffic, areas with poor air quality,
if needed.
or areas with high dust levels.
Replacement may also be needed if
there is a reduction in air flow,
excessive window fogging, or odors.
(2) Check all fuel and vapor lines
and hoses for proper hook-up,
routing, and condition. Check that
the purge valve, if the vehicle has
one, works properly. Replace as
needed.
(3) Or every four years, whichever
comes first.
(4) Do not directly power wash the
transfer case output seals. High
pressure water can overcome the
seals and contaminate the transfer
case fluid. Contaminated fluid will
decrease the life of the transfer
case and should be replaced.

Footnotes — Maintenance (5) Or every five years, whichever Special Application

Schedule Additional Required comes first. See Cooling System on
Services — Severe page 10‑14. Services
(1) Or every two years, whichever (6) Or every 10 years, whichever . Severe Commercial Use
comes first. More frequent comes first. Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassis
replacement may be needed if the components every 5 000 km/
(7) Inspect for fraying, excessive
vehicle is driven in areas with heavy 3,000 mi.
cracking, or damage; replace,
traffic, areas with poor air quality,
if needed. . Have underbody flushing service
or areas with high dust levels.
performed once a year.
Replacement may also be needed if
there is a reduction in air flow,
excessive window fogging, or odors.
(2) Check all fuel and vapor lines
and hoses for proper hook-up,
routing, and condition. Check that
the purge valve, if the vehicle has
one, works properly. Replace as
needed.
(3) Or every four years, whichever
comes first.
(4) Do not directly power wash the
transfer case output seals. High
pressure water can overcome the
seals and contaminate the transfer
case fluid. Contaminated fluid will
decrease the life of the transfer
case and should be replaced.
Additional Battery Brakes

The battery supplies power to start Brakes stop the vehicle and are
Maintenance and Care the engine and operate any crucial to safe driving.
Your vehicle is an important additional electrical accessories. . Signs of brake wear may include
investment and caring for it properly . To avoid break-down or failure to chirping, grinding, or squealing
may help to avoid future costly start the vehicle, maintain a noises, or difficulty stopping.
repairs. To maintain vehicle battery with full cranking power. . Trained dealer technicians have
performance, additional
maintenance services may be . Trained dealer technicians have access to tools and equipment
required. It is recommended that the diagnostic equipment to test to inspect the brakes and
your dealer perform these the battery and ensure that the recommend quality parts
services — their trained dealer connections and cables are engineered for the vehicle.
technicians know your vehicle best. corrosion-free.
Fluids
Your dealer can also perform a Belts
thorough assessment with a Proper fluid levels and approved
multi-point inspection to recommend . Belts may need replacing if they fluids protect the vehicle’s systems
when your vehicle may need squeak or show signs of and components. See
attention. The following list is cracking or splitting. Recommended Fluids and
intended to explain the services and . Trained dealer technicians have Lubricants on page 11‑12 for GM
conditions to look for that may access to tools and equipment approved fluids.
indicate services are required. to inspect the belts and . Engine oil and windshield
recommend adjustment or washer fluid levels should be
replacement when necessary. checked at every fuel fill.
. Instrument cluster lights may
come on to indicate that fluids
may be low and need to be
filled.
Hoses Shocks and Struts rubber; cracks or cuts in the

Hoses transport fluids and should Shocks and struts help aid in control tread or sidewall; or a bulge or
be regularly inspected to ensure for a smoother ride. split in the tire.
that there are no cracks or leaks. . Signs of wear may include
. Trained dealer technicians can
With a multi-point inspection, your steering wheel vibration, bounce/ inspect and recommend the right
dealer can inspect the hoses and sway while braking, longer tires. Your dealer can also
advise if replacement is needed. stopping distance, or uneven provide tire/wheel balancing
tire wear. services to ensure smooth
Lamps vehicle operation at all speeds.
Properly working headlamps, . As part of the multi-point Your dealer sells and services
taillamps, and brake lamps are inspection, trained dealer name brand tires.
important to see and be seen on technicians can visually inspect
the road. the shocks and struts for signs Vehicle Care
of leaking, blown seals, To help keep the vehicle looking like
. Signs that the headlamps need or damage, and can advise
attention include dimming, failure new, vehicle care products are
when service is needed. available from your dealer. For
to light, cracking, or damage.
The brake lamps need to be Tires information on how to clean and
checked periodically to ensure protect the vehicle’s interior and
Tires need to be properly inflated, exterior, see Interior Care on
that they light when braking. rotated, and balanced. Maintaining page 10‑76 and Exterior Care on
. With a multi-point inspection, the tires can save money, fuel, and page 10‑73.
your dealer can check the lamps can reduce the risk of tire failure.
and note any concerns. . Signs that the tires need to be
replaced include three or more
visible treadwear indicators; cord
or fabric showing through the
Wheel Alignment Wiper Blades

Wheel alignment is critical for Wiper blades need to be cleaned
ensuring that the tires deliver and kept in good condition to
optimal wear and performance. provide a clear view.
. Signs that the alignment may . Signs of wear include streaking,
need to be adjusted include skipping across the windshield,
pulling, improper vehicle and worn or split rubber.
handling, or unusual tire wear. . Trained dealer technicians can
. Your dealer has the required check the wiper blades and
equipment to ensure proper replace them when needed.
wheel alignment.
Windshield
For safety, appearance, and the
best viewing, keep the windshield
clean and clear.
. Signs of damage include
scratches, cracks, and chips.
. Trained dealer technicians can
inspect the windshield and
recommend proper replacement
if needed.
Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts

Recommended Fluids and Lubricants
Usage Fluid/Lubricant
Engine Oil Use only engine oil licensed to the dexos1 specfication, or equivalent, of
the proper SAE viscosity grade. ACDelco dexos1 Synthetic Blend is
recommended. See Engine Oil on page 10‑8.
Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL Coolant.
See Engine Coolant on page 10‑15.
Hydraulic Brake System DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 88862806, in
Canada 88863462).
Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection
requirements.
Hydraulic Power Steering System DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.
(V6 engines only)
Automatic Transmission DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.
Transfer Case (All-Wheel Drive) Transfer Case Fluid (GM Part No. 88900401, in Canada 89021678).
Key Lock Cylinders Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in
Canada 10953474).
Usage Fluid/Lubricant
Hood Latch Assembly, Secondary Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. 89021668, in
Latch, Pivots, Spring Anchor, and Canada 89021674) or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2,
Release Pawl Category LB or GC-LB.
Hood and Door Hinges Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in
Canada 10953474).
Power Liftgate Actuator Ball Joint Multi-Purpose Lubricant (GM Part No. 89021668, in Canada 89021674).
Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) or
Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 10953481).
Maintenance Replacement Parts

Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 25899727 A3138C
Engine Oil Filter
2.4L L4 Engine 12605566 PF457G
3.6L V6 Engine 89017525 PF63
Passenger Compartment Air Filter 20901295 CF177
Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number

Spark Plugs
2.4L L4 Engine 12620540 41-108
3.6L V6 Engine 12622561 41-109
Wiper Blades
Driver Side – 60 cm (23.6 in) 22868413 —
Passenger Side – 42.5 cm (16.7 in) 22868414 —
Rear – 32.5 cm (12.8 in) 20999459 —
Maintenance Records
After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the
type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.
Odometer
Date Serviced By Services Performed
Reading
Odometer
Date Serviced By Services Performed
Reading
Technical Data 12-1
Technical Data Vehicle Identification Engine Identification

The eighth character in the VIN is
Vehicle Identification the engine code. This code
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) identifies the vehicle's engine,
Vehicle Identification specifications, and replacement
Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1 parts. See “Engine Specifications”
Service Parts Identification under Capacities and Specifications
Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1 on page 12‑2 for the vehicle's
engine code.
Vehicle Data
Capacities and
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
Service Parts
Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . 12-4 Identification Label
This label, on the inside of the glove
box, has the following information:
. Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN).
. Model designation.
This legal identifier is in the front . Paint information.
corner of the instrument panel, on .
the left side of the vehicle. It can be Production options and special
seen through the windshield from equipment.
outside. The VIN also appears on Do not remove this label from the
the Vehicle Certification and Service vehicle.
Parts labels and certificates of title
and registration.
12-2 Technical Data
Vehicle Data
Capacities and Specifications
Capacities
Application
Metric English
Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type and
charge amount, see the refrigerant label under the
hood. See your dealer for more information.
Engine Cooling System
2.4L L4 Engine 7.8 L 8.2 qt
3.6L V6 Engine 10.2 L 10.8 qt
Engine Oil with Filter
2.4L L4 Engine 4.7 L 5.0 qt
3.6L V6 Engine 5.7 L 6.0 qt
Fuel Tank
2.4L L4 Engine 71.1 L 18.8 gal
3.6L V6 Engine 79.1 L 20.9 gal
Wheel Nut Torque 190 Y 140 lb ft
All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this
manual. Recheck fluid level after filling.
Technical Data 12-3
Engine Specifications
Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap
2.4L L4 K Automatic 0.9 mm (0.035 in)
3.6L V6 3 Automatic 1.1 mm (0.043 in)
12-4 Technical Data
Engine Drive Belt Routing
2.4L L4 Engine
3.6L V6 Engine
Customer Information 13-1
Customer Roadside Assistance Program Reporting Safety Defects

(Mexico) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7 Reporting Safety Defects to
Information Roadside Assistance the United States
Program (U.S. and Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-17
Canada) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-10 Reporting Safety Defects to
Customer Information Scheduling Service the Canadian
Customer Satisfaction Appointments (U.S. and Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-18
Procedure (U.S. and Canada) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12 Reporting Safety Defects to
Canada) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-2 Courtesy Transportation General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . 13-18
Customer Satisfaction Program (U.S. and
Procedure (Mexico) . . . . . . . . 13-4 Canada) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12 Vehicle Data Recording and
Customer Assistance Offices Collision Damage Repair Privacy
(U.S. and Canada) . . . . . . . . . 13-5 (U.S. and Canada) . . . . . . . . 13-14 Vehicle Data Recording and
Customer Assistance Offices Service Publications Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-19
(Mexico) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5 Ordering Information . . . . . . 13-16 Event Data Recorders . . . . . . 13-19
Customer Assistance for Text OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-20
Telephone (TTY) Users (U.S. Infotainment System . . . . . . . . 13-20
and Canada) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-6 Radio Frequency
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . 13-6 Identification (RFID) . . . . . . . 13-20
GM Mobility Reimbursement Radio Frequency
Program (U.S. and Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-20
Canada) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7
13-2 Customer Information
Customer Information STEP TWO: If after contacting a

member of dealership management,
When contacting GMC, remember
that your concern will likely be
it appears your concern cannot be resolved at a dealer's facility. That is
Customer Satisfaction resolved by your dealership without why we suggest following Step One
Procedure (U.S. and further help, in the U.S., call first.
Canada) 1-800-462-8782. In Canada, call STEP THREE — U.S. Owners:
General Motors of Canada Both General Motors and your
Your satisfaction and goodwill are Customer Care Centre at
important to your dealer and to dealer are committed to making
1-800-263-3777 (English) or sure you are completely satisfied
GMC. Normally, any concerns with 1-800-263-7854 (French).
the sales transaction or the with the new vehicle. However,
operation of the vehicle will be We encourage you to call the if you continue to remain unsatisfied
resolved by your dealer's sales or toll-free number in order to give your after following the procedure
service departments. Sometimes, inquiry prompt attention. Have the outlined in Steps One and Two, you
however, despite the best intentions following information available to can file with the Better Business
of all concerned, misunderstandings give the Customer Assistance Bureau (BBB) Auto Line® Program
can occur. If your concern has not representative: to enforce your rights.
been resolved to your satisfaction, . Vehicle Identification The BBB Auto Line Program is an
the following steps should be taken: Number (VIN). This is available out-of-court program administered
STEP ONE: Discuss your concern from the vehicle registration or by the Council of Better Business
with a member of dealership title, or the plate at the top left of Bureaus to settle automotive
management. Normally, concerns the instrument panel and visible disputes regarding vehicle repairs or
can be quickly resolved at that level. through the windshield. the interpretation of the New Vehicle
If the matter has already been . Dealership name and location. Limited Warranty. Although you may
reviewed with the sales, service, be required to resort to this informal
. Vehicle delivery date and dispute resolution program prior to
or parts manager, contact the owner
present mileage. filling out a court action, use of the
of your dealership or the general
manager. program is free of charge and your
case will generally be heard within
40 days. If you do not agree with the STEP THREE — Canadian For further information concerning
decision given in your case, you Owners: In the event that you do eligibility in the Canadian Motor
may reject it and proceed with any not feel your concerns have been Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),
other venue for relief available addressed after following the call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call
to you. procedure outlined in Steps One the General Motors Customer Care
You may contact the BBB Auto Line and Two, General Motors of Canada Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English),
Program using the toll-free Limited wants you to be aware of its 1-800-263-7854 (French),
telephone number or write them at participation in a no-charge or write to:
the following address: Mediation/Arbitration Program. Mediation/Arbitration Program
General Motors of Canada Limited c/o Customer Care Centre
BBB Auto Line Program has committed to binding arbitration
Council of Better Business Bureaus, General Motors of Canada Limited
of owner disputes involving Mail Code: CA1-163-005
Inc. factory-related vehicle service
4200 Wilson Boulevard 1908 Colonel Sam Drive
claims. The program provides for Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
Suite 800 the review of the facts involved by
Arlington, VA 22203-1838 an impartial third party arbiter, and The inquiry should be accompanied
Telephone: 1-800-955-5100 may include an informal hearing by the Vehicle Identification
www.dr.bbb.org/goauto before the arbiter. The program is Number (VIN).
designed so that the entire dispute
This program is available in all settlement process, from the time
50 states and the District of you file your complaint to the final
Columbia. Eligibility is limited by decision, should be completed in
vehicle age, mileage, and other approximately 70 days. We believe
factors. General Motors reserves our impartial program offers
the right to change eligibility advantages over courts in most
limitations and/or discontinue its jurisdictions because it is informal,
participation in this program. quick, and free of charge.
Customer Satisfaction the good intentions of all parties STEP THREE

involved, sometimes a
Procedure (Mexico) misunderstanding may occur.
If your case is not resolved in a
reasonable amount of time by your
If you have a problem that has not dealer, please call the General
been satisfactorily handled through Motors Customer Assistance
the normal means, we suggest the Center (CAC) and provide the
following steps: following information:
STEP ONE . Name
Explain your case to your dealer . Address
Did you get the Warranty Extension service agent, service manager, . Phone number
Plan? This plan is recommended by dealer sales agent, or sales
General Motors to supplement the manager, depending on your case.
. Model year
warranty included with the new . Brand
vehicle purchase. Make sure that they have all
necessary information. They are . Vehicle Identification
See your dealer for details. interested in your continual Number (VIN)
satisfaction.
Customer Assistance . Mileage
Procedure STEP TWO . Delivery date
Owner satisfaction and goodwill are If you are not satisfied, please . Description of the problem
very important to your dealer and contact the general manager or your
. Dealership name
General Motors. dealership owner to ask for their
help. If they are not able to resolve . Dealership address
Normally, any problem with the
your case, ask them to contact the
transaction, sale, or usage of the See Customer Assistance Offices
right people at General Motors for
vehicle must be handled by your (U.S. and Canada) on page 13‑5 or
support, if needed.
dealer sales or service departments. Customer Assistance Offices
However, we recognize that despite (Mexico) on page 13‑5.
Customer Assistance Canada All e-mail inquiries to the Customer

Assistance Center (CAC) should be
Offices (U.S. and Canada) General Motors of Canada Limited
sent to: cac.gmc@gm.com.
Customer Care Centre, Mail Code:
GMC encourages customers to call
CA1-163-005 Mexico
the toll-free number for assistance.
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
However, if a customer wishes to From Mexico City
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
write or e-mail GMC, the letter
www.gmc.ca 5329-0812
should be addressed to:
1-800-263-3777 (English) From Other Mexico Locations
United States and Puerto Rico 1-800-263-7854 (French)
1-800-263-3830 (For Text 01-800-466-0812
GMC Customer Assistance Center
P.O. Box 33172 Telephone Devices (TTYs)) United States and Canada
Detroit, MI 48232-5172 Roadside Assistance:
1-800-268-6800 1-866-466-8191
www.GMC.com
All Overseas Locations Costa Rica
1-800-GMC-8782 (1-800-462-8782)
1-800-462-8583 (For Text Please contact the local General 00-800-052-1005
Telephone Devices (TTYs)) Motors Business Unit. Guatemala
Roadside Assistance:
1-888-881-3302 Customer Assistance 1-800-999-5252
From U.S. Virgin Islands: Offices (Mexico) Panama
1-800-496-9994 To contact the Customer Assistance 00-800-052-0001
Center (CAC), use the phone
numbers listed in this section. Dominican Republic
Customer assistance is available 1-888-751-5301
Monday through Friday, 08:00 to
20:00 hours, and Saturdays from
08:00 to 15:00 hours.
El Salvador Online Owner Center J (Warranty Tracking

800-6273 Information): Track the vehicle’s
Online Owner Experience warranty information.
Honduras (U.S.) my.gmc.com
J (Recall Information): View
800-0122-6101 The GMC online owner experience active recalls or search by Vehicle
is a one-stop resource that allows Identification Number (VIN). See
Customer Assistance for interaction with GMC and keeps Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
important vehicle-specific on page 12‑1.
Text Telephone (TTY) information in one place.
Users (U.S. and Canada) H (Other Account Information):
Membership Benefits View GM Card, SiriusXM Satellite
To assist customers who are deaf, radio, and OnStar account
hard of hearing, or speech impaired E (Vehicle Information): information.
and who use Text Telephones Download owner manuals and view
(TTYs), GMC has TTY equipment vehicle-specific how-to videos. F (Live Chat Support): Chat live
available at its Customer Assistance G (Maintenance Information): with online help representatives.
Center. Any TTY user can View maintenance schedules, Visit my.gmc.com to register your
communicate with GMC by dialing: required alerts, OnStar onboard vehicle.
1-800-462-8583. TTY users in vehicle diagnostic information, and
Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830. schedule service appointments. GMC Owner Centre (Canada)
gmcowner.ca
I (Service History): View
printable dealer-recorded service Take a trip to the GMC Owner
records and self-recorded service Centre:
records. . Chat live with online help
D (Preferred Dealer representatives.
Information): Select a preferred . Use the Vehicle Tools section.
dealer and view dealer location,
maps, phone numbers, and hours.

. Access third party enthusiast This program is available to Assistance program is not part of,
sites and social media networks. qualified applicants for cost or included, in the coverage
. Locate owner resources such as reimbursement of eligible provided by the new vehicle limited
lease-end, financing, and aftermarket adaptive equipment warranty.
warranty information. required for the vehicle, such as Roadside Assistance provides
hand controls or a wheelchair/ assistance to the driver and
. Retrieve your favorite articles, scooter lift for the vehicle.
quizzes, tips and multimedia passengers while driving the vehicle
galleries organized into the For more information on the limited within your city of residence or on
Features and Auto Care offer, visit www.gmmobility.com or any passable road in Mexico, the
Sections. call the GM Mobility Assistance United States, and Canada.
Center at 1-800-323-9935. Text Services are subject to the
. Download the owner manual for Telephone (TTY) users, call limitations described in the following
your vehicle, quickly and easily. 1-800-833-9935. pages. Program coverage varies by
. Find the GMC-recommended General Motors of Canada also has country.
maintenance services for your a Mobility Program. Call Roadside Assistance is available
vehicle. 1-800-GM-DRIVE (463-7483) for 24 hours a day, 365 days of
details. TTY users call the year.
GM Mobility 1-800-263-3830. This program expires two years
Reimbursement Program from the date of the invoice for the
(U.S. and Canada) Roadside Assistance vehicle, regardless of vehicle
Program (Mexico) mileage and changes in vehicle
ownership.
As a new owner, your vehicle is
automatically enrolled in the For more information about the
Roadside Assistance program. The renewal of this program at the end
services are available at no cost of its term, contact the GMC
under the terms and conditions of Customer Assistance Center at
the program. The Roadside 01-800-466-0801.
Services Provided
. *Dealership Location If the vehicle cannot be received
Assistance: Information by the nearest GMC dealer due
. Flat Tire Change: If unable to regarding addresses and
change a flat tire, Roadside to scheduling conflicts, the
telephone numbers for GMC vehicle will be taken to a safe
Assistance will provide towing dealers.
service to the nearest authorized place where it will remain for up
GMC dealership. It is the
. Emergency Towing: Tow to the to 48 hours until it can be taken
owner's responsibility for the nearest dealer for warranty to the dealer. If the storage costs
repair or replacement of the tire. service if the vehicle cannot be exceed the amount authorized,
This service is limited to the driven. the owner is responsible to pay
transfer of the vehicle to the the difference at the time of
If the vehicle is involved in an service. Contact Roadside
repair facility. accident during the commission Assistance for more information
. Emergency Fuel Delivery: of a crime, administrative on authorized amounts.
Delivery of enough fuel for the violation, or breach of traffic
vehicle to get to the nearest regulations, Roadside . *Trip Interruption: This service
service station. Assistance will not provide is provided if you are prevented
service. When the vehicle is not from further usage of your
. Lock-Out Service: Service to accessible to be towed, all vehicle while traveling and it is
unlock the vehicle if you are maneuvers required to access it not possible for the nearest
locked out. will be at the owner's expense. GMC dealership to repair the
. Battery Jump Start: Service to vehicle the same day, requiring
If the vehicle is in another city the vehicle to stay at the
jump start a dead battery. outside of your residence, dealership for a night or more.
. *Emergency Messages: Roadside Assistance is limited If this happens, in addition to the
Transmission of urgent phone to moving the vehicle to the previously listed services and
messages. nearest dealer. If you would like prior to confirmation by the
the vehicle moved to a different dealership, you are entitled to
. *Emergency Calls: Call for
dealer, you will be asked to choose one of the following
emergency services.
cover the difference in cost at alternatives, within the limits of
the time of the move.
existing Roadside Assistance Assistance, depending on Canada are at the owner's expense
program guidelines. If the costs availability at the chosen and will be reimbursed by Roadside
exceed the amount authorized destination. Restrictions apply Assistance.
for these services, you must pay based on vehicle specifications.
the difference at the time of Services Not Included in Roadside
If you are on the road, taxi Assistance
service. service to the nearest bus
Roadside Assistance will station or airport will be Roadside Assistance does not
cover or reimburse services for the
coordinate hotel provided.
accommodations for all vehicle following:
. *Complimentary
travelers for up to two nights. Transportation for Vehicle Pick
. Events caused by fraud or bad
A rental car will be provided for Up: Transportation to pick up faith by the driver.
up to two days and the vehicle your vehicle after repairs are . Vehicle immobilization situations
must be returned to its original complete. Once the dealer has due to a major force or
destination, excluding vehicles reported that the vehicle has unforeseen circumstances, such
with a carrying capacity greater been repaired, Roadside as natural phenomena of an
than 3.5 tons. Assistance will provide bus or extraordinary nature,
Complimentary Transportation: If commercial airline one-way earthquakes, volcanic eruptions,
you prefer to continue your trip service (subject to availability) and other cyclonic storms.
to the intended destination or for the person designated by you . Vehicle immobilization situations
return to your place of to collect your vehicle at the arising from car accidents
residence, and the trip requires dealership's location if you or the caused by the driver of the
more than eight hours driving on designated person are not in the vehicle or third parties. This
the road, transportation for the same town or city as the means any occurrence that
driver and passengers by first dealership. causes physical injury to the
class bus or coach commercial *These services are not provided for occupants and/or the vehicle
airline will be provided to a U.S. or Canada residents. All caused by external forces.
location chosen by Roadside services provided in the U.S. and

. Acts of terrorism, riot or uproar,
armed forces or police actions
Contacting Roadside Assistance Roadside Assistance
which prevent timely delivery of Roadside Assistance services are of Program (U.S. and
assistance services. no cost to you and available Canada)
24 hours a day, 365 days a year.
. Food service, beverages, Costs are only incurred in situations For U.S.-purchased vehicles, call
telephone calls, or other extra that exceed the limits of the 1-888-881-3302; (Text Telephone
costs. Accommodation costs program, some of which are listed (TTY): 1-888-889-2438).
apply only to Mexico per the previously in this section.
terms and conditions of the For Canadian-purchased vehicles,
Roadside Assistance program. To contact Roadside Assistance by call 1-800-268-6800.
phone, use the following numbers: Service is available 24 hours a day,
. Any damage to the vehicle
without intent, derived from the Mexico 365 days a year.
services provided. 01-800-466-0801 Calling for Assistance
. Cost of towing a trailer when United States When calling Roadside Assistance,
choosing a GMC dealer that is have the following information
nearest to the temporary storage 1-866-466-8902
ready:
facility for the disabled vehicle. Canada . Your name, home address, and
. Cost of all maneuvers required 1-800-268-6800 home telephone number
to access the vehicle when it is
not available to be towed. E-mail . Telephone number of your
location
. Cost of fuel provided. asistencia.GMC@gm.com
. Location of the vehicle
Routine vehicle repair costs are not GMC reserves the right to make any
covered by the Roadside changes or discontinue the . Model, year, color, and license
Assistance program. For more Roadside Assistance program at plate number of the vehicle
information, see your new vehicle any time without notification.
warranty.

. Odometer reading, Vehicle claims are made too often, or the
. Flat Tire Change: Service to
Identification Number (VIN), and same type of claim is made many change a flat tire with the spare
delivery date of the vehicle times. tire. The spare tire, if equipped,
. Description of the problem must be in good condition and
Services Provided properly inflated. It is the owner's
Coverage . Emergency Fuel Delivery: responsibility for the repair or
Delivery of enough fuel for the replacement of the tire if it is not
Services are provided up to 5 years/
vehicle to get to the nearest covered by the warranty.
160 000 km (100,000 mi), whichever
comes first. service station. . Battery Jump Start: Service to
. Lock-Out Service: Service to jump start a dead battery.
In the U.S., anyone driving the
vehicle is covered. In Canada, a unlock the vehicle if you are . Trip Interruption Benefits and
person driving the vehicle without locked out. A remote unlock may Assistance: If your trip is
permission from the owner is not be available if you have interrupted due to a warranty
covered. OnStar®. For security reasons, failure, incidental expenses may
the driver must present be reimbursed during the
Roadside Assistance is not a part of identification before this service 5 years/(160 000 km) 100,000 mi
the New Vehicle Limited Warranty. is given. Powertrain warranty period.
GMC and General Motors of
. Emergency Tow From a Public Items considered are hotel,
Canada Limited reserve the right to
Road or Highway: Tow to the meals, and rental car.
make any changes or discontinue
the Roadside Assistance program at nearest GMC dealer for warranty Services Not Included in
any time without notification. service, or if the vehicle was in a Roadside Assistance
crash and cannot be driven.
GMC and General Motors of Assistance is also given when . Impound towing caused by
Canada Limited reserve the right to the vehicle is stuck in the sand, violation of any laws.
limit services or payment to an mud, or snow.
owner or driver if they decide the
. Legal fines.

. Mounting, dismounting, the Roadside Assistance advisor of your transportation needs, your
or changing of snow tires, will help to make arrangements dealer can help minimize your
chains, or other traction devices. and explain how to receive inconvenience.
. Towing or services for vehicles payment. If the vehicle cannot be scheduled
driven on a non-public road or . Alternative Service: If into the service department
highway. assistance cannot be provided immediately, keep driving it until it
Services Specific to right away, the Roadside can be scheduled for service,
Assistance advisor may give unless, of course, the problem is
Canadian-Purchased Vehicles permission to get local safety related. If it is, please call
. Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement emergency road service. You will your dealership, let them know this,
is approximately $5 Canadian. receive payment, up to $100, and ask for instructions.
Diesel fuel delivery may be after sending the original receipt If your dealer requests you to bring
restricted. Propane and other to Roadside Assistance. the vehicle for service, you are
fuels are not provided through Mechanical failures may be urged to do so as early in the work
this service. covered, however any cost for day as possible to allow for
. Lock-Out Service: Vehicle parts and labor for repairs not same-day repair.
registration is required. covered by the warranty are the
owner responsibility.
. Trip Interruption Benefits and Courtesy Transportation
Assistance: Must be over Scheduling Service Program (U.S. and
250 kilometres from where your Canada)
trip was started to qualify. Appointments (U.S. and
General Motors of Canada Canada) To enhance your ownership
Limited requires experience, we and our participating
When the vehicle requires warranty dealers are proud to offer Courtesy
pre-authorization, original
service, contact your dealer and Transportation, a customer support
detailed receipts, and a copy of
request an appointment. By program for vehicles with the
the repair orders. Once
scheduling a service appointment Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty
authorization has been received,
and advising the service consultant
Coverage period in Canada), Transportation Options original receipts and can only be up
extended powertrain, and/or to the maximum amount allowed by
Warranty service can generally be
hybrid-specific warranties in both GM for shuttle service. In addition,
completed while you wait. However,
the U.S. and Canada. for U.S. customers, should you
if you are unable to wait, GM helps
Several Courtesy Transportation arrange transportation through a
to minimize inconvenience by
options are available to assist in friend or relative, limited
providing several transportation
reducing inconvenience when reimbursement for reasonable fuel
options. Depending on the
warranty repairs are required. expenses may be available. Claim
circumstances, your dealer can offer
amounts should reflect actual costs
Courtesy Transportation is not a one of the following:
and be supported by original
part of the New Vehicle Limited Shuttle Service receipts. See your dealer for
Warranty. A separate booklet information regarding the allowance
entitled “Limited Warranty and Shuttle service is the preferred
amounts for reimbursement of fuel
Owner Assistance Information” means of offering Courtesy
or other transportation costs.
furnished with each new vehicle Transportation. Dealers may provide
provides detailed warranty coverage shuttle service to get you to your Courtesy Rental Vehicle
information. destination with minimal interruption
Your dealer may arrange to provide
of your daily schedule. This includes
you with a courtesy rental vehicle or
one-way or round-trip shuttle service
reimburse you for a rental vehicle
within reasonable time and distance
that you obtain if the vehicle is kept
parameters of your dealer's area.
for an overnight warranty repair.
Public Transportation or Fuel Rental reimbursement will be limited
Reimbursement and must be supported by original
receipts. This requires that you sign
If the vehicle requires overnight
and complete a rental agreement
warranty repairs, and public
and meet state/provincial, local, and
transportation is used instead of
rental vehicle provider requirements.
your dealer's shuttle service, the
Requirements vary and may include
expense must be supported by
minimum age requirements,
insurance coverage, credit card, etc. Collision Damage Repair Recycled original equipment parts
You are responsible for fuel usage may also be used for repair. These
charges and may also be
(U.S. and Canada) parts are typically removed from
responsible for taxes, levies, usage If the vehicle is involved in a vehicles that were total losses in
fees, excessive mileage, or rental collision and it is damaged, have the prior crashes. In most cases, the
usage beyond the completion of the damage repaired by a qualified parts being recycled are from
repair. technician using the proper undamaged sections of the vehicle.
It may not be possible to provide a equipment and quality replacement A recycled original equipment GM
like vehicle as a courtesy rental. parts. Poorly performed collision part may be an acceptable choice to
repairs diminish the vehicle resale maintain the vehicle's originally
Additional Program value, and safety performance can designed appearance and safety
Information be compromised in subsequent performance; however, the history of
collisions. these parts is not known. Such parts
All program options, such as shuttle are not covered by the GM New
service, may not be available at Collision Parts Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any
every dealer. Please contact your related failures are not covered by
Genuine GM Collision parts are new
dealer for specific information about that warranty.
parts made with the same materials
availability. All Courtesy
and construction methods as the Aftermarket collision parts are also
Transportation arrangements will be
parts with which the vehicle was available. These are made by
administered by appropriate dealer
originally built. Genuine GM companies other than GM and may
personnel.
Collision parts are the best choice to not have been tested for the vehicle.
General Motors reserves the right to ensure that the vehicle's designed As a result, these parts may fit
unilaterally modify, change, appearance, durability, and safety poorly, exhibit premature durability/
or discontinue Courtesy are preserved. The use of Genuine corrosion problems, and may not
Transportation at any time and to GM parts can help maintain the GM perform properly in subsequent
resolve all questions of claim New Vehicle Limited Warranty. collisions. Aftermarket parts are not
eligibility pursuant to the terms and covered by the GM New Vehicle
conditions described herein at its
sole discretion.
Limited Warranty, and any vehicle aftermarket collision parts. Some puts you in danger, or you are
failure related to such parts is not insurance companies will not instructed to move it by a police
covered by that warranty. specify aftermarket collision parts. officer.
When purchasing insurance, we Give only the necessary information
Repair Facility recommend that you ensure that the to police and other parties involved
GM also recommends that you vehicle will be repaired with GM in the crash.
choose a collision repair facility that original equipment collision parts.
meets your needs before you ever If such insurance coverage is not For emergency towing see
need collision repairs. Your dealer available from your current Roadside Assistance Program
may have a collision repair center insurance carrier, consider switching (Mexico) on page 13‑7 or Roadside
with GM-trained technicians and to another insurance carrier. Assistance Program (U.S. and
state‐of‐the‐art equipment, or be Canada) on page 13‑10.
If the vehicle is leased, the leasing
able to recommend a collision repair company may require you to have Gather the following information:
center that has GM-trained insurance that ensures repairs with
technicians and comparable
. Driver name, address, and
Genuine GM Original Equipment telephone number.
equipment. Manufacturer (OEM) parts or
Genuine Manufacturer replacement
. Driver license number.
Insuring the Vehicle
parts. Read the lease carefully, as . Owner name, address, and
Protect your investment in the GM you may be charged at the end of telephone number.
vehicle with comprehensive and the lease for poor quality repairs.
collision insurance coverage. There . Vehicle license plate number.
are significant differences in the If a Crash Occurs . Vehicle make, model, and
quality of coverage afforded by If there has been an injury, call model year.
various insurance policy terms. emergency services for help. Do not
Many insurance policies provide
. Vehicle Identification
leave the scene of a crash until all Number (VIN).
reduced protection to the GM matters have been taken care of.
vehicle by limiting compensation for Move the vehicle only if its position
. Insurance company and policy
damage repairs through the use of number.

. General description of the
damage to the other vehicle.
Insurance pays the bill for the repair, Service Publications
but you must live with the repair.
Depending on your policy limits,
Ordering Information
Choose a reputable repair facility
that uses quality replacement parts. your insurance company may Service Manuals
See “Collision Parts” earlier in this initially value the repair using
aftermarket parts. Discuss this with Service Manuals have the diagnosis
section.
the repair professional, and insist on and repair information on the
If the airbag has inflated, see What Genuine GM parts. Remember, engines, transmission, axle,
Will You See after an Airbag if the vehicle is leased, you may be suspension, brakes, electrical,
Inflates? on page 3‑24. obligated to have the vehicle steering, body, etc.
Managing the Vehicle Damage repaired with Genuine GM parts, Service Bulletins
Repair Process even if your insurance coverage
does not pay the full cost. Service Bulletins give additional
In the event that the vehicle requires technical service information
damage repairs, GM recommends If another party's insurance needed to knowledgeably service
that you take an active role in its company is paying for the repairs, General Motors cars and trucks.
repair. If you have a pre-determined you are not obligated to accept a Each bulletin contains instructions
repair facility of choice, take the repair valuation based on that to assist in the diagnosis and
vehicle there, or have it towed there. insurance company's collision policy service of the vehicle.
Specify to the facility that any repair limits, as you have no
required replacement collision parts contractual limits with that company. Owner Information
be original equipment parts, either In such cases, you can have control
Owner publications are written
new Genuine GM parts or recycled of the repair and parts choices as
specifically for owners and intended
original GM parts. Remember, long as the cost stays within
to provide basic operational
recycled parts will not be covered by reasonable limits.
information about the vehicle. The
the GM vehicle warranty. Owner Manual includes the
Maintenance Schedule for all
models.
In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio, Or write to: Reporting Safety

Owner Manual, and Warranty Helm, Incorporated
Manual. Attention: Customer Service
Defects
RETAIL SELL PRICE: 47911 Halyard Drive
$35.00 (U.S.) plus handling and Plymouth, MI 48170 Reporting Safety Defects
shipping fees. Prices are subject to change without to the United States
Without Portfolio: Owner notice and without incurring Government
Manual only. obligation. Allow ample time for
delivery. If you believe that your vehicle
RETAIL SELL PRICE: has a defect which could cause
$25.00 (U.S.) plus handling and All listed prices are quoted in U.S. a crash or could cause injury or
shipping fees. funds. Make checks payable in U.S. death, you should immediately
funds.
Current and Past Models inform the National Highway
Technical Service Bulletins and
Traffic Safety Administration
Manuals are available for current (NHTSA) in addition to notifying
and past model GM vehicles. General Motors.
ORDER TOLL FREE: If NHTSA receives similar
1-800-551-4123 Monday – Friday complaints, it may open an
8:00 AM – 6:00 PM Eastern Time investigation, and if it finds that
For Credit Card Orders Only a safety defect exists in a group
(VISA-MasterCard-Discover), see of vehicles, it may order a recall
Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com. and remedy campaign.
However, NHTSA cannot
become involved in individual
problems between you, your
dealer, or General Motors.
To contact NHTSA, you may call Reporting Safety Defects In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777
the Vehicle Safety Hotline (English) or 1-800-263-7854
to the Canadian (French), or write:
toll-free at 1-888-327-4236
(TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to
Government General Motors of Canada Limited
http://www.safercar.gov; or If you live in Canada, and you Customer Care Centre, Mail Code:
write to: believe that the vehicle has a safety CA1-163-005
defect, notify Transport Canada 1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Administrator, NHTSA immediately, and notify General Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E. Motors of Canada Limited. Call
Washington, D.C. 20590 Transport Canada at
You can also obtain other 1-800-333-0510 or write to:
information about motor Transport Canada
vehicle safety from Road Safety Branch
http://www.safercar.gov. 80 rue Noel
Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1
Reporting Safety Defects

to General Motors
In addition to notifying NHTSA (or
Transport Canada) in a situation like
this, please notify General Motors.
Call 1-800-GMC-8782
(1-800-462-8782), or write:
GMC Customer Assistance Center
P.O. Box 33172
Detroit, MI 48232-5172
Vehicle Data Event Data Recorders These data can help provide a
better understanding of the
Recording and This vehicle is equipped with an circumstances in which crashes and
event data recorder (EDR). The injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data are
Privacy main purpose of an EDR is to recorded by your vehicle only if a
The vehicle has a number of record, in certain crash or near non-trivial crash situation occurs; no
computers that record information crash-like situations, such as an air data are recorded by the EDR under
about the vehicle’s performance and bag deployment or hitting a road normal driving conditions and no
how it is driven. For example, the obstacle, data that will assist in personal data (e.g., name, gender,
vehicle uses computer modules to understanding how a vehicle’s age, and crash location) are
monitor and control engine and systems performed. The EDR is recorded. However, other parties,
transmission performance, to designed to record data related to such as law enforcement, could
monitor the conditions for airbag vehicle dynamics and safety combine the EDR data with the type
deployment and deploy them in a systems for a short period of time, of personally identifying data
crash, and, if equipped, to provide typically 30 seconds or less. The routinely acquired during a crash
antilock braking to help the driver EDR in this vehicle is designed to investigation.
control the vehicle. These modules record such data as:
To read data recorded by an EDR,
may store data to help the dealer . How various systems in your special equipment is required, and
technician service the vehicle. vehicle were operating; access to the vehicle or the EDR is
Some modules may also store data needed. In addition to the vehicle
about how the vehicle is operated,
. Whether or not the driver and
passenger safety belts were manufacturer, other parties, such as
such as rate of fuel consumption or law enforcement, that have the
average speed. These modules may buckled/fastened;
.
special equipment, can read the
retain personal preferences, such as How far (if at all) the driver was information if they have access to
radio presets, seat positions, and depressing the accelerator and/ the vehicle or the EDR.
temperature settings. or brake pedal; and,
GM will not access this data or
. How fast the vehicle was share it with others except: with the
traveling. consent of the vehicle owner or,
if the vehicle is leased, with the OnStar Terms and Conditions and GM vehicles does not use or record
consent of the lessee; in response Privacy Statement on the OnStar personal information or link with any
to an official request by police or website. other GM system containing
similar government office; as part of personal information.
GM's defense of litigation through Infotainment System
the discovery process; or, as
If the vehicle is equipped with a
Radio Frequency
required by law. Data that GM
collects or receives may also be navigation system as part of the Statement
used for GM research needs or may infotainment system, use of the This vehicle has systems that
be made available to others for system may result in the storage of operate on a radio frequency that
research purposes, where a need is destinations, addresses, telephone comply with Part 15 of the Federal
shown and the data is not tied to a numbers, and other trip information. Communications Commission (FCC)
specific vehicle or vehicle owner. See the infotainment manual for rules and with Industry Canada
information on stored data and for Standards RSS‐GEN/210/220/310.
deletion instructions.
OnStar® Operation is subject to the following
If the vehicle is equipped with Radio Frequency two conditions:
OnStar® and has an active 1. The device may not cause
subscription, additional data may be
Identification (RFID)
harmful interference.
collected through the OnStar RFID technology is used in some
system. This includes information vehicles for functions such as tire 2. The device must accept any
about the vehicle’s operation; about pressure monitoring and ignition interference received, including
collisions involving the vehicle; the system security, as well as in interference that may cause
use of the vehicle and its features; connection with conveniences such undesired operation of the
and, in certain situations, the as Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) device.
location and approximate GPS transmitters for remote door locking/ Changes or modifications to any of
speed of the vehicle. Refer to the unlocking and starting, and these systems by other than an
in-vehicle transmitters for garage authorized service facility could void
door openers. RFID technology in authorization to use this equipment.
OnStar 14-1
OnStar OnStar Overview Press = to:

. Make a call, end a call,
or answer an incoming call.
OnStar Overview .
OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1 Give OnStar Hands-Free Calling
voice commands.
OnStar Services . Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn
Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2 Navigation voice commands.
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2 Requires the available Directions
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2 If equipped, this vehicle has a and Connections service plan.
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-3 comprehensive, in-vehicle system
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5 that can connect to a live Advisor Press Q to connect to a live
for Emergency, Security, Navigation, Advisor to:
OnStar Additional Information Connection, and Diagnostic
OnStar Additional Services.
. Verify account information or
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5 update contact information.
The OnStar system status light is .
next to the OnStar buttons. If the Get driving directions. Requires
status light is: the available Directions and
Connections service plan.
. Solid Green: System is ready. . Receive On-Demand
. Flashing Green: On a call. Diagnostics for a check of the
. Red: Indicates a problem. vehicle’s key operating systems.
. Receive Roadside Assistance.
Press Q or call 1-888-4ONSTAR
(1-888-466-7827) to speak to an
Advisor.
14-2 OnStar
Press the OnStar Emergency button OnStar Services equipped with automatic door locks,
> to get a priority connection to an and can help police locate the
Emergency Advisor available vehicle if it is stolen.
24/7 to: Emergency
. Get help for an emergency. With Automatic Crash Response, Navigation
the built-in system can automatically
. Be a Good Samaritan or OnStar navigation requires the
connect to help in most crashes,
respond to an AMBER Alert. Directions and Connections
even if help cannot be requested.
service plan.
. Get crisis assistance and
Press > to connect to an
evacuation routes. Press Q to receive directions or
Emergency Advisor. GPS
have them sent to the vehicle
technology is used to identify the
navigation screen, if equipped.
vehicle location and can provide
Destinations can also be forwarded
critical information to emergency
to the vehicle from MapQuest.com.
personnel. The Advisor is also
The OnStar mapping database is
trained to offer critical assistance in
continuously updated. For coverage
emergency situations before first
maps, see www.onstar.com (U.S.)
responders arrive.
www.onstar.ca (Canada).
Security Turn-by-Turn Navigation
OnStar provides services like Stolen 1. Press Q to connect to a live
Vehicle Assistance, Remote Ignition Advisor.
Block, and Roadside Assistance,
if the vehicle is equipped with these 2. Request directions.
services. OnStar can unlock the 3. Directions are downloaded to the
vehicle doors remotely, if it is vehicle.
4. Follow the voice-guided
commands.
OnStar 14-3
Using Voice Commands 2. Say “Repeat.” System responds Destination Download: Press Q,
During a Planned Route with the last direction given, then then request the Advisor to
responds with “OnStar ready,” download directions to the
Cancel Route then a tone. navigation system in the vehicle.
1. Press =. System responds: 3. Say “Goodbye.” Exits voice After the call ends, press the “Go”
“OnStar ready,” then a tone. Say commands. button on the navigation screen to
“Cancel route.” System begin driving directions.
Get My Destination
responds: “Do you want to Destinations can also be
cancel directions?” 1. Press =. System responds: downloaded on the go. For
2. Say “Yes.” System responds: “OnStar ready,” then a tone. information about eNav, Destination
“OK, request completed, thank 2. Say “Get my destination.” Download, and coverage maps see
you, goodbye.” System responds with address www.onstar.com (U.S.),
and the distance to the www.onstar.ca (Canada).
Route Preview
destination, then responds with
1. Press =. System responds: “OnStar ready,” then a tone. Connections
“OnStar ready,” then a tone. 3. Say “Goodbye.” Exits voice OnStar Hands-Free Calling allows
2. Say “Route preview.” System commands. calls to be made and received from
responds with the next three the vehicle. The vehicle can also be
maneuvers. Other Navigation Services controlled from a cell phone through
Available from OnStar the OnStar RemoteLink mobile app.
3. Say “Goodbye.” Exits voice For coverage maps, see
commands. OnStar eNav: Allows subscribers
to send destinations from www.onstar.com (U.S.),
Repeat MapQuest.com to their Turn-by-Turn www.onstar.ca (Canada).
Navigation or screen-based Hands-Free Calling
1. Press =. System responds:
navigation system. When ready, the
“OnStar ready,” then a tone. directions will be downloaded to the 1. Press =. System responds:
vehicle. “OnStar ready.”
14-4 OnStar
2. Say “Call.” System responds: End a Call Place a Call Using a Stored
“Please say the name or number Number
to call.” Press =. System responds: “Call
ended.” 1. Press =. System responds:
3. Say the entire number without
“OnStar ready.”
pausing, including a “1” and the Store a Name Tag for Speed
area code. System responds: Dialing 2. Say “Call <name tag>.” System
“OK calling.” responds: “OK, calling
1. Press =. System responds: <name tag>.”
Calling 911 Emergency “OnStar ready.”
Verify Minutes and Expiration
1. Press =. The system responds 2. Say “Store.” System responds:
“OnStar Ready,” followed by “Please say the number you Press = and say “Minutes” then
a tone. would like to store.” “Verify” to check how many minutes
3. Say the entire number without remain and their expiration date.
2. Say “Call.” The system responds
“Please say the name or number pausing. System responds: OnStar Mobile App
to call.” “Please say the name tag.”
Download the OnStar RemoteLink
3. Say “911” without pausing. The 4. Pick a name tag. System mobile app to select iPhone,
system responds “911.” responds: “About to store <name Android and Blackberry devices to
tag>. Does that sound OK?” check vehicle fuel level, oil life,
4. Say “Call.” The system responds
“OK, dialing 911.” 5. Say “Yes” or say “No” to try or tire pressure; to start the vehicle
again. System responds: “OK, (if equipped) or unlock it; or to
Retrieve My Number storing <name tag>.” connect to an OnStar Advisor. For
OnStar RemoteLink information and
1. Press =. System responds: compatibility, see www.onstar.com
“OnStar ready.” (U.S.), www.onstar.ca (Canada).
2. Say “My number.” System
responds: “Your OnStar
Hands-Free Calling number is.”
OnStar 14-5
Diagnostics OnStar Additional How OnStar Service Works

OnStar Vehicle Diagnostics will Information Automatic Crash Response,
perform a vehicle check every Emergency Services, Crisis Assist,
month. It will check the engine, Transferring Service Stolen Vehicle Assistance, Vehicle
transmission, antilock brakes, and Diagnostics, Remote Door Unlock,
major vehicle systems. It also Press Q to request account transfer Roadside Assistance, Turn-by-Turn
checks the tire pressures, if the eligibility information. The Advisor Navigation, and Hands-Free Calling
vehicle is equipped with the Tire can assist in canceling or removing are available on most vehicles. Not
Pressure Monitoring System. If a account information. If OnStar all OnStar services are available
diagnostics check is needed receives information that vehicle everywhere or on all vehicles. For
ownership has changed, OnStar more information, a full description
between e-mails, press Q, and an
may send a voice message to the of OnStar services, system
Advisor can run a check. vehicle, requesting updated account limitations, and OnStar terms and
information. conditions:
Reactivation for Subsequent . In the U.S. see www.onstar.com
Owners (U.S.) or call 1.888.4.ONSTAR.
(1.888.466.7827).
Press Q and follow the prompts to . In Canada see www.onstar.ca
speak to an Advisor as soon as (Canada) or call
possible after acquiring the vehicle. 1.888.4.ONSTAR.
The Advisor will update vehicle (1.888.466.7827).
records and will explain the OnStar
service offers and options available. . Press Q to speak with an
Advisor.
OnStar services require a vehicle
electrical system, wireless service,
and GPS satellite technologies to be
14-6 OnStar
available and operating for features vehicle, damage to the vehicle in a TTY Users
to function properly. These systems crash, or wireless phone network
OnStar has the ability to
may not operate if the battery is congestion or jamming.
communicate to the deaf,
discharged or disconnected. See Radio Frequency Statement on hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired
OnStar service cannot work unless page 13‑20 for information customers while in the vehicle. The
your vehicle is in a place where regarding Part 15 of the Federal available dealer-installed TTY
OnStar has an agreement with a Communications Commission (FCC) system can provide in-vehicle
wireless service provider for service rules and Industry Canada access to all of the OnStar services,
in that area, and the wireless Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310. except Virtual Advisor and OnStar
service provider has coverage, Turn-by-Turn Navigation.
network capacity, reception, and Services for People with
technology compatible with OnStar Disabilities OnStar.com (U.S.) or OnStar.ca
service. Service involving location Advisors provide services to help (Canada)
information about the vehicle cannot subscribers with physical disabilities The website provides access to
work unless GPS signals are and medical conditions. account information, allows
available, unobstructed, and management of the OnStar
compatible with the OnStar Press Q for help with: subscription, and viewing of videos
hardware. OnStar service may not . Locating a gas station with an of each service. Get subscription
work if the OnStar equipment is not attendant to pump gas. plan pricing and sign up for OnStar
properly installed or it has not been Vehicle Diagnostics. Click on the
properly maintained. If equipment or
. Finding a hotel, restaurant, etc.,
“My Account” tab on the home
software is added, connected, that meets accessibility needs.
page. The website navigation and
or modified, OnStar service may not . Providing directions to the services provided may vary by
work. Other problems beyond the closest hospital or pharmacy in country.
control of OnStar may prevent urgent situations.
service such as hills, tall buildings,
tunnels, weather, electrical system
design and architecture of the
OnStar 14-7
OnStar Personal Identification Potential Issues

. In emergency situations, OnStar
Number (PIN) can use the last stored GPS
Some OnStar services are disabled location to send to emergency
A PIN is needed to access some of after five days. OnStar cannot responders.
the OnStar services, like Remote perform Remote Door Unlock or
Door Unlock and Stolen Vehicle Stolen Vehicle Assistance after the
. A temporary loss of GPS can
Assistance. You will be prompted to vehicle has been off continuously cause loss of the ability to send
change the PIN the first time when for five days. After five days, OnStar a Turn-by-Turn Navigation route.
speaking with an Advisor. To can contact Roadside Assistance The Advisor may give a verbal
change the OnStar PIN, call OnStar and a locksmith to help gain access route or may ask for a call back
and provide the Advisor with the to the vehicle. after the vehicle is driven into an
current number. open area.
Global Positioning
Warranty System (GPS) Cellular and GPS Antennas
OnStar equipment may be . Obstruction of the GPS can Avoid placing items over or near the
warranted as part of the New occur in a large city with tall antenna to prevent blocking cellular
Vehicle Limited Warranty. The buildings; in parking garages; and GPS signal reception. Cellular
manufacturer of the vehicle around airports; in tunnels, reception is required for OnStar to
furnishes detailed warranty underpasses, or parking send remote signals to the vehicle.
information. garages; or in an area with very Unable to Connect to OnStar
dense trees. If GPS signals are Message
Languages not available, the OnStar system
The vehicle can be programmed to should still operate to call If there is limited cellular coverage
respond in French or Spanish. OnStar. However, OnStar could or the cellular network has reached
have difficulty identifying the maximum capacity, this message
Press Q and ask an Advisor.
Advisors can speak French or exact location. may come on. Press Q to try the
Spanish. call again or try again after driving a
few miles into another cellular area.
14-8 OnStar
Vehicle and Power Issues cannot be assured. Third parties THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED
may unlawfully intercept or access “AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF
OnStar services require a vehicle
transmissions and private ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
electrical system, wireless service,
communications without consent. IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
and GPS satellite technologies to be
LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES
available and operating for features OnStar - libcurl and unzip OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
to function properly. These systems acknowledgments FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
may not operate if the battery is
Certain OnStar components include AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF
discharged or disconnected.
libcurl and unzip software. Below THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NO
Add-on Electrical Equipment are the notices and licenses EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
associated with this software: COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
The OnStar system is integrated LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
into the electrical architecture of the libcurl: DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
vehicle. Do not add any electrical WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF
equipment. See Add-On Electrical COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSION
NOTICE CONTRACT, TORT OR
Equipment on page 9‑60. Added OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
electrical equipment may interfere Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, Daniel OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
with the operation of the OnStar Stenberg, <daniel@haxx.se>. WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE
system and cause it to not operate. All rights reserved. USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
Privacy THE SOFTWARE.
Permission to use, copy, modify,
The complete OnStar Privacy and distribute this software for any Except as contained in this notice,
Statement may be found at purpose with or without fee is the name of a copyright holder shall
www.onstar.com (U.S.), hereby granted, provided that the not be used in advertising or
or www.onstar.ca (Canada). above copyright notice and this otherwise to promote the sale, use
Privacy-sensitive users of wireless permission notice appear in all or other dealings in this Software
communications are cautioned that copies. without prior written authorization of
the privacy of any information sent the copyright holder.
via wireless cellular communications
OnStar 14-9
unzip: Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta, materials provided with the

This is version 2005-Feb-10 of the Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren, distribution. The sole exception
Info-ZIP copyright and license. The Rich Wales, Mike White to this condition is redistribution
definitive version of this document This software is provided “as is,” of a standard UnZipSFX binary
should be available at ftp:// without warranty of any kind, (including SFXWiz) as part of a
ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/ express or implied. In no event shall self-extracting archive; that is
license.html indefinitely. Info-ZIP or its contributors be held permitted without inclusion of
liable for any direct, indirect, this license, as long as the
Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. All normal SFX banner has not
rights reserved. incidental, special or consequential
damages arising out of the use of or been removed from the binary or
For the purposes of this copyright inability to use this software. disabled.
and license, “Info-ZIP” is defined as 3. Altered versions–including, but
the following set of individuals: Permission is granted to anyone to
use this software for any purpose, not limited to, ports to new
Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis, including commercial applications, operating systems, existing ports
Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois, and to alter it and redistribute it with new graphical interfaces,
Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, Ed freely, subject to the following and dynamic, shared, or static
Gordon, Ian Gorman, Chris restrictions: library versions–must be plainly
Herborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig, marked as such and must not be
Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson, 1. Redistributions of source code misrepresented as being the
Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum, must retain the above copyright original source. Such altered
Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden, notice, definition, disclaimer, and versions also must not be
Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller, this list of conditions. misrepresented as being
Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens, 2. Redistributions in binary form Info-ZIP releases–including, but
George Petrov, Greg Roelofs, Kai (compiled executables) must not limited to, labeling of the
Uwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury, reproduce the above copyright altered versions with the names
Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda, notice, definition, disclaimer, and “Info-ZIP” (or any variation
this list of conditions in thereof, including, but not limited
documentation and/or other to, different capitalizations),
14-10 OnStar
“Pocket UnZip,” “WiZ” or

“MacZip” without the explicit
permission of Info-ZIP. Such
altered versions are further
prohibited from
misrepresentative use of the
Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mail
addresses or of the
Info-ZIP URL(s).
4. Info-ZIP retains the right to use
the names “Info-ZIP,” “Zip,”
“UnZip,” “UnZipSFX,” “WiZ,”
“Pocket UnZip,” “Pocket Zip,”
and “MacZip” for its own source
and binary releases.
INDEX i-1
A Airbag System (cont'd) Automatic

What Will You See after an Climate Control System . . . . . . . . 8-3
Accessories and
Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-24 Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
When Should an Airbag Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-26
Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-22
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-22 Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . 10-12
Add-On Electrical
Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . .3-21 Automatic Transmission
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-60
Airbags Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-28
Additional Information
Adding Equipment to the Shift Lock Control
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-5
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-31 Function Check . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24
Adjustments
Passenger Status Indicator . . . 5-11
Lumbar, Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . 10-12
Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11 B
Servicing Airbag-Equipped Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23
Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-30 Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-67
Air Filter, Passenger
System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-19 Load Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Alarm Voltage and Charging
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25
Airbag System
All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . 10-23, 9-29 Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . 10-25
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-32
Antilock Brake Blind Spot Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
How Does an Airbag
System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-30 Brake
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-24
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-16 System Warning Light . . . . . . . .5-15
Passenger Sensing
Appearance Care Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-26
Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-73 Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-30
What Makes an Airbag
Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-76 Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-31
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-24
Assistance Program, Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22
Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7, 13-10 Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-31
System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25
i-2 INDEX
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Capacities and Cleaning

Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . 9-19 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2 Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-73
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32 Carbon Monoxide Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-76
Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28, 6-3 Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-25 Climate Control Systems . . . . . . . 8-1
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27 Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8 Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26 Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-12 Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27 Cargo Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Headlamps, Front Turn Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Signal, Sidemarker, and Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Parking Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27 Cautions, Danger, and Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 13-14
License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . 10-31 Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . 10-67
Taillamps, Turn Signal, Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . 4-1 Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Sidemarker, Stoplamps, Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-58 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25
and Backup Lamps . . . . . . . . 10-28 Charging System Light . . . . . . . . 5-12 Connections
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-53 Check OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-3
Engine Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12 Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
C Ignition Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4 Transmission Lock . . . . . . . . 10-24 Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
California Child Restraints Coolant
Fuel Requirements . . . . . . . . . . .9-49 Infants and Young Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15
Perchlorate Materials Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-35 Engine Temperature Gauge . . . 5-9
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2 Lower Anchors and Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14
Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2 Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . .3-40 Engine Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26
Camera, Rear Vision . . . . . . . . . . 9-43 Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-33 Courtesy Transportation
Canadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . iii Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45, 3-48 Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12
Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-37
INDEX i-3
Cover Diagnostics Driving (cont'd)

Cargo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-5 Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . .9-14
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-8 Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-10
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-35 Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-12
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21 Door
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25 Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25 E
Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 E85 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-51
Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . 13-6 Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 ECO Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-29
Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-5 Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . 12-4 Economy Mode
Text Telephone (TTY) Drive Systems Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-29
Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-6 All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . 10-23, 9-29 Electrical Equipment,
Customer Information Driver Information Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-60
Service Publications Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21 Electrical System
Ordering Information . . . . . . 13-16 Driving Engine Compartment
Customer Satisfaction Characteristics and Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-2, 13-4 Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-54 Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32
Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Instrument Panel Fuse
D Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-36
Damage Repair, Collision . . . . . 13-14 For Better Fuel Economy . . . . .1-21 Emergency
Danger, Warnings, and Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11 OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-2
Cautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 9-11 Engine
Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . 13-19 If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . .9-14 Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12
Daytime Running Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5 Check and Service Engine
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 Off-Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6 Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5 Compartment Overview . . . . . . .10-5
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15
i-4 INDEX
Engine (cont'd) F Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-48

Coolant Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-23 Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-50
Features
Coolant Temperature Gauge . . . 5-9 E85 (85% Ethanol) . . . . . . . . . . .9-51
Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14 Economy Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-21
Filter,
Cooling System Messages . . .5-26 Economy Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19
Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . 10-12
Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-8 Filling a Portable Fuel
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . .12-4 Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-53
Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 6-3
Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-25 Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-52
Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-58
Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-11 Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . .9-50
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-60
Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26 Gasoline Specifications . . . . . . .9-49
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-79
Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18 Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Fluid
Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27 Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . .5-19
Automatic Transmission . . . . 10-12
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18 Recommended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-49
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22
Running While Parked . . . . . . . .9-26 Requirements, California . . . . .9-49
Power Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19
Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-21 System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27
Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 Fuel Economy Mode . . . . . . . . . . . 9-29
Fog Lamps
Equipment, Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-59 Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . 10-28, 6-3
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . 13-19 Engine Compartment
Forward Collision Alert
Extender, Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . 3-17 Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33
(FCA) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-38
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 6-1 Instrument Panel Fuse
Forward Collision Alert
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-36
(FCA) Warning Light . . . . . . . . . 5-16
Front Fog Lamp
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20
Front Seats
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
INDEX i-5
G H Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . 9-31

Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4
Garage Door Opener . . . . . . . . . . 5-36 Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-36 Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 6-3
How to Wear Safety Belts
Gasoline Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-49 Headlamps
Gauges Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26
Engine Coolant Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 I
Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-27 Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 Daytime Running Ignition Transmission Lock
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 Headlamps, Front Turn Infants and Young Children,
Warning Lights and Signal, Sidemarker, and Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 Parking Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27 Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
General Information High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . .5-20 Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 13-20
Service and Maintenance . . . . . 11-1 High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . 6-1 Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-54 Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . .5-20 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2 Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14 J
GM Mobility Reimbursement Heater Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-67
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7 Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-23
Heating and Air
Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1, 8-3
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . 9-11
i-6 INDEX
K Liftgate Lights (cont'd)

Carbon Monoxide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8 Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18
Key and Lock Messages . . . . . . . 5-27
Lighting Traction Control System
Keyless Entry
Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 (TCS)/StabiliTrak® . . . . . . . . . .5-18
Remote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . 2-3
Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Lights Locks
Airbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11 Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
L Antilock Brake System Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Labeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . 10-40 (ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-16 Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Lamps Brake System Warning . . . . . . .5-15 Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . . 6-2 Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12 Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . 5-19
Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21 Lower Anchors and Tethers
Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . .5-18 for Children (LATCH
License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31 Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40
Malfunction Indicator . . . . . . . . .5-12 Front Fog Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20 Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20 Fuel Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19 Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20
Lane Departure Warning . . . . . . . 9-46
Lane Departure Warning
High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . 6-1 M
Lane Departure Warning . . . . . .5-16 Maintenance
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16 Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19 Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-15
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13 Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . .5-10 Maintenance Schedule
LATCH System Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20 Recommended Fluids
Replacing Parts after a StabiliTrak® OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17 and Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-12
Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-45
Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . 5-12
LATCH, Lower Anchors and
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-28
Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . 3-40
Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
INDEX i-7
Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Mirrors (cont'd) Oil

Messages Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-8
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29 Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-16 Engine Oil Life System . . . . . .10-11
Battery Voltage and Park Tilt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-15 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26
Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25 Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14 Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18
Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25 Monitor System, Tire Older Children, Restraints . . . . . 3-33
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25 Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-47 Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . 13-6
Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25 OnStar®
Engine Cooling System . . . . . . .5-26 N System, In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-22
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26 Navigation OnStar® Additional
Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27 OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-2 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5
Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27 Net, Convenience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 OnStar® Connections . . . . . . . . . . 14-3
Key and Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27 New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . 9-19 OnStar® Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5
Object Detection System . . . . .5-28 OnStar® Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2
Ride Control System . . . . . . . . . .5-29 OnStar® Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30 O OnStar® Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1
Service Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30 Object Detection System OnStar® Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2
Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28 Ordering
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30 Object Detection, Side Blind Service Publications . . . . . . . . 13-16
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24 Zone Alert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . 9-41 Outlets
Vehicle Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-31 Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Mirrors Off-Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6 Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . 10-18
Automatic Dimming Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6
Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-16 Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Blind Spot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14
Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14
i-8 INDEX
P Power (cont'd) Recommended

Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-49
Park
Steering Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19 Recommended Fluids and
Shifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-23
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-17 Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-12
Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-25
Pregnancy, Using Safety Records
Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-15
Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-15
Parking
Privacy Recreational Vehicle
Assist, Ultrasonic . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-40
Radio Frequency Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-70
Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-31
Identification (RFID) . . . . . . . 13-20 Reimbursement Program,
Brake and P (Park)
Program GM Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7
Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . 10-25
Courtesy Transportation . . . . 13-12 Remote Keyless Entry
Over Things That Burn . . . . . . .9-25
Proposition 65 Warning, (RKE) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2, 2-3
Passenger Airbag Status
California . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2 Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32
Passenger Compartment Air
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6 R Replacement Parts
Radio Frequency Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-32
Passenger Sensing System . . . 3-26
Identification (RFID) . . . . . . . . 13-20 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-13
Perchlorate Materials
Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-20 Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . 3-32
Requirements, California . . . . . 10-2
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 Replacing LATCH System
Personalization
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9 Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-31
Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 9-43 Replacing Safety Belt
Power
Rear Window Washer/Wiper . . . . 5-4 System Parts after a Crash . . . 3-18
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16 Reporting Safety Defects
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14
Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . .2-16 Canadian Government . . . . . . 13-18
Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-18
Retained Accessory (RAP) . . .9-22
U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . 13-17
INDEX i-9
Restraints Safety Belts (cont'd) Security

Where to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-39 Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20
Retained Accessory Replacing after a Crash . . . . . .3-18 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-22 Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . .3-17 OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-2
Ride Control Systems Safety Defects Reporting Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29 Canadian Government . . . . . . 13-18 Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12
Roads General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-18 Service
Driving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-10 U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . 13-17 Accessories and
Roadside Assistance Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7, 13-10 Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . 3-17 Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . .10-3
Roof Scheduling Appointments . . . . . 13-12 Engine Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-18 Seats Maintenance Records . . . . . . .11-15
Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 Maintenance, General
Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-51 Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1
Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . 12-4 Heated Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 Parts Identification Label . . . . .12-1
Running the Vehicle While Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . 3-5 Publications Ordering
Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-26 Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-16
Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . 3-4 Scheduling Appointments . . . 13-12
S Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9 Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11 Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30
Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-18 Securing Child Shift Lock Control Function
Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-17 Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45, 3-48 Check, Automatic
How to Wear Safety Belts Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-12 Shifting
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . .3-13 Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-23
Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-25
i-10 INDEX
Side Blind Zone Alert . . . . . . . . . . 9-41 Storage Areas Tires

Sidemarker Cargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-53
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-28 Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-58
Signals, Turn and Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-60
Lane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Compact Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-67
Spare Tire Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42
Compact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-67 Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-14 Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-55
Specifications and Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18 If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . 10-58
Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18 Inflation Monitor System . . . . 10-48
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-51
StabiliTrak System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30
OFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17 Forward Collision Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-34 Alert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-38 Pressure Monitor System . . . 10-47
Start Assist, Hills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-31 Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-20, 7-1 Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-51
Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 Roof Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . 10-40
Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . 10-24 Terminology and
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-21 T Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-43
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4 Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 Uniform Tire Quality
Fluid, Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19 Taillamps Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-55
Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-28 Wheel Alignment and Tire
Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . 13-6 Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57
Stoplamps and Back-Up Lamps Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . 2-13 Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . 10-57
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-28 Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13 When It Is Time for New
Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-52
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-39
INDEX i-11
Towing U Vehicle Care

Driving Characteristics . . . . . . . .9-54 Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-45
Ultrasonic Parking Assist . . . . . . 9-40
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-59 Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Uniform Tire Quality
General Information . . . . . . . . . .9-54 Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-55
Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . 10-70
Universal Remote System . . . . . 5-36
Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-57
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-39 W
Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . .9-59 Warning
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-36
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-70 Brake System Light . . . . . . . . . . .5-15
Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii
Traction Warning Light
Control System (TCS) . . . . . . . .9-32 Forward Collision
Control System (TCS)/ V
Alert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-16
StabiliTrak® Light . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18 Vehicle
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17 Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Trailer Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .iii
Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
Sway Control (TSC) . . . . . . . . . .9-59 Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Cautions and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . .iv
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-57 Identification
Hazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Transmission Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-1
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-26 Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-14
Wheels
Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24
Alignment and Tire
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30 Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-31
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57
Transportation Program, Reminder Messages . . . . . . . . . .5-31
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-55
Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12 Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57
Turn and Lane-Change Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12
When It Is Time for New
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-70
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-52
Turn Signal Where to Put the Restraint . . . . 3-39
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-28
i-12 INDEX
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-17
Windshield
Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Winter
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-12
Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-39
Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 10-25
Wipers
Rear Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4

2013 GMC Terrain Owners

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

2013 GMC Terrain Owners

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

GMC Terrain/Terrain Denali Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 9/24/12 Black plate (1,1)

2013 GMC Terrain/Terrain Denali Owner Manual M

In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

2013 GMC Terrain/Terrain Denali Owner Manual M

Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-67 OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1

Please refer to the purchase Canadian Vehicle Owners

Danger, Warnings, and Vehicle Symbol Chart

In Brief Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10 Side Blind Zone

Initial Drive V : For vehicles with the power

2. Immediately press and hold / See Remote Vehicle Start on

Power Liftgate Operation Windows

{ : Press for Safety Locks. See

1. Seat Position Handle Eight-Way Power Seat Shown,

Reclining Seatbacks To return the seatback to the upright

To recline a manual seatback:

The vehicle will also automatically Heated Seats Head Restraint

Safety Belts Passenger Sensing is started. See Passenger Sensing

Refer to the following sections for

3. Return the selector switch to the Steering Wheel Interior Lighting

Rear Window Wiper/Washer Climate Controls

ON: Press the upper portion of the

See Windshield Wiper/Washer on

Automatic Climate Control System Parking Brake

ERS or manual mode allows for the

For more information, see Driver Lane Departure

in the corresponding outside side 8 km/h (5 mph). URPA uses audible

Power Outlets Universal Remote System Performance and

StabiliTrak® System The TPMS does not replace normal

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-1

Keys, Doors, and Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14

2-2 Keys, Doors, and Windows

If locked out of the vehicle, see

Remote Keyless Entry

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-3

2-4 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-5

2-6 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Conditions in Which Remote Start dealer to add the manufacturer's

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-7

Power Door Locks Pressing the power lock switch

2-8 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Rear door safety locks prevent Doors

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-9

Manual Liftgate Choose the power liftgate mode by

2-10 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-11

2-12 Keys, Doors, and Windows

If V on the RKE transmitter is Vehicle Security Disarming the System

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-13

Immobilizer If the engine still does not start, and

2-14 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Exterior Mirrors Power Mirrors Heated Mirrors

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-15

2. When checking for traffic or This feature can be turned on or off.

2-16 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Interior Mirrors Automatic Dimming Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-17

The vehicle aerodynamics are window switch fully and release it to

2-18 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-19

Dirt and debris may collect on the

2-20 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Seats and Restraints 3-1